TPD-0035-01 Rev A PDF

BSR 64000 Command
Reference Guide
Notice
Copyright 2002
Motorola, Inc.
All rights reserved
No part of this publication my be reproduced in any form or by any means or used to make and any derivative work
(such as translation, transformation or adaptation) without written permission from Motorola, Inc.
Motorola reserves the right to revise this publication and to make changes in content from time to time without
obligation on the part of Motorola to provide notification of such revision or change. Motorola provides this guide
without warranty of any kind, either implied or expressed, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of
mechantability and fitness for a particular purpose. Motorola may make improvements or changes in the product(s)
described in this manual at any time.
Motorola,the stylized M logo, and Intelligence Everywhere are registered tradmarks of Motorola, Inc. Broadband
Services Router, BSR, BSR 64000, RiverDelta, SmartFlow are trademarks of RiverDelta Networks, Inc. All other
trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
501898-001-00
TPD-0035-01 Rev A
Published: October, 2002
Contents
Preface
Scope
iii
Audience
iii
Documentation Set
Conventions
iii
iv
Notes, Cautions, Warnings

Contacting Support
vi
System Administration Commands

Introduction 1-1
System Administration Command Descriptions
alias
1-3
banner motd
1-4
boot system
1-5
broadcast
1-6
clear log
1-7
clock set
1-8
clock timezone
configure
1-9
1-10
console authentication radius

copy
disable
1-12
1-14
download runtime nvram:

download slot
enable
1-15
1-16
1-18
enable authentication radius

enable password
enable secret
exit
1-11
1-22
1-20
1-21
1-19
1-2
BSR 64000 Command Reference Guide
forced-download
help
1-23
1-24
history size
1-25
hostname
1-26
ip ftp password
1-27
ip ftp username
1-28
ip netmask-format
ldap client
1-29
1-30
ldap server primary
1-31
ldap search-base
ldap server
1-32
1-33
logging
1-34
logging buffered
1-35
logging console
1-37
logging facility
1-38
logging on
1-39
logging rate-limit
1-40
logging reporting
1-41
logging reporting default

logging session
logging trap
login
1-45
1-46
logout
1-47
more
1-48
page
1-49
password
1-50
radius-server
reload
reset
1-51
1-53
1-54
service password-encryption
session-timeout
show aliases
show boot
show srm alias
iv
1-43
1-44
1-56
1-57
1-59
1-60
1-55
Contents
show chassis alias
1-61
show srm assetid
1-62
show chassis assetid
1-63
show srm serial-num
1-64
show chassis serial-num

show chassis status
show clock
1-66
1-68
show history
show log
1-65
1-69
1-70
show memory
1-71
show process
1-73
show process cpu
1-74
show process msg-q-info
1-75
show process semaphores
1-76
show process stack
1-77
show running-config
show startup-config
show users
1-79
1-80
show version
1-81
update slot
username
1-78
1-82
1-83
username privilege
1-84
username user-group
1-85
telnet authentication radius
1-86
IP Commands
Introduction 2-1
IP Command Descriptions
arp
2-2
2-3
arp (global)
2-4
arp timeout
2-5
cable helper-address
clear arp-cache
clear counters
2-6
2-7
2-8
clear host
2-9
clear ip route
2-10
clear ip traffic
2-11
host authorization on
2-12
host authorization cpe

interface
2-13
2-14
ip access-group
ip address
2-16
2-17
ip broadcast-address
2-19
ip dhcp relay information

ip directed-broadcast
ip domain-list
2-20
2-22
2-23
ip domain-lookup
2-24
ip domain-name
2-25
ip forward-protocol udp
ip helper-address
ip host
2-28
ip irdp
2-29
ip mask-reply
ip mtu
2-31
2-32
ip name-server
2-33
ip proxy-arp
2-34
ip rarp-server
2-35
ip redirects
ip route
2-36
2-37
ip routing
2-38
ip unreachables
2-39
passive-interface
ping
2-40
2-41
show controllers
2-43
show host authorization
2-45
show host authorization cpe
2-46
show host unauthorized cpe
2-47
show hosts
vi
2-26
2-27
2-48
Contents
show interfaces
2-49
show ip arp
2-50
show ip dhcp stats
2-51
show ip interface
show ip irdp
2-52
2-53
show ip protocols
show ip route
2-54
2-55
show ip traffic
show sntp
2-57
2-58
show tcp brief
2-59
show tcp statistics

shutdown
2-60
2-63
sntp authenticate
2-64
sntp authentication-key
sntp broadcastdelay
2-66
sntp broadcast client

sntp disable
sntp server
2-67
2-68
2-69
sntp trusted-key
traceroute
2-70
2-71
tunnel checksum
2-72
tunnel destination
tunnel key
2-73
2-74
tunnel mode
2-75
tunnel source
2-65
2-76
SNMP Commands
Introduction 3-1
SNMP Command Descriptions
show snmp
3-2
3-3
show snmp access
3-5
show snmp community
3-6
show snmp contact
3-7
show snmp context
3-8
vii
show snmp engineID
3-9
show snmp group
3-10
show snmp host
3-11
show snmp location
3-12
show snmp packetsize
3-13
show snmp port number
3-14
show snmp sysname
3-15
show snmp users
3-16
show snmp view
3-17
snmp-server access
3-18
snmp-server chassis-id
3-20
snmp-server community
3-21
snmp-server contact
3-22
snmp-server context
3-23
snmp-server enable traps
3-24
snmp-server engineID
3-26
snmp-server group
3-27
snmp-server host
3-28
snmp-server enable informs

snmp-server location
3-30
3-31
snmp-server packetsize
3-32
snmp-server port number
3-33
snmp-server shutdown
3-34
snmp-server sysname
3-35
snmp-server trap rate-limit
snmp-server user
3-37
snmp-server view
3-39
3-36
Debug Commands
Introduction 4-1
Debug Command Descriptions
debug arp
4-3
debug cable err
4-4
debug cable keyman
viii
4-5
4-2
Contents
debug cable mac
4-6
debug cable map
4-7
debug cable modem-select

debug cable privacy
debug cable qos
4-10
debug cable range
4-11
debug cable reg
4-12
debug cable ucc
4-13
debug ip bgp
4-14
debug ip dvmrp
4-16
debug ip icmp
4-17
debug ip igmp
4-18
debug ip mfm
4-19
debug ip mrtm
4-20
debug ip ospf
4-21
debug ip packet
4-23
debug ip policy
4-24
debug ppp fsm
4-25
debug ppp packet
4-26
debug ip redistribute
debug ip rip
4-27
4-29
debug ip rip database
4-30
debug ip rip events
4-31
debug ip rip trigger
4-32
debug ip tcp transactions

debug ip udp
4-34
debug radius
4-35
debug ip vrrp
4-36
debug snmp
debug sntp
4-33
4-37
4-38
debug specmgr
debug tunnel
4-39
4-40
show debugging
undebug all
4-8
4-9
4-41
4-42
ix
Access List Commands

Introduction 5-1
Access List Command Descriptions
access-list (standard)
5-3
access-list (extended)
5-4
ip access-group
ip access-list
5-10
5-11
show access-lists
5-12
show ip access-lists
5-2
5-13
Routing Policy Commands

Introduction 6-1
Routing Policy Command Descriptions
default-information originate
default-metric
6-5
ip policy route-map
6-6
match ip address
6-7
match ip next-hop
6-8
match ip route-source
match metric
6-9
6-10
match route-type external
6-11
match route-type internal
6-12
route-map
6-13
set metric
6-15
set metric-type
6-16
show ip redistribute
show route-map
6-3
6-17
6-19
RIP Commands
Introduction 7-1
RIP Command Descriptions
auto-summary
7-2
7-3
default-metric
7-5
7-4
6-2
Contents
distance
7-6
distribute-list in
7-7
distribute-list out
7-8
ip rip authentication key
7-9
iip rip receive version
7-10
ip rip send version

ip split-horizon
network
7-11
7-12
7-13
offset-list
7-14
output-delay
7-16
passive-interface
redistribute
7-17
7-18
router rip
7-20
show ip rip database

timers basic
version
7-21
7-22
7-25
OSPF Commands
Introduction 8-1
OSPF Command Descriptions
area authentication
8-3
area default-cost
area nssa
8-4
8-5
area range
area stub
8-6
8-8
area virtual-link
8-10
auto-cost reference-bandwidth
auto-virtual-link
default-metric
8-12
8-13
8-14
8-16
distance ospf
8-17
distribute-list
8-19
ip ospf authentication-key
ip ospf cost
8-2
8-20
8-21
xi
ip ospf database-filter all out
8-22
ip ospf dead-interval
8-23
ip ospf hello-interval
8-24
ip ospf message-digest-key
ip ospf priority
8-25
8-26
ip ospf retransmit-interval
ip ospf transmit-delay
network area
8-27
8-28
8-29
rfc1583-compatible
router ospf
8-30
8-31
show ip ospf
8-32
show ip ospf border-routers
8-33
show ip ospf database
8-34
show ip ospf interface
8-36
show ip ospf memory
8-37
show ip ospf neighbor
8-38
show ip ospf network
8-39
show ip ospf virtual-links

summary-address
timers spf
8-40
8-41
8-42
IGMP Commands
Introduction 9-1
IGMP Command Descriptions
clear ip igmp counters
ip igmp access-group
ip igmp query-interval
9-2
9-3
9-4
9-5
ip igmp query-max-response-time
ip igmp querier-timeout
ip igmp static-group
ip igmp version
9-8
9-9
ip igmp version1-querier
show ip igmp interface
show ip igmp groups
xii
9-7
9-10
9-11
9-12
9-6
Contents
show ip igmp statistics
10
9-13
VRRP Commands
Introduction 10-1
VRRP Command Descriptions
clear ip vrrp
ip vrrp
10-2
10-3
10-4
ip vrrp (virtual router ID)

ip vrrp address
10-5
10-6
ip vrrp authentication key
10-7
ip vrrp authentication type
10-8
ip vrrp enable
10-9
ip vrrp preempt
10-10
ip vrrp priority
10-11
ip vrrp primary-ip
ip vrrp timer
10-12
10-13
ip vrrp verify-availability
show ip vrrp
11
10-14
10-15
IP Multicast Commands
Introduction 11-1
MRTM Command Descriptions
ip mroute
11-2
11-3
ip mroute static distance
11-4
ip mroute unicast distance

ip multicast-routing
show ip rpf
11-5
11-6
11-7
MFM Command Descriptions

clear ip multicast fwd-cache
11-8
11-9
clear ip multicast proto-cache

mtrace
11-10
11-11
show ip multicast cache-summary

show ip multicast fwd-cache
show ip multicast interface
11-12
11-13
11-14
xiii
show ip multicast oi-fwd-cache
11-15
show ip multicast no-oi-fwd-cache

show ip multicast proto-cache
12
11-16
11-17
DVMRP Commands
Introduction 12-1
DVMRP Command Descriptions
ip dvmrp accept-filter
12-2
12-3
ip dvmrp default-information originate

ip dvmrp metric-offset
12-5
ip dvmrp output-report-delay
12-6
ip dvmrp out-report-filter
12-7
ip dvmrp probe-interval
12-8
ip dvmrp reject-non-pruners
12-9
ip dvmrp summary-address
12-10
network
12-11
router dvmrp
12-12
show ip dvmrp information
12-13
show ip dvmrp interface
12-14
show ip dvmrp neighbor
12-15
show ip dvmrp network
12-16
show ip dvmrp route
12-17
show ip dvmrp route hold-down

show ip dvmrp summary-route
show ip dvmrp tunnels
13
12-18
12-19
12-20
CMTS Commands
Introduction 13-1
CMTS Command Descriptions
arp timeout
band
13-3
13-4
cable bundle
13-5
cable bundle master

cable downstream annex
xiv
13-2
13-6
13-7
12-4
Contents
cable downstream carrier-only
13-9
cable downstream frequency
13-10
cable downstream interleave-depth
13-11
cable downstream modulation
13-13
cable downstream power-level
13-14
cable downstream reserve-bandwidth
13-15
cable downstream unreserve-bandwidth

cable downstream shutdown
cable flap-list aging
13-18
cable flap-list insertion-time
13-19
cable flap-list miss-threshold
13-20
cable flap-list power-adjust threshold

cable flap-list size
13-21
13-22
13-23
cable insert-interval
13-24
cable spectrum-group
13-25
clear cable flap-list
13-26
cable sync-interval
13-27
show bindings
13-16
13-17
13-28
show cable flap-list
13-29
show interface cable sid

cable modem deny
13-31
13-32
13-33
cable modem qos dsa
13-34
cable modem qos dsc
13-36
cable modem qos dsc service-flow

cable modem qos dsd
13-37
13-38
cable modem max-hosts

cable modem-aging-timer
cable modulation-profile
13-39
13-40
13-41
cable privacy cm-auth grace-time

cable privacy auth life-time
cable privacy cm-auth life-time
cable privacy cm-auth reset
13-43
13-44
13-45
13-46
xv
cable privacy cm-tek grace-time
13-47
cable privacy cm-tek life-time
13-48
cable privacy cm-tek reset
13-49
cable privacy mcast access
13-50
cable privacy mcast del
13-51
cable privacy mcast new
13-52
cable privacy provision-cert-add

cable privacy tek life-time
cable shared-secret
13-55
cable sync-interval
13-56
cable ucd-interval
13-53
13-54
13-57
cable upstream channel-width
13-58
cable upstream data-backoff
13-59
cable upstream force-frag
13-60
cable upstream frequency
13-61
cable upstream invited-range-interval

cable upstream map-interval
13-63
13-64
cable upstream max-calls
13-65
cable upstream minislot-size
13-66
cable upstream modulation-profile
13-67
cable upstream physical-delay
13-68
cable upstream power-level
13-70
cable upstream power-level default

cable upstream pre-equalization
cable upstream range-backoff
13-72
13-74
13-75
cable upstream range-power-override

cable upstream rate-limit
13-77
cable upstream spectrum-group

cable upstream shutdown
13-79

collect interval
xvi
13-80
13-81
clear cable modem reset

clear counters cable
13-78
13-82
13-83
13-84
13-76
Contents
collect spectrum-data cable upstream

collect resolution
13-85
13-86
dhcpLeaseQuery authorization on
guard-band
13-87
13-88
hop action band
13-89
hop action channel-width

hop action frequency
13-90
13-91
hop action modulation-profile

hop action power-level
13-93
hop action roll-back

hop period
13-92
13-94
13-95
hop threshold flap

interface cable
13-96
13-97
ip dhcp relay information option

ping docsis
13-98
13-99
13-100
show cable device address-auth

show cable downstream
13-102
13-103
show cable insert-interval

show cable modem
13-101
13-104
13-105
show cable modem cpe
13-107
show cable modem detail
13-109
show cable modem hosts
13-110
show cable modem mac
13-111
show cable modem maintenance

show cable modem offline
show cable modem phy
13-113
13-115
13-117
show cable modem registered

show cable modem stats
13-118
13-121
show cable modem summary
13-124
show cable modem summary total

show cable modem svc-flow-id
show cable modem time-registered
13-126
13-128
13-129
xvii
show cable modem unregistered
13-132
show cable modulation-profile

show cable privacy auth
13-135
13-137
show cable privacy cm-auth

show cable privacy cmts
13-138
13-139
show cable qos svc-flow classifier
13-140
show cable qos svc-flow dynamic-stat
13-142
show cable qos svc-flow log
13-143
show cable qos svc-flow phs
13-144
show cable qos svc-flow statistics
13-145
show cable qos svc-flow summary
13-146
show cable qos svc-flow upstream-stat

show cable spectrum-group
show cable sync-interval
13-147
13-148
13-149
show cable ucd-interval
13-150
13-151
show cable privacy tek
13-152
show cable upstream
13-153
show interface cable
13-155
show interfaces cable downstream

show interfaces cable upstream
13-158
13-160
show interfaces cable upstream spectrum

show stats cmts
time band
time delete
14
13-163
13-165
13-166
QoS Commands
Introduction 14-1
QoS Command Descriptions
qos-list queue
ip qos-group
qos bw default
qos queue bw
14-3
14-5
14-6
14-7
show qos queue config
xviii
14-2
14-8
13-162
Contents
show qos-lists
15
14-9
POS Commands
Introduction 15-1
POS Command Descriptions
crc
15-2
15-3
interface pos
15-4
ip address
15-5
network-clock-select
15-6
network-clock-select revertive
pos ais-shut
pos flag
15-9
15-10
pos framing
15-12
pos internal-clock
pos report
15-13
15-14
pos scramble
15-16
pos signal mode
15-17
pos threshold
15-18
ppp magic-number
ppp mtu
15-20
15-21
ppp negotiation-count
ppp timeout
15-22
15-23
show controllers pos
15-24
show interfaces pos
15-26
show network-clocks
show ppp info
16
15-8
15-29
15-30
BGP Commands
Introduction 16-1
BGP Command Descriptions
aggregate-address
auto-summary
16-2
16-3
16-5
bgp always-compare-med
bgp client-to-client reflection
16-6
16-7
xix
bgp cluster-id
16-8
bgp confederation as-confed-sequence

bgp confederation identifier
16-10
bgp confederation peers

bgp dampening
16-11
16-12
bgp default local-preference

clear ip bgp
16-14
16-15
clear ip bgp dampening
16-16
clear ip bgp flap-statistics

distance bgp
16-9
16-17
16-18
ip as-path access-list
16-20
ip community-list
match as-path
16-21
16-23
match community
16-24
neighbor advertisement-interval
neighbor default-originate
neighbor description
16-27
neighbor distribute-list
16-28
neighbor ebgp-multihop
neighbor filter-list
16-29
16-30
neighbor maximum-prefix
neighbor next-hop-self
neighbor password
16-25
16-26
16-32
16-34
16-35
neighbor peer-group (assigning members)

neighbor peer-group (creating)
neighbor remote-as
16-37
16-38
neighbor remove-private-as
neighbor route-map
16-39
16-40
neighbor route-reflector-client
neighbor send-community
neighbor shutdown
16-41
16-42
16-43
neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound

neighbor timers
16-44
16-45
neighbor update-source loopback
xx
16-36
16-46
Contents
neighbor weight
network
16-47
16-48
router bgp
16-49
route-map
16-50
set as-path prepend

set comm-list
16-52
16-53
set community
16-55
set local-preference
set metric-type
set origin
set tag
16-57
16-58
16-59
16-60
set ip next-hop
set weight
show ip bgp
16-61
16-62
16-63
show ip bgp cidr-only
16-64
show ip bgp community
16-65
show ip bgp community-list
16-67
show ip bgp dampened-paths
16-68
show ip bgp flap-statistics

show ip bgp memory
show ip bgp neighbors
show ip bgp paths
16-69
16-71
16-72
16-73
show ip bgp peer-group

show ip bgp regexp
16-74
16-75
show ip bgp summary
16-76
show ip as-path-access-list
show ip community-list
17
16-77
16-78
PIM Commands
Introduction 17-1
PIM Command Descriptions
ip pim border
17-2
17-3
ip pim bsr-candidate
17-4
ip pim bsr-candidate ip-address
17-5
xxi
ip pim dr-priority
17-6
ip pim message-interval
17-7
ip pim query-interval
17-8
ip pim rp-candidate
17-9
ip pim rp-candidate group-list
17-10
ip pim rp-candidate interval
17-11
ip pim rp-candidate ip-address
17-13
ip pim spt-threshold lasthop
17-14
ip pim spt-threshold rp
17-15
pim register-checksum
17-16
pim unicast-route-lookup
router pim
18
17-12
ip pim rp-candidate priority
17-17
17-18
IS-IS Commands
Introduction 18-1
IS-IS Command Descriptions
area-password
18-2
18-3
distance
domain-password
ip router isis
18-6
18-7
ip router isis passive

isis circuit-type
18-8
18-9
isis csnp-interval
18-10
isis hello-interval
18-11
isis hello-multiplier
isis metric
18-12
18-13
isis password
isis priority
18-14
18-15
isis lsp-interval
18-17
isis retransmit-interval
18-18
isis retransmit-throttle-interval
is-type
xxii
18-4
18-5
18-20
18-19
Contents
net
18-21
redistribute
router isis
18-23
18-24
set-overload-bit
18-25
show clns es-neighbors

show clns interface
18-26
18-28
show clns is-neighbors

show clns neighbors
show clns protocol
show clns traffic
show isis database
18-30
18-32
18-34
18-36
18-39
show isis spf-log
18-41
summary-address
18-44
Index
xxiii
Preface
Scope
This document describes how to install and configure the Motorola Broadband
Services Router 64000 (BSR 64000).
Audience
This document is for use by those persons who will install and configure the
BSR 64000 product. Only trained service personnel should install, maintain, or
replace the BSR 64000.
Documentation Set
The following documents comprise the BSR 64000 documentation set:

This document contains the Command Line Interface (CLI) commands for
managing, configuring, and maintaining the BSR 64000.
BSR 64000 Configuration and Management Guide

This document provides the instructions and procedures for configuring and
managing the BSR 64000.
BSR 64000 Installation Guide

This document describes how to install the BSR 64000 product.
iii
BSR 64000 Release Notes

These documents provide information about features not described or incorrectly
documented in the main documentation set; known problems and anomalies;
product limitations; and problem resolutions.
BSR 64000 SNMP MIB Reference Guide

This document describes the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
MIBs; provides information that describes standard and proprietary MIB support;
describes how to walk the MIBs and how to compile and load the SNMP MIBs. It
also provides task examples.
BSR Troubleshooting Guide

This document provides instructions and procedures for troubleshooting the BSR
product.
BSR 64000 Quick Start Guide

This document provides basic tasks used to get the BSR 64000 out of the box,
running, connected to the network, and operational.
Conventions
This document uses the conventions in the following table:
Convention
Example
Explanation
angle brackets < >
ping <ip-address>
ping 54.89.145.71
Arguments in italic and enclosed by angle

brackets must be replaced by the text the
argument represents. In the example,
54.89.345.71 replaces <ip-address>. When
entering the argument, do not type the angle
brackets.
bar brackets [ ]
disable [level]
Bar brackets enclose optional arguments. The

example indicates you can use the disable
command with or without specifying a level.
Some commands accept more than one
optional argument. When entering the
argument, do not type the bar brackets.
iv
Preface
Convention
Example
Explanation
bold text
cable relay-agent-option
Boldface text must be typed exactly as it

appears.
brace brackets {}
page {on | off}
Brace brackets enclose required text. The

example indicates you must enter either on or
off after page. The system accepts the
command with only one of the parameters.
When entering the text, do not type the brace
brackets.
italic text
boot system <filename>
Italic type indicates variables for which you

supply values in command syntax descriptions.
It also indicates file names, directory names,
document titles, or emphasized text.
screen display
Wed May 6 17:01:03

2000
This font indicates system output.
vertical bar |
page {on | off}
A vertical bar separates the choices when a

parameter is required. The example indicates
you can enter either command:
page on or page off
When entering the parameter, do not type the
vertical bar or the brace brackets.
Notes, Cautions, Warnings

The following icons and associated text may appear in this document.
Note: A note contains tips, suggestions, and other helpful information, such
as references to material not contained in the document, that can help you
complete a task or understand the subject matter.
Caution: The exclamation point, within an equilateral triangle, is intended to

alert the user to the presence of important installation, servicing, and
operating instructions in the documents accompanying the equipment.
Warning: This symbol indicates that dagerous voltages levels are present
within the equipment. These voltages are not insulated and may be of
sufficient strength to cause serious bodily injury when touched. The symbol
may also appear on schematics.
Contacting Support
Use the following information to contact Support:
U.S.
1-888-944-HELP
1-888-944-4357
vi
International
+.215-323-0044
WWW
http://www.gi.com/BUSAREA/CUSACC/websupport.html
Email
cmtssupport@motorola.com
1
System
Administration Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes the following types of commands for the BSR 64000:
User management commands which establish authentication and to protect the
network from unauthorized users.
Configuration file commands that handle the operating system and the system
software for the BSR. The configuration file commands allow you to customize the
operating system configuration at system startup, and to modify and store the
configuration file for later use.
System services commands that globally configure IP system services used with the
BSR, such as protocols, NVRAM, IP parameters, the operating system, and the
system clock
Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) commands that are used with the
BSR to access online directory services over the TCP/IP network protocol. The BSR
becomes an LDAP client and connects to an LDAP server to requests services and/or
information.
Logger commands which provide a way to configure system event reporting
intended for diagnostics. The information in the report contains actions such as
system startup, status, and event classes.
1-1
System Administration Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the system adminstration
commands supported by the BSR.
1-2
alias
The alias command allows you to specify an alias for a CLI command in a specific
command mode (User EXEC, Privileged EXEC, or Global Configuration). The no
alias command deletes a specific alias defined within the command mode.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Global Configuration
Command Line Usage
alias {exec | priv | conf} <WORD> <WORD>
no alias {exec | priv | conf} <WORD>
Command Syntax
exec
User EXEC mode alias command
priv
Privileged EXEC mode alias

command
conf
Global Configuration mode alias

command
WORD
name of alias
WORD
the command that is aliased
1-3
banner motd
The banner motd command allows you to create a message-of the-day (motd) that
displays upon successful login. The no banner motd command deletes the message
of the day.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
banner motd <1-10> <WORD>
no banner motd
Command Syntax
1-4
1-10
message line number
WORD
text of the message.
boot system
The boot system command lets you boot the BSR using a boot image file stored in
either flash memory, NVRAM on the Supervisory Routing Module (SRM), or an FTP
or TFTP server.
Group Access
System Administrator
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
boot system {flash: | ftp: | nvram:| tftp}{<filename>}
Command Syntax
flash:
specifies flash memory as the location of the

boot image file
ftp:
specifies a File Transport Protocol (FTP)

server as the location of the boot image file
nvram:
specifies Non-volatile Random Access

Memory (NVRAM) as the location of the
boot image file
tftp:
specifies a Trivial File Transport Protocol

(TFTP) server as the location of the boot
image file
filename
filename of the boot image stored in flash,

NVRAM, or an FTP or TFTP server
1-5
broadcast
The broadcast command is used to send a message to all connected users.
Group Access
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
broadcast <WORD>
Command Syntax
WORD
1-6
The text message intended for broadcast.
clear log
The clear log command deletes buffered log data.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes except User EXEC
Command Line Usage
clear log
1-7
clock set
The clock set command sets the system clock.
Group Access
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
clock set <hh:mm:ss> {<1-31> <MONTH> | <MONTH> <1-31>} <1993-2035>
Command Syntax
1-8
hh:mm:ss
current time in 24-hour format
1-31
numeric notation for the current day
MONTH
three letter abbreviated name of the current

month
1993-2035
numeric notation for the curent year
clock timezone
The clock timezone command allows you to set the time zone for the system. The no
clock timezone command changes the system time to Universal Time Coordinated
(UTC).
Use the clock timezone command for display purposes and to manually set the time.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
clock timezone <WORD > <Hours_offset> [<Minute_offset>]
no clock timezone
Command Syntax
WORD
time zone listed when standard time is in

effect
Hours_offset
hours corrected from UTC, range -23 to 23
Minute_offset
non-negative difference in minutes corrected

from UTC, range 0 to 59
Command Default
UTC
1-9
configure
The configure command lets you enter Global Configuration mode from Privileged
EXEC mode.
Note: To return to Privileged EXEC mode, enter exit, end, or Control-Z at

the Global Configuration Mode prompt.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
configure
1-10
console authentication radius

The console authentication radius command enables RADIUS authentication for
user console logins. The no console authentication radius command disables this
feature.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
console authentication radius [ local-password ]
no console authentication radius [ local-password ]
Command Syntax
local-password
authenticate with a locally configured

password if there is no response from the
RADIUS server
1-11
copy
The copy command copies a local or network file from one location to another, either
locally or on the network.
Group Access
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
copy {flash: | ftp: | nvram: | running-config | startup-config | system: | tftp:}<file>
| {flash: | nvram: | running-config | startup-config | system:}<file>
Command Syntax
1-12
ftp:
copy the configuration file from a

File Transport Protocol (FTP) server
nvram:
copy the configuration file from

NVRAM
running-config
copy from a currently running

system configuration
startup-config
copy from the startup configuration

in NVRAM
system:
copy from the system
tftp:
copy the configuration file from a

Trivial File Transport Protocol
(TFTP) server
ftp:
copy the configuration file to a File

Transport Protocol (FTP) server
nvram:
copy the configuration file to

NVRAM
running-config
copy to the currently running system

configuration
startup-config
copy to the startup configuration in

NVRAM
system:
copy to thesystem
tftp:
copy the configuration file to a

Trivial File Transport Protocol
(TFTP) server
1-13
disable
The disable command allows you to enter User EXEC mode from the Privileged
EXEC mode.
Note: To return to Privileged EXEC mode, enter enable at the User EXEC
prompt and, if required, a password.
Group Access
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
disable
1-14
download runtime nvram:

The download runtime nvram: command allows you to download software
contained in an application image file or boot image file stored in Non-Volatile
Randon Access Memory (NVRAM) to all modules installed in the BSR 64000. The
specified software loads the next time the BSR 64000 is booted.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
download runtime nvram:<filename>
Command Syntax
filename
name of the the operating image for

download, such as the application
image file or boot image file.
1-15
download slot
The download slot command allows you to specify an image stored in either
Non-Volatile Random Access Memory (NRVAM) or flash memory and download it
to a resource module installed in the specified chassis slot of the BSR 64000. The
specified software loads the next time that the BSR 64000 is rebooted.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
download slot <NUM> {bm | cmts-fpga | elf | flash:<filesystem> | fp |
nvram:<filesystem> | <cr>}
Command Syntax
1-16
NUM
slot number of the chassis slot holding the

module that will receive the downloaded files
or images
bm
downloads the buffer-manager FPGA file

stored in the application image (the archive
file) from NVRAM to the module installed in
the specified slot.
cmts-fpga
downloads the cmts-FPGA file stored in the

application image (the archive file) from
NVRAM to the module installed in the specified slot.
elf
downloads the executable file stored in the

application image (the archive file) from
fp
downloads the fast-path FPGA file stored in

the application image (the archive file) from
flash:
downloads an application image or boot

image to the to the module installed in the
specified slot from flash memory
nvram:
downloads an application image or boot

image to to the module installed in the specified slot from NVRAM
filesystem
name of the operating image intended for

download
<cr>
downloads the buffer manager FPGA file, the

CMTS-FPGA file, executable file, and
fast-path FPGA file to the module installed in
the specified slot
1-17
enable
The enable command allows you to enter Privileged EXEC mode from User EXEC
mode.
If the system prompts you for a password, enter the password. After entering
Privileged EXEC mode, the prompt changes from the User EXEC mode prompt
(hostname>) to the privileged EXEC mode prompt (hostname#).
Group Access
Command Mode
User EXEC
Command Line Usage
enable
1-18
enable authentication radius

The enable authentication radius command enables RADIUS authentication for
user logins. The no enable authentication radius command disables this feature.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
enable authentication radius [ local-password ]
no enable authentication radius [ local-password ]
Command Syntax
local-password

RADIUS server
1-19
enable password
The enable password command allows you to specify a password associated with the
enable command. After specifying the password, entering the enable command at the
User EXEC prompt causes the system to prompt you for the password. You must
supply the password to enter the Privileged EXEC mode. The no enable password
command deletes the password.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
enable password {0 | 7 }<LINE>
no enable password
Command Syntax
1-20
specifies an UNENCRYPTED
password
specifies a HIDDEN password
LINE
the password (31 character

maximum)
enable secret
The enable secret command allows you to provide an encrypted password that
supercedes the enabled password. The no enable secret command removes the secret.
Use the enable secret command to provide an encrypted password for entering
Privileged EXEC mode in the running configuration file when then no service
password-encryption command is in effect.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
enable secret [5] <WORD>]
no enable secret
Command Syntax
5
specifies an ENCRYPTED secret
WORD
the secret (31 character maximum)
1-21
exit
The exit command (used from the Router Configuration, Interface Configuration, and
Global Configuration modes) accesses the previous command mode in the command
mode hierarchy. For example: using the exit command in Interface Configuration
mode accesses Global Configuration mode.
Using the exit command in Privileged EXEC or User EXEC modes, ends the
command line session.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage
exit
1-22
forced-download
The forced-download command ensures that boot images are properly downloaded
to modules in the BSR 64000 chassis.
Use the forced-download command to ensure that all modules receive the correct
boot image before performing an upgrade process or to ensure that a specific module
receives the correct boot image before performing an upgrade process.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
forced-download [<0-15>]
no forced-download [<0-15>]
Command Syntax
0-15
BSR 64000 slot number
1-23
help
The help command displays instructions for using the CLI help functionality. Refer to
the BSR 64000 Configuration and Management Guide for additional instructions on
using the CLI help functionality.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage
help
1-24
history size
The history size command lets you specify the size of the history buffer by number of
lines. The no history command deletes the history buffer.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage
history size <1-256>
no history
Command Syntax
1-256
the number of lines in the history

buffer
Command Default
10
1-25
hostname
The hostname command configures the name for the system host.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
hostname <WORD>
Command Syntax
WORD
1-26
the systems alphanumeric network hostname
ip ftp password
The ip ftp password command displays the password to use to connect to the
network using FTP. The no ip ftp password command deletes the password for an
FTP connection.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip ftp password 0 password
ip ftp password 7 password
ip ftp password password
no ip ftp password
Command Syntax
0
specifies an unencrypted password will

follow
specifies a hidden password will follow
password password
the password (31 character maximum)
password
1-27
ip ftp username
The ip ftp username command configures the connection to the network for using
FTP. The no ip ftp username command configures the router anonymously for FTP.
Use the ip ftp username command that is related to an account on the server.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip ftp username <WORD>
no ip ftp username <WORD>
Command Syntax
WORD
1-28
username (31 character maximum)
ip netmask-format
The ip netmask-format command lets you specify the format in which netmask
values appear in show command output. The no ip netmask format command sets
the output format back to the default.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip netmask-format {bitcount | decimal | hexadecimal}
no ip netmask-format {bitcount | decimal | hexadecimal}
Command Syntax
bitcount
displays netmask as number of

significant bits
decimal
displays netmask in dotted decimal
hexadecimal
displays the netmask in hexadecimal
Command Default
bitcount
1-29
ldap client
The ldap client command enables the LDAP client. The no ldap client command
disables the LDAP client.
Note: Configure a primary or secondary LDAP server addresses before

enabling the the LDAP client.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ldap client
no ldap client
1-30
ldap server primary

The ldap server primary command establishes the IP address and port number of the
primary LDAP server for client connections. The no ldap server primary command
clears the IP address and port number of the LDAP server.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ldap server primary <A.B.C.D> port <1-1024>
no ldap server primary <A.B.C.D> port <1-1024>
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
the primary LDAP servers IP address
port 1-1024
sets the TCP port assignment for the primary

LDAP server
1-31
ldap search-base
The ldap search-base command specifies the base distinguished name of the starting
point for a search of the LDAP database. The no ldap search-base ends the search of
the LDAP database.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ldap search-base WORD
Command Syntax
WORD
1-32
Distinguished name of entry to where the

search will start
ldap server
The ldap server command configures LDAP server parameters.The no ldap server
command clears the LDAP server parameters.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ldap server [binddn <WORD>] [nobinddn] [nopassword] [password <WORD>]
no ldap server [binddn <WORD>] [nobinddn] [nopassword] [password
<WORD>]
Command Syntax
binddn WORD
distinguished name
nobinddn
distinguished name not required to bind to

this server
nopassword
password not required
password WORD
password
1-33
logging
The logging command specifies the IP address of a remote syslog server. The no
logging command clears the IP address specification of a remote syslog server.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
logging A.B.C.D
no logging A.B.C.D
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D.
1-34
syslog server IP address
logging buffered
The logging buffered command sets the size of the logging buffer and the severity
level. The no logging buffered command returns to the default buffer size (256 KB).
Note: Use the show log command, in User EXEC mode, to display logged
messages with the newest message displayed first. Use the default logging
buffered command to return to the default setting.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
logging buffered <4096 -16777216> {alerts | critical | debugging | emergencies |
errors | informational | notifications | warnings}
no logging buffered <4096 -16777216> {alerts | critical | debugging | emergencies
| errors | informational | notifications | warnings}
Command Syntax
4096 -16777216
logging buffer size in bytes
alerts
(severity=1) immediate actions needed
critical
(severity=2) critical condition
debugging
(severity=7) debugging messages
emergencies
(severity=0) system is unusable
errors
(severity=3) error conditions
informational
(severity=6) informational messages
1-35
notifications
(severity=5) normal but significant conditions
warnings
(severity=4) warning conditions
Command Default
notifications, log file is 256 Kbytes
1-36
logging console
The logging console command enables the sending of system logging messages to the
console. Additionally, the logging of messages displayed on the console terminal can
be limited to a specified severity level. Use the no logging on command to disable
system logging.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
logging console [alerts | critical | debugging | emergencies | errors | informational
| notifications | warnings]
Command Syntax
alerts
critical
debugging
emergencies
errors
informational
notifications
warnings
Command Default
notifications
1-37
logging facility
The logging facility command specifies the syslog facility to which error messages
are sent. The no logging facility command reverts to the default of local7.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
logging facility {local 0 | local 1 | local 2 | local 3 | local 4 | local 5 | local 6 | local 7}
no logging facility
Command Syntax
local 0-7
Command Default
local 7
1-38
local facility 0 through 7
logging on
The logging on command starts and stops the syslog, and sends debug and error
messages to a logging process. The no logging on command stops sending debug or
error messages to a logging process.
Use the logging on command to send debug or error messages to a logging process
for the syslog to generate the message to the designated locations.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
logging on A.B.C.D.
no logging on A.B.C.D.
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D.
IP address of the host used,
Command Default
no syslog message
1-39
logging rate-limit
The logging rate-limit command limits the rate of system messages and SNMP traps
logged per second. The no logging rate-limit command disables the rate limit.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
logging rate-limit <0-2147483647> [auto-restart]
no logging rate-limit
Command Syntax
1-40
0-2147483647
the rate of messages logged per second
auto-restart
automatically restart the specified rate-limit
logging reporting
The logging reporting command sets the recording mechanism for CMTS messages.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
logging reporting {alert | critical | debug | emergency | error | information | notice
| warning} {all-clear | all-set | local | local-localvol | local-syslog |
local-syslog-localvol | local-trap | local-trap-localvol | local-trap-syslog | localvol |
syslog-localvol | trap-localvol | trap-syslog-localvol}
no logging reporting {alert | critical | debug | emergency | error | information |
notice | warning} {all-clear | all-set | local | local-localvol | local-syslog |
local-syslog-localvol | local-trap | local-trap-localvol | local-trap-syslog | localvol |
syslog-localvol | trap-localvol | trap-syslog-localvol}
The available logging report options are listed below:
alert
Logs conditions where immediate action is needed (severity level 1).
critical
Logs critical conditions (severity level 2).
debug
Logs debugging messages (severity level 7).
emergency
Logs emergency conditions where the system is unusable (severity level

0).
error
Logs error conditions (severity level 3).
information
Logs informational descriptive system information (severity level 6).
notice
Logs normal but significant conditions (severity level 5).
warnings
Logs warning conditions (severity level 4).
1-41
The location where report messages are logged are listed below:
1-42
all-clear
Unsets all logging locations for the report.
all-set
Sets all logging locations for the report.
local
Log messages for the report go to local-nonvolatile memory

(NVRAM).
local-localvol
Log messages for the report go to local NVRAM and

local-volatile or "dynamic" memory (DRAM).
local-syslog
Log messages for the report go to local NVRAM and the syslog
server.
local-syslog-localvol
Log messages for the report go to local NVRAM and local

DRAM and the syslog server.
local-trap
Log messages for the report go to local NVRAM. SNMP traps

are also sent to an SNMP manager.
local-trap-localvol
Log messages for the report go to local NVRAM and DRAM

memory. SNMP traps are also sent to an SNMP manager.
local-trap-syslog
Log messages for the report go to local DRAM and a syslog

server. SNMP traps are also sent to an SNMP manager.
localvol
Log messages for the report go to local DRAM.
syslog-localvol
Log messages for the report go to the syslog server and local
DRAM.
trap-localvol
Log messages for the report go to local DRAM. SNMP traps are
also sent to an SNMP manager.
trap-syslog-localvol
Log messages for the report go to the syslog server and local
DRAM. SNMP traps are also sent to an SNMP manager.

The logging reporting default command is used to return to the default CMTS log
reporting configuration.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC and Global Configuration
Command Line Usage
1-43
logging session
The logging session command enables the transmission of system logging messages
to the current login session. The no logging session command disables the
transmission of system logging messages to the current login session.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
logging session
no logging session
1-44
logging trap
The logging trap command filters messages logged to the syslog servers based on
severity. The command restricts the logging of error messages sent to the syslog
servers to only those messages that correspond to a specified severity level. The no
logging trap command disables the logging of these messages to the syslog servers.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
logging trap {alerts | critical | debugging | emergencies | errors | informational |
notifications | warnings}
no logging trap {alerts | critical | debugging | emergencies | errors | informational
| notifications | warnings}
Command Syntax
alerts
critical
debugging
emergencies
errors
informational
notifications
warnings
Command Default
notifications level (severity=5)
1-45
login
The login command logs a user on to the system.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
User EXEC
Command Line Usage
login [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
WORD
1-46
1 to 16 character username
logout
The logout command logs a user out of the system. Use the logout command to end
the current session. The logout command is used the same way as the exit command.
In Privileged EXEC mode, use the logout command with a character argument to log
a particular user out of the system. Only users with administrative privileges can log
other users out.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
User EXEC and Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
logout [<session-id> | <username>] (Privileged EXEC mode only)
Command Syntax
session-id
the session ID number of the user to

log out
username
the name of the user to log out
1-47
more
The more command displays the contents of a specified file.
Use the more nvram:startup-config command to view the startup configuration file
in NVRAM. The config_file environmental table will be displayed if the startup
configuration file is not displayed. The user can determine the status of the file which
is either a complete or a distilled version of the configuration file.
Use the more system:running-config command to view the running configuration
file. The more system:running-config command displays the version of the software
and any changes that were previously made.
Note: Use the more command to view files on remote systems.
Group Access
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
more {flash: <filename> | ftp: <filename> | nvram: <filename> |
nvram:startup-config | startup-config | system:startup-config }
Command Syntax
filename
1-48
file name
page
The page command controls the scrolling of system output displays.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage
page {off | on}
Command Syntax
off
scrolling continues until the end of

the display without stopping
on
controlled scrolling through the use

of the Enter/Return key and spacebar
Command Default
on
1-49
password
The password command establishes a password that must be specified by users
attempting to establish a console or telnet session with the BSR. A console or telnet
session will not be established if the correct password is not specified by the user. The
no password command removes the password.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
password {console | telnet}[0 | 7]<WORD>
no password {console | telnet}
Command Syntax
1-50
console
password for console connections
telnet
password for telnet connections
password
specifies a HIDDEN password
WORD
the password (31 character

maximum)
radius-server
The radius-server command configures a RADIUS client to allow communication
with a RADIUS server. Configuring a RADIUS client involves the following tasks:
specifying the RADIUS server
specifying the number of retry attempts if there is no response from an active

RADIUS server
specifying the time interval between retry attempts if there is no response from
from an active RADIUS server
defining the shared encryption key for authentication between the RADIUS
server and the RADIUS client
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
radius-server host {<A.B.C.D>|<Hostname>} [auth-port <0-65535> [primary]]
radius-server key <WORD>
radius-server retransmit <0-100>
radius-server timeout <1-1000>
no radius-server host {<A.B.C.D>|<Hostname>} [auth-port <0-65535> [primary]]
no radius-server key <WORD>
no radius-server retransmit <0-100>
no radius-server timeout <1-1000>
Command Syntax
host
specifies a RADIUS server
A.B.C.D
the IP address of the RADIUS server
Hostname
the hostname of the RADIUS server
1-51
1-52
auth-port 0-65535
specify a UDP port number for RADIUS

authentication - default port number is 1812
primary
select this server as the primary RADIUS

server
key WORD
text of the encryption key shared between the

RADIUS client and the RADIUS servers Motorola recommends a 22 character
minimum
retransmit 0-100
specify the number of retry attempts if there is

no response from an active RADIUS server default is 3 retries
timeout 1-1000
specify the time interval in seconds between

retry attempts if there is no response from
from an active RADIUS server - default is 5
seconds
reload
The reload command reloads the operating system. The reload command is most
often used to reload upgraded software.
Group Access
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
reload [LINE <LINE> | at <hh:mm:> <LINE> <MONTH> | cancel | fast | in
<countdown> <LINE>]
Command Syntax
LINE
reason to reload
LINE
text of the reason to reload
at
reloads at a specific time
hh:mm
specific hour and minute to reload
MONTH
name of the month
cancel
cancels a pending reload
fast
reloads the system immediately
in
reloads after a time interval
countdown
time interval in minutes
1-53
reset
The reset command resets all slots or a specific slot in the BSR 64000 chassis.
Group Access
Command Mode
Priviledged EXEC
Command Line Usage
reset {all | <0-6, 9-15>}
Command Syntax
1-54
all
reset all slots in the BSR 64000 chassis
0-6, 9-15
reset a specific slot
The service password-encryption command enables password encryption. The no
service password-encryption disables password encryption.
The service password-encryption command will encrypt previously specified
passwords in the running-config file that are currently unencrypted.
Note: Once passwords appearing in the running configuration file are

encrypted, they cannot be unencrypted using the no service
password-encryption command.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
no service password-encryption
Command Default
No encryption
1-55
session-timeout
The session-timeout command lets you specify the length of time (in minutes) before
the BSR terminates any inactive session. An inactive session is a session has received
no user input or system output during the specified time interval.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
session-timeout {console | telnet} <0-30>
Command Syntax
console
specifies console sessions
telnet
specifies telnet sessions
0-30
length of time in minutes before the

session is terminated automatically
by the BSR
Command Default
5 minutes for telnet sessions
0 for console session (session maintained indefinately)
1-56
show aliases
The show aliases command displays any one of the following:
Aliases for commands in all modes

Aliases for commands in a specific mode.
Aliases for all commands that begin with, include, or exclude a specified string.
Aliases for a specific mode that begin with, include, or exclude a specified string.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All except User EXEC
Command Line Usage
show alias [conf | exec | priv] [ | ] [ begin | include | exclude ] [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
conf
specifies aliases for Global

Configuration mode
exec
specifies aliases for User EXEC

mode
priv
specifies aliases for Privileged

EXEC mode
turns on output modifiers (filters)
begin
filter for output that begins with the

specified string
exclude
filter for output that excludes the

specified string
1-57
1-58
include
filter for output that includes the

specified string
WORD
the specified string
show boot
The show boot command lists the boot parameters.
Use the show boot command to display the contents of the BOOT environment
variables and the configuration register setting.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show boot [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
1-59
show srm alias

The show srm alias command is used to show the alias name for the SRM module.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show srm alias
1-60
show chassis alias

The show chassis alias command to show the alias name for the BSR 64000 chassis.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage
show chassis alias
1-61
show srm assetid

The show srm assetid command is used to view the asset ID number assigned to the
SRM.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show srm assetid
1-62

The show chassis assetid command is used to view the asset ID number assigned to
your BSR 64000.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage
1-63
show srm serial-num

The show srm serial-num command is used to view the serial number assigned to
your SRM.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show srm serial-num
1-64

The show chassis serial-num command is used to view the serial number assigned to
your BSR 64000.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage
1-65
show chassis status

The show chassis status command is used to learn the operational status of the
individual modules and upper and lower fan trays on the BSR 64000. This command
also alows you to determinine where modules are populated on the BSR 64000. The
table below describes the displayed fields.
Field
Description
Slot
Module slot number from 0 to 15
Type
The type of modle inserted into the BSR 64000. HSIM indicates either the
POS or Gigabit Ethernet Network Interface modules (NIMs). CMTS indicates the DOCSIS module. SRM indicates the Supervisory Routing Module.
State
Indicates the current operational state of the module. RUN indicates that
the module is fully operational. Flash indicates that the module is updating
its FLASH memory. boot indicates that the module is currently in a boot
state.
RM
Resource module. An x indicates that this module is operational. A - (dash)

indicates that this module is not currently operational.
PM
Physical module (IO module). An x indicates that this module is operational. A - (dash) indicates that this module is not currently operational.
UpTime
If the system clock has been set using the clock set command, the
UpTime field displays the amount of time that the module has been operational. The time is expressed in hh:mm:ss format.
LastUpTime If the module is down, the last operational time for the module displays.
1-66
Success
The module booted successfully.
Failure
The module failed the boot process.
Alarms
Indicates that alarms are configured for the top and bottom fan trays.
Status
An x appears in the status field if a fan tray becomes disabled.
Disabled
The disabled column displays no output information at this time.
Priority
Both fan trays have a critical priority assigned to them.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

show chassis status
1-67
show clock
The show clock command shows the system clock.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage
show clock [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
1-68
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
show history
The show history command displays a list of commands executed during a session.
The list size is determined by the setting of the history size command.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage
show history [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
|
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
1-69
show log
The show log command displays message logging in the log file the newest message
first.The show log command displays log file contents and information about users
who have logged into the BSR.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes except User EXEC mode
Command Line Usage
show log [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
1-70
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
show memory
The show memory command displays the memory content of the starting address.
Use the show memory command to view information about memory available after
the system image decompresses and loads.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show memory [<address> <1-4294967295> | byte | end <address> | long | short ] [
fastpath [brief] ] [ information [brief] [slot <NUM>] ] [ | ] [begin | exclude |
include] [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
address
the starting memory address expressed in

hexadecimal notation
1-4294967295
the number of bytes to dump
byte
display in byte format
end
the ending memory address expressed in

hexadecimal notation
long
display in long format
short
display in short format
fastpath
the number of bytes used to program the

HSIM FastPath
brief
display only the summary
1-71
information
displays free memory statistics and a

summary of memory usage
slot
displays free memory statistics and a

summary of memory usage for a
specified slot in the BSR chassis
NUM
the BSR slot number
begin
filter for output that begins with the specified

string
exclude
filter for output that excludes the specified

string
include
filter for output that includes the specified

string
WORD
Command Default
32 bit
show process
The show process command displays information about software processes that are
running on the router.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show process [cpu | memory | msg-q-info | semaphores | stack] [ | ] [begin |
exclude | include] [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
cpu
cpu utilization by each process
memory
memory information per process
msg-q-info
information about current message queues
semaphores
display state of semaphore(s)
stack
process stack usage and interrupt routines,

including the reason for the last system reboot
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
1-73
show process cpu

The show process cpu command displays detailed CPU usage statistics.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show process cpu [restart | slot <NUM> | stop] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include]
[<WORD>]
Command Syntax
restart
restart the utilization measurement process
slot
displays detailed CPU usage statistics for

chassis modules
NUM
the slot number of the chassis module

Note: If a slot number is not specfied, the
CPU usage information provided is for the
Supervisory Routing Module (SRM).
1-74
stop
stops the utilization measurement process
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
show process msg-q-info

The show process msg-q-info command displays information about current message
queues.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show process msg-q-info [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
|
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
1-75
show process semaphores

The show process semaphores command creates a message when an attempt to
unlock a semaphore when it is already unlocked.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show process semaphores [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>]

Command Syntax
1-76
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
show process stack

The show process stack command monitors the stack utilization of processes and
interrupt routines.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show process stack [ procID | procName ] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include]
[<WORD>]
Command Syntax
procID
process identifier in decimal or hexidecimal

format (0x is required)
procName
the name of the process
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
1-77
show running-config
The show running-config command displays configuration information currently
running on the BSR.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show running-config [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
1-78
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
show startup-config
The show startup-config command displays the contents of the system startup
configuration file.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
show startup-config [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
1-79
show users
The show users command displays information about active Telnet sessions including
the username, user group and privilege level, the IP address of the originating host,
and the session ID.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show users [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
1-80
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
show version
The show version command displays the configuration of the system hardware, the
software version, the names and sources of configuration files, and the boot images.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show version [slot <0-15>] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
slot
slot in the BSR 64000 chassis
0-15
slot number from which version information

is to be displayed
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
1-81
update slot
The update slot command updates the BSR 64000 I/O module bootrom from the
BSR 64000 Supervisory Routing Module (SRM).
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
update slot <NUM> {flash: | nvram:}
Command Syntax
1-82
NUM
slot number of the BSR 64000 I/O module
flash:
update from Flash
nvram:
update from NVRAM
username
The username command establishes a login authentication system based on a
username.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
username <WORD> password [ 0 | 7 ]<WORD>
username <WORD> nopassword
Command Syntax
WORD
the username, up to 16 characters
nopassword
no password is required for the user

to log in
password
specify a password for the user
password
specifies a HIDDEN password will

follow
WORD
the UNENCRYPTED (cleartext)

user password, 31 character
maximum
1-83
username privilege
The username privilege command sets a privilege level for a user.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
username <WORD> privilege {ro | rw}
Command Syntax
1-84
WORD
privilege
the user privilege level
ro
read-only privilege
rw
read and write privilege
username user-group
The username user-group command assigns a user to a user group. The no
username user-group command removes a user from a user group.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
username <WORD> user-group {isp <1-1> | mso | sysadmin}
no username <WORD> user-group {isp <1-1> | mso | sysadmin}
Command Syntax
WORD
user-group
assigns the user group name
isp
provides this user access to most CLI

commands including routing
commands but excluding cable
commands
1-1
the number of the virtual ISP
mso
provides this user access to most CLI

commands including cable
commands but excluding routing
commands
sysadmin
provides this user access to all CLI

commands
1-85
telnet authentication radius

The telnet authentication radius command enables RADIUS authentication for
telnet access. The no telnet authentication radius command disables this feature.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
telnet authentication radius [ fail-message | local-password ]
no telnet authentication radius [ fail-message | local-password ]
Command Syntax
1-86
fail-message
specify message to display for a failed login/

authentication
local-password

RADIUS server
2
IP Commands
IP Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes the following types of commands for the BSR 1000:
Interface commands not associated with a specific protocol can be used to configure
interface features with any device on the network.
Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) commands handle
network communications between network nodes. This includes network addressing
information, control information that enables packets to be routed, and reliable
transmission of data.
Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) commands dynamically maps IP addresses to
physical hardware addresses. An ARP cache is used to maintain a correlation between
each MAC address and its corresponding IP address.
Domain Name System (DNS) commands are used to map hostnames to IP addresses,
and to control Internet routing information. Lists of domain names and IP addresses
are distributed throughout the Internet with DNS servers.
Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) commands are used to synchronize
computer clocks in the global internet. SNTP operates in unicast, broadcast, and IP
multicast modes.
Tunneling commands provide a way to encapsulate packets inside of a
transport protocol. The following encapsulation modes for the tunnel

interface are supported by the BSR:
Generic Router Encapsulation (GRE)

IP in IP Encapsulation
Distance Vector Management Routing Protocol (DVMRP)
2-1
IP Command Descriptions
This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the IP commands
supported by the BSR.
2-2
IP Commands
arp
The Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) is used on the cable interface to build a
correlation between the cable network and the connected cable modems (CMs) and
customer premisis equipment (CPE) by translating the CM and CPEs MAC address
to a logical IP address. The collected information is dynamically stored in a table
called the ARP cache. The arp command is used to specify the type of ARP packet
that is used on a BSR 64000 cable interface, as shown below:
arp [arpa | snap]
no arp [arpa | snap]
Command Syntax
arpa
standard Ethernet-style ARP, RFC 826
snap
IEEE 802.3 usage of ARP packets

conforming to RFC 1042
Command Default
arpa (ethernet ARP)
Command Mode
Interface Configuration
Command Use
The different ARP commands are not mutually exclusive. Each one sends an ARP
request in that format.
2-3
arp (global)
The arp (global) command adds a permanent entry in the ARP cache. The no arp
command removes the entry in the ARP cache.
Note: Proxy ARP is not enabled by default. ARP cache entries translate
32-bit addresses into 48-bit hardware addresses. If the host supports
dynamic resolution, static entries are usually not needed. Use the clear
arp-cache command to remove all dynamically learned entries.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
arp <ip-address> <hardware-address> <type> [alias]
no arp <ip-address> <hardware-address> <type> [alias]
Command Syntax
ip-address
four-part dotted-decimal format matching the

local data link
hardware-address
48-bit local data link address
type
encapsulation description, usually arpa or

snap
alias
responds to ARP as if it owns the specified

address, if proxy arp is enabled
Command Default
no entries in table
2-4
IP Commands
arp timeout
The ARP timeout feature is used to prevent unnecessary flooding of traffic over the
cable network. ARP resolution requests are terminated after a defined interval when
attempts to resolve addressing information, for a device entry in the ARP cache table.
The ARP cache table expiration value is disabled by default. The arp timeout
command configures the amount of time an entry stays in the ARP cache. The no arp
timeout command restores the default ARP timeout condition. The show interfaces
command displays the current ARP timeout value.
arp timeout <minutes>
no arp timeout <minutes>
Note: When the arp timeout value is changed, the change affects all the
existing entries in addition to the entries subsequently created.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
arp timeout <minutes>
Command Syntax
minutes
The expiration value in minutes for the

amount of time an entry is allowed to stay in
the ARP cache; valid values are 1 to 6000.
Command Default
60 minutes
2-5
The cable helper address function disassembles a DHCP broadcast packet, and
reassembles it into a unicast packet so that the packet can traverse the router and
communicate with the DHCP server.
The cable helper-address command allows the operator to configure the IP address
of the DHCP server that UDP DHCP broadcast packets be forwarded to, as Unicast
packets. The operator can configure different DHCP server IP addresses for cable
modems, hosts and MTAs. In each of the three cases, multiple DHCP server IP
addresses can be configured. The ip dhcp relay information option command must
be configured in order for the BSR 64k000 to determine the source of the broadcast
requests.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (for cable interface only)
Command Line Usage
cable helper-address <A.B.C.D> {cable-modem | host | mta}
Command Syntax
2-6
A.B.C.D
IP destination address. Typically, the IP

address of the DHCP server.
cable-modem
identifies this IP address as the DHCP server

IP address to forward CM UDP DHCP
broadcast packets to
host

IP address to forward host UDP DHCP
mta

IP address to forward MTA UDP DHCP
IP Commands
clear arp-cache
The clear arp-cache command clears dynamic entries from ARP cache.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
clear arp-cache
2-7
clear counters
The clear counters command is used to clear a specific counter or all interface
counters.
clear counters [ethernet <slot>/<interface> cable <slot>/<interface> | loopback
<loop number> | pos <slot>/<interface> | gigaether <slot>/<interface> | tunnel
<tunnel number> | <cr>]
Command Syntax
cable
Clears the cable interface counters.
ethernet
Clears the Ethernet interface counters.
loopback
Clears the loopback interface counters.
loop number
Loopback interface number from 1 to 16.
tunnel
Clears the tunnel interface counters.
tunnel number
Tunnel interface number from 0 to 255.
pos
Clears the Packet over SONET (POS)

interface counters.
gigaether
Clears the Gigabit Ethernet interface

counters.
interface
Identifies the port number.
slot
Identifies the module slot number.
cr
A command return clears all interface

counters.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
2-8
IP Commands
clear host
The clear host command deletes DNS host entries from the
host-name-and-address cache.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
clear host {<hostname> | *}
Command Syntax
hostname
Deletes a specific DNS host entry.
Deletes all DNS host entries.
2-9
clear ip route
The clear ip route command deletes route table entries.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
clear ip route [* | <ip-address> <net-mask>]
Command Syntax
2-10
Deletes all routes.
ip-address
Destination network IP address.
net-mask
Destination network subnet mask.
IP Commands
clear ip traffic
The clear ip traffic command resets the IP traffic statistic counters to zero.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
clear ip traffic
2-11
The host authorization feature is used for security purposes on the cable network.
When enabled, host authorization denies access to any hacker who tries to take or
spoof an IP address from any legitimate user on the same cable network. A hacker
takes the IP address from this user to steal their data service. The hacker accomplishes
this by changing the IP address on their PC to the IP address that the DHCP server
assigned to a legitimate users CPE.
The host authorization on command is used to enforce the bind of the CM and CPE
MAC addresses to the IP address assigned to them (statically or through DHCP).
The no host authorization on command disables host authorization on the cable
interface.
no host authorization on
Command Mode
Interface Configuration mode. Used exclusively on the cable interface.
Command Default
Disabled.
2-12
IP Commands
host authorization cpe

Cable operators can create static entries to deny hackers from stealing service from
users. Through static entries, cable operators can manually bind the CPE MAC
(hardware) and IP address to a particular cable modem. This command may be used in
circumstances when DHCP is not used to assign the CPE IP addresses.
Follow these steps to configure and verify a static host authorization:
Enter Privileged EXEC mode.
The host authorization cpe command creates a static entry for a specific CM and
CPE.
host authorization <cm-mac> cpe <cpe-mac> <cpe-ip>
The no host authorization cpe on command deletes a host authorization entry.
no host authorization <cm-mac> cpe <cpe-mac> <cpe-ip>
Command Syntax
cm-mac
The MAC address of the cable modem.
cpe-mac
The MAC address of the customer premises

equipment (CPE).
cpe-ip
The IP address of the CPE.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
2-13
interface
The interface command specifies an interface for further configuration. Once the
interface is selected you enter Interface configuration mode.\
interface {cable <slot>/<interface> | ethernet <slot>/<interface> | gigaether
<slot>/<interface> | loopback <0-16> | pos <slot>/<interface> | tunnel <0-255>}
Command Syntax
cable
CMTS that provides 1 downstream channel

and 4 upstream channels. Commonly referred
to as the cable interface.
ethernet
On the SRM module, Ethernet interface 0 is a

10 Mbps management interface that does not
support the negotiation feature and is
associated with its corresponding port on the
SRM I/O module.
Ethernet interface 1 and 2 are typically used
to support an external T1/E1 BITS clock and
are associated with their corresponding ports
on the SRM I/O module.
On the 8-port Ethernet module, there are 8 10/
100 Mbps Ethernet ports.
2-14
gigaether
Provides one 1000 Mbps optical Ethernet

interface.
loopback
Loopback interfaces are used to act as

inbound logical interfaces when physical
interfaces go down. Up to 16 loopback
interfaces can be configured on the BSR.
pos
Provides two high speed OC3/OC12 SONET

interfaces.
IP Commands
tunnel
A tunnel interface is a logical interface used

to make point-to-point links between two
devices. Up to 255 tunnel interfaces can be
configured.
slot
Chassis slot number for the desired module.
interface
Interface number on the module.
Command Mode
2-15
ip access-group
The ip access-group command configures an interface to use an access list. The no ip
access-group command does not allow incoming or outgoing packets.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Mode
ip access-group {<num:1-199> <num:1300-2699> {in | out}
no ip access-group {<num:1-199> <num:1300-2699> {in | out}
Command Syntax
num:1-199
Standard number range from 1 to 199.
num:1300-2699
Extended number range from 1300 to 2699.
in
Incoming packet is processed only if the

source-address is in the access-list.
out
Same as in, outgoing packet is processed only

if access-list permits the packet.
Command Default
No access groups defined.
2-16
IP Commands
ip address
The ip address command configures a primary or secondary IP address for an
interface or defines the Gateway IP address (giaddr) for Customer Premises
Equipment (CPE), Multimedia Telephone Adapter (MTA), or cable modem DHCP
requests. The no ip address command is used to remove an IP address from the
interface. When configuring the cable interface ip address two additional options are
supported; the host and mta options.
The additional options are only available from cable interface configuration mode
when selecting an IP address. During the DHCP process, the relay agent requests an
IP address in a particular subnet by inserting the IP address of the interface into the
DHCP requests from CMs, hosts, and MTAs. The primary address is always inserted
in cable modem DHCP requests. If a secondary address or a secondary host address is
defined, then the first secondary or secondary host IP address in the list is inserted into
DHCP requests from hosts. If one or multiple secondary mta IP address are defined,
then the first secondary mta IP address defined is inserted into DHCP requests from
secondary MTA devices. The ip dhcp relay information option command must be
enabled to allow the BSR 64000 to determine what type of device originated the
DHCP request. By default, the primary address will be inserted into DHCP requests.
Note: The BSR supports up to a 30-bit subnetwork IP address mask.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip address <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [ host | mta | secondary ]
no ip address <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [ host | mta | secondary ]
Command Syntax
2-17
2-18
A.B.C.D
the IP address
A.B.C.D
the subnetwork mask for the IP address
host
defines the IP address for the cable interface

as the giaddr for host DHCP requests - on the
cable interface, defines this IP address as the
IP address to be inserted into host DHCP
requests (this option is only available on the
cable interface)
mta
defines the IP address for the cable interface

as the giaddr for all MTA DHCP requests - on
the cable interface, defines this IP address as
the IP address to be inserted into mta DHCP
requests (this option is only available on the
cable interface)
secondary
designates the specified IP address as a

secondary IP address - on the cable interface,
defines this IP address as the IP address to be
inserted into host DHCP requests
IP Commands
ip broadcast-address
The ip broadcast-address command creates a broadcast address for an interface. The
no ip broadcast-address command deletes the broadcast address for an interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip broadcast-address <ip-address>
no ip broadcast-address <ip-address>
Command Syntax
ip-address
broadcast IP address assigned to the interface
2-19
ip dhcp relay information

The ip dhcp relay information command enable the DHCP relay agent to insert
DHCP option 82, sub-options into DHCP requests. Support for DHCP Option-82,
sub-option 2 (Agent Remote ID), which is enabled by the ip dhcp relay information
option command, allows the relay agent in the BSR to insert just the DHCP clients
MAC address into outbound DHCP client requests (i.e., DHCP Discovers and DHCP
Requests as they traverse the BSR). Support for DHCP Option-82, sub-option 4
(DOCSIS Device Class Identifier), which is enabled by the ip dhcp relay
information option command, allows the relay agent in the BSR to insert the
DOCSIS Device Class Identifier into outbound client DHCP Discovers. Support for
DHCP Option-82, sub-option 85 (Spectrum Group Name), which is enabled by the ip
dhcp relay information spectrum-group-name command, allows the relay agent in
the BSR to insert, when available, the Spectrum Group name associated with the
upstream channel that the DHCP client is using into outbound DHCP client requests
(i.e., DHCP Discovers and DHCP Requests as they traverse the BSR).
Note: If a DHCP client on a particular subnet is using an upstream frequency
that is not configured as a member of a Spectrum Group, the Spectrum
Group name is not inserted by the DHCP relay agent into the DHCP discover
packet.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip dhcp relay information {option | spectrum-group-name}
no ip dhcp relay information {option | spectrum-group-name}
2-20
IP Commands
Command Syntax
option
insert a MAC address (Agent Remote ID)

only into a clients DHCP discover packets
spectrum-group-name
insert the Spectrum Group name into all

DHCP outbound requests
Command Default
disabled
2-21
The ip directed-broadcast command enables all directed broadcasts to go to the
addresses in the host portion of an IP address. The no ip directed-broadcast
command disables all directed broadcasts.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
no ip directed-broadcast
Command Default
disabled
2-22
IP Commands
ip domain-list
The ip domain-list command provides up to six domain names to resolve unqualified
host names when the primary domain, specified by the ip domain-name command,
fails to resolve.
Use the ip domain-list command to define a list of secondary domain names.
Secondary domain names are used if the primary domain name fails to resolve.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip domain-list <domain> [<domain>] [<domain>] [<domain>] [<domain>]
[<domain>]
no ip domain-list <domain...>
Command Syntax
domain...
Domain name.
2-23
ip domain-lookup
The ip domain-lookup command enables the IP Domain Name System (DNS) based
host name-to-address translation. The no ip domain-lookup command disables the IP
DNS-based name-to-address translation.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip domain-lookup
no ip domain-lookup
Command Default
enabled
2-24
IP Commands
ip domain-name
For each BSR, you should configure the name of the domain in which the BSR is
located. This is the default domain name that is appended to host names that are not
fully qualified. The ip domain-name command is used to configure a domain name.
The no ip domain-name command removes the domain name.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip domain-name {<domain>}
no ip domain-name {<domain>}
Command Syntax
domain
name of domain being established
Command Default
No domain is configured.
2-25
ip forward-protocol udp
The ip forward-protocol udp command controls what type of UDP packet to
forward when broadcasting packets. The no ip forward-protocol udp command
disables IP forwarding.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip forward-protocol udp [<num:0-65535> | bootpc | bootps | domain | netbios-dgm
| netbios-ns | tacacs | tftp | time | <cr>]
no ip forward-protocol udp [<num:0-65535> | bootpc | bootps | domain |
netbios-dgm | netbios-ns | tacacs | tftp | time | <cr>]
Command Syntax
2-26
num:0-65535
Specific UDP port number.
bootpc
Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP) client (68)
bootps
Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP) server (67)
domain
Domain Name Service (DNS, 53)
netbios-dgm
NetBios datagram service (138)
netbios-ns
NetBios name service (137)
tacacs
TAC Access Control System (49)
tftp
Trivial File Transfer Protocol (69)
time
Time (37)
<cr>
Command return allows all UDP packets to

be forwarded.
IP Commands
ip helper-address
The ip helper-address command determines the destination IP address of the DHCP
server for where broadcast packets are forwarded. The no ip helper-address
command removes the IP address where broadcast packets are forwarded.
Use the ip-helper address command to forward broadcast packets received on an
interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip helper-address <address>
no ip helper-address <address>
Command Syntax
address
Destination broadcast/host address to be used.
2-27
ip host
The ip host command is used to add a static, classless DNS host entry to the ip
hostname table by matching the host IP address to its DNS host name mapping. The
no ip host command deletes the host address-to-name mapping in the host cache.
Note: The initial character of the name must be a letter.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip host <name> <address>
no ip host <name> <address>
Command Syntax
name
name of host
address
IP address
Command Default
no hosts configured
2-28
IP Commands
ip irdp
The ip irdp command enables the ICMP Router Discovery Protocol (IRDP) on an
interface. The no ip irdp command disables the ICMP IRDP on an interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Interface Configuration. The ip irdp command is not available on the cable interface.
Command Line Usage
ip irdp [address <A.B.C.D> | holdtime <num:1-9000> | maxadvertinterval |
minadvertinterval | multicast | preference]
no ip irdp [address <A.B.C.D> | holdtime <num:1-9000> | maxadvertinterval
<num:4-1800> | minadvertinterval <num:3-1800> | multicast | preference
<-2147483648-2147483647>]
Command Syntax
address
IP addresses to proxy-advertise, preference

value.
A.B.C.D
IP address to advertise.
holdtime
amount of time, in seconds, advertisements

hold valid
num:1-9000
value in seconds
maxadvertinterval
maximum time between advertisements
num:4-1800
value in seconds
minadvertinterval
minimal time between advertisement in

seconds
multicast
advertisements are sent with multicast
2-29
preference
preference value for this interface, -231 to 231,

higher value increases performance, preferred
router
-2147483648-2147483647
preference for this address (higher values

preferred)
Command Default
2-30
holdtime
1800 seconds
maxadvertinterval
600 seconds
minadvertinterval
450 seconds
preference
-2147483648-2147483647
IP Commands
ip mask-reply
The ip mask-reply command enables Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP)
netmask reply messages. The no ip mask-reply command disables ICMP netmask
reply messages.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Mode
ip mask-reply
no ip mask-reply
Command Default
Enabled
2-31
ip mtu
The ip mtu command configures the Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) packet
size allowed on the interface. The no ip mtu command resets the default.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip mtu <size>
no ip mtu
Command Syntax
size
2-32
MTU size from 68 to 1500 bytes.
IP Commands
ip name-server
The ip name-server command is used to enter the IP address of one or more Domain
Name Servers (DNS). Up to six DNS can be configured on the BSR. The no ip
name-server command deletes a DNS entry.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip name-server <ip-address> [<...ip-address>]
no ip name-server <ip-address> [<...ip-address>]
Command Syntax
ip-address
IP addresses of your DNS.
2-33
ip proxy-arp
The ip proxy-arp command enables proxy ARP on the interface. The no ip
proxy-arp command disables proxy ARP on an interface.
Note: If a host in the local network is incapable of responding to an ARP
request for some reason, the router will respond on behalf of the host when
proxy arp is enabled and the IP-to-MAC address mapping of the host is
stored in the router with a static arp command, with the alias option specified.
To verify ARP status, use the show running-config command.
The BSR will also respond to an ARP request for a network on a different
interface when proxy ARP is turned on.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip proxy-arp
no ip proxy-arp
Command Default
disabled
2-34
IP Commands
ip rarp-server
The ip rarp-server command is used to enable the router to act as a RARP server.
The no rarp-server command disables the router to act as a RARP server.
The RARP server can be configured on each interface to ensure that the router does
not affect RARP traffic on other subnetworks that do not need RARP assistance. The
following conditions must be satisfied before receiving RARP support:
The ip rarp-server command must be configured on the requesting interface

A static entry, must exist in the IP ARP table, mapping the MAC address in the
RARP request to an IP address
The IP address should be set to whatever address the user configures as the primary
address for the interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip rarp-server <ip-address>
no ip rarp-server <ip-address>
Command Syntax
ip-address
The IP address that is provided as the source

protocol address field of the RARP response
packet.
Command Default
disabled
2-35
ip redirects
The ip redirects command enables messages to be redirected if a packet needs to be
resent through the interface that received the packet. The no ip redirects command
disables messages that are redirected if a packet needs to be resent through the
interface that received the packet.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip redirects
no ip redirects
2-36
IP Commands
ip route
The ip route command is used to configure a static route when the router cannot
dynamically build a route to the specific destination or if the route must be in place
permanently. The no ip route command remove a static route.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip route <prefix> <mask> {<prefix> | null <num:0,0>} [<distance>] [tag
<num:1-4294967295>]
no ip route <prefix> <mask> {<prefix> | null <num:0,0>} [<distance>] [tag
<num:1-4294967295>]
Command Syntax
prefix
static route destination prefix
mask
static route destination prefix mask
null
null interface and port, valid values 0 and 0
distance
administrative distance, default value 1
tag
match value to control route-map

redistribution, valid values 1 to 4294967295
2-37
ip routing
The ip routing command enables IP routing. The no ip routing command disables IP
routing.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip routing
no ip routing
Command Default
enabled
2-38
IP Commands
ip unreachables
The ip unreachables command enables processing of an ICMP unreachable message
when the BSR cannot deliver a received packet. The no ip unreachables command
disables ICMP unreachable message processing when the router cannot deliver a
received a packet.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip unreachables
no ip unreachables
Command Default
enabled
2-39
passive-interface
The passive-interface command suppresses routing updates from being transmitted
over a specific ethernet or cable routing interface. The no passive-interface
re-enables route updates to be transmitted over the routing interface.
Note: Updates from routers that are directly connected to the passive
interface continue to be received and processed.
Command Line Usage

passive-interface {cable <slot>/<interface> | ethernet <slot>/<interface> |
gigaether <slot>/<interface> | pos <slot>/<interface>}
no passive-interface {cable <slot>/<interface> | ethernet <slot>/<interface> |
gigaether <slot>/<interface> | pos <slot>/<interface>}
Command Syntax
cable
Cable interface.
ethernet
Ethernet interface.
gigaether
Gigabit Ethernet interface.
pos
Packet-Over-SONET interface.
slot
Module slot number.
interface
Interface number.
Command Default
Routing updates are transmitted over the router.
Command Mode
Router Configuration
2-40
IP Commands
ping
The Packet Internet Groper (PING) ping command sends an Internet Control
Message Protocol (ICMP) echo request to a remote host that reports errors and
provides information relevant to IP packet addressing.
Use the ping command to check host reach ability and network connectivity, or to
confirm basic network connectivity.
Note: The address of the source in an echo message will be the destination
of the echo reply message. To form an echo reply message, the source and
destination addresses are simply reversed, the type code changed to 0, and
the checksum recomputed.
ICMP is used to report problems with delivery of IP datagrams within an IP
network. It can also show when a particular node is not responding, when an
IP network is not reachable, when a node is overloaded, when an error
occurs in the IP header information, etc. The protocol is also frequently used
by Internet managers to verify correct operations of nodes and to check that
routers are correctly routing packets to the specified destination address.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ping {<hostname> | <ip-address>}[size <num:1-165535] [<num:1-165535>]
[timeout <num:1-1024>] [source <ip-address>] [df]
Command Syntax
hostname
name of the remote system to ping
ip-address
IP address of the remote system to ping
2-41
2-42
size num 1-165535
packets, size of the echo message in bytes,

size of the packet
num:1-165535
number of ping requests to send
timeout num:1-1024
timeout in seconds
source ip-address
source IP address to use to send the ping

request
df
sets the dont fragment ip flag in the outgoing

ping IP header
IP Commands
show controllers
The show controllers command displays detailed hardware and configuration
information for each module on installed in the BSR 64000 chassis.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show controllers cable <X/Y> [upstream <0-7> | downstream | mac ] [ | ]
[begin | include | exclude ] [<WORD>]
show controllers ethernet [<X/Y>] [ | ] [ begin | include | exclude ] [<WORD>]
show controllers gigaether [<X/Y>]
show controllers pos [<X/Y>]}
Command Syntax
cable X/Y
display cable interface controller

information for the specified BSR
chassis slot and port number
including RF signal information, the
type of hardware installed, FEC
information for both corrected and
uncorrected packets, the spectrum
group and the status of the cable
interface
downstream
display information for the

downstream port including
downstream modulation type,
frequency (label), and symbol rate
2-43
2-44
mac
display MAC layer (layer 2)

information for all cable modems on
this specific CMTS module
upstream 0-7
display information for an upstream

port including the upstream
modulation type, channel width,
frequency, and modulation profile
information (i.e minislots, interleave,
preamble, etc.)
ethernet X/Y
display Ethernet interface controller

information for the entire BSR
chassis or the optional, specified
BSR chassis slot and port number
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
gigaether X/Y
display Gigabit Ethernet interface

controller information for the entire
BSR chassis or the optional,
specified BSR chassis slot and port
number
pos X/Y
display POS interface controller

information for the entire BSR
chassis or the optional, specified
BSR chassis slot and port number
IP Commands

The show host authorization command displays the host authorization enabled state
and displays all cable host entries in the ARP authorization table.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show host authorization [cpe [leased]]
Command Syntax
cpe
the static configured authorization table for

CPEs
leased
the configured authorization table for leased

CPE entries
2-45

The show host authorization cpe command is used to display the static ARP entries
for CPEs only.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
2-46
IP Commands

The show host unauthorized cpe command displays the list of hosts/CPEs that are
unauthorized due to a failed DHCP lease query response.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
2-47
show hosts
The show hosts command displays the cache list of host names and addresses, and the
lookup service type.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
show hosts
2-48
IP Commands
show interfaces
Use the show interfaces command to display the status and statistics for the network
interfaces. Use the show interfaces command without the slot and interface argument
to display all interfaces.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show interfaces [ethernet <slot>/<interface> | gigaether <slot>/<interface> | cable
<slot>/<interface> | pos <slot>/<interface> | loopback <slot>/<interface>]
[accounting]
Command Syntax
ethernet
Ethernet interface.
gigaether
cable
Cable interface.
pos
Packet-over-SONET interface.
loopback
Interface that appears up at all times, virtual

interface.
tunnel
Tunnel interface.
slot
Chassis slot number associated with the

physical interface.
interface
Interface number.
accounting
Displays the number of packets for each

protocol type that has been sent through an
interface
2-49
show ip arp
The show ip arp command displays the Internet Protocol (IP) Address Resolution
Protocol (ARP) cache table entries for one or more interfaces on the BSR. Each ARP
entry describes the protocol type, IP address to MAC address binding, age time, ARP
type, and interface location and type. Use the additional command arguments to filter
the output information you want to receive.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes except for User EXEC
Command Line Usage
show ip arp [<ip-address>] | [<hostname>] | [<mac-address>] | ethernet [<slot>/
<interface>] | gigaether [<slot>/<interface>] | cable [<slot>/<interface>] | <cr>
Command Syntax
2-50
ip-address
Displays entries matching IP address
hostname
Displays entries matching a hostname
mac-address
Displays entries showing a 48 bit MAC

address.
ethernet
Ethernet interface ARP entries.
gigaether
Gigabit Ethernet interface ARP entries.
cable
Cable Ethernet interface ARP entries.
slot

physical interface.
interface
Interface number.
cr
A command return displays all IP ARP

entries.
IP Commands
show ip dhcp stats

The show ip dhcp stats command displays DHCP server statistical information.
including memory usage, counters, and DHCP messages sent and received.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show ip dhcp stats [<0-15>]
Command Syntax
0-15
the BSR 64000 CMTS slot number
2-51
show ip interface
Use the show ip interface command with filters to display the status, statistics and
configuration for the network interfaces. Use the show ip interface command without
any command arguments to display all interfaces.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
show ip interface [brief] [ethernet <slot>/<interface> | cable <slot>/<interface> |
gigaether <slot>/<interface> | pos <slot>/<interface> | loopback <num:1-16> |
tunnel <num:0-255>]
Command Syntax
2-52
brief
Provides a brief summary of IP status and

configuration information for a specific
interface.
ethernet
Ethernet interface.
gigaether
cable
Cable interface.
pos
Packet-over-SONET interface.
loopback
Interface that appears up at all times, virtual

interface.
tunnel
Tunnel interface.
slot

physical interface.
interface
Interface number.
IP Commands
show ip irdp
Use the show ip irdp command to display ICMP Router Discovery Protocol values
containing interface holdtime values, configured preface values, and advertisement
values.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
show ip irdp
2-53
show ip protocols
The show ip protocols command is used for debugging routing activity and processes
by displaying the routing protocol process currently on the system.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
show ip protocols [summary]
2-54
IP Commands
show ip route
The show ip route command displays the active entries in the routing table.
Note: The information displayed reflects the routes that the routing table has
exported in the routing protocol that were filtered by that protocols export
routing policy statements.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show ip route [<hostname> | bgp | connected | isis | ospf | rip | static | <ip-address>
[mask] | summary]
Command Syntax
hostname
Displays routes for the internet hostname.
bgp
Displays Border Gateway Protocol routes.
connected
Displays connected routes.
isis
Displays ISIS routes.
ospf
Displays OSPF routes.
rip
Displays RIP routes.
static
Displays static routes.
ip-address
Displays route for an IP address.
2-55
2-56
mask
Enter the subnet mask for the specified IP

address to filter routes from a specific
subnetwork.
summary
Displays a summary of routes in the BSR

routing table.
IP Commands
show ip traffic
The show ip traffic command displays IP, ICMP, UDP, TCP, ARP, OSPF, IGMP,
DVMRP, PIM, and RADIUS protocol packet statistics, depending on what protocols
are in use on the BSR.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show ip traffic [ | ] [ begin | include | exclude ] [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
|
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
2-57
show sntp
The Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) provides system time with high accuracy.
The show sntp command output displays the following SNTP information for the
BSR:
SNTP server
Configured SNRP to request NTP packets or

broadcast NTP server address
stratum
Number of NTP hops a machine is from an

authoritative time source
version
NTP server version
last receive
When the last update was received
trusted server
"Yes" - if an authentication was attempted and

succeeded; "No" - otherwise
Group Access
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
show sntp
2-58
IP Commands
show tcp brief

The show tcp brief command displays a detailed description of TCP interfaces.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
show tcp brief [all]
2-59
show tcp statistics

The show tcp statistics command displays the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)
statistics.
The following information describes the show tcp statistics command output fields:
2-60
rcvd
Statistics in this section refer to packets

received by the router.
total
Packets received.
no port
Number of packets received with no port.
checksum error
number of packets received with checksum

error
bad offset
number of packets received with bad offset to

data
too short
number of packets received that were too

short
packets in sequence
number of data packets received in sequence
dup packets
number of duplicate packets received
partially dup packets
number of packets received with partially

duplicated data
out-of-order packets
number of packets received out of order
packets with data after

window
number of packets received with data that

exceeds the receiver window size
packets after close
number of packets received after the

connection has been closed
window probe packets
number of window probe packets received
window update
number of window update packets received
dup ack packets
number of duplicate acknowledgment packets

received
IP Commands
ack packets with unsent number of acknowledgment packets with

data
unsent data received
ack packets
number of acknowledgment packets received
sent
statistics for packets sent by the router
total
total number of packets sent
urgent packets
number of urgent packets sent
control packets
number of control packets (SYN, FIN, or

RST) sent
data packets
number of data packets sent
data packets
retransmitted
number of data packets retransmitted
ack only packets
number of packets sent that are

acknowledgments only
window probe packets
number of window probe packets sent
window update packets number of window update packets sent

connections initiated
number of connections initiated
connections accepted
number of connections accepted
connections established number of connections established

connections closed
number of connections closed
total rxmt timeout
number of times the router tried to retransmit,

but timed out
connections dropped in number of connections dropped in retransmit

rxmit timeout
timeout
keepalive timeout
number of keepalive packets in timeout
keepalive probe
number of keepalive probes
connections dropped in number of connections dropped in keepalive

keepalive
2-61
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
show tcp statistics
2-62
IP Commands
shutdown
The shutdown command disables an interface. An interface is in a shutdown state
when some configuration tasks must be performed on the interface.
All interfaces on the BSR are shutdown by default. The no shutdown command is
used to enable a shutdown interface.
Note: Use the show interfaces command to display interfaces that are up or
down.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
shutdown
no shutdown
2-63
sntp authenticate
The sntp authenticate command enables authentication for SNTP. The no sntp
authenticate command disables authentication for SNTP.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
sntp authenticate
no sntp authenticate
2-64
IP Commands
sntp authentication-key
The sntp authentication-key command enables authentication for SNTP. The no
sntp authentication-key command disables authentication for SNTP.
Use the sntp authentication-key command to authenticate SNTP sources for
additional security.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
sntp authentication-key <num:1-4294967295> [md5 <string>]
no sntp authentication-key <num:1-4294967295>
Command Syntax
num:1-4294967295
Key number.
md5
Use the md5 algorithm (presently this is the

only algorithm supported).
string
Key value, up to 8 characters.
2-65
sntp broadcastdelay
The sntp broadcastdelay command establishes the length of a round trip between the
system and a broadcast server. The no sntp broadcastdelay command removes the
length of a round trip between the system and a broadcast server and returns it to the
default.
Use the sntp broadcastdelay command to set the exact time between the router as a
broadcast client and the network.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
sntp broadcastdelay <num>
no sntp broadcastdelay <num>
Command Syntax
num
Command Default
3000 microseconds
2-66
Microseconds calculated on round-trip time

for SNTP transactor, valid values 1 to 999999
microseconds.
IP Commands

The sntp broadcast client command configures a router to listen for SNTP
broadcasts. The no sntp broadcast client command blocks the router from receiving
SNTP broadcast traffic.
Use the sntp broadcast client command to receive NTP traffic from a broadcast
server.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
no sntp broadcast client
2-67
sntp disable
The sntp disable command disables SNTP on an interface. The no sntp disable
command enables the interface to accept NTP traffic from other servers.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
sntp disable
no sntp disable
Command Default
enabled
2-68
IP Commands
sntp server
The sntp server command configures a router for SNTP to accept NTP traffic. The
no sntp server command disables the router receiving NTP traffic.
Note: When the server address is set to 224.0.1.1, the assigned multicast
address for NTP, the BSR operates in unicast mode. It transmits a request to
this multicast address and waits for replies. It then "binds" to the first server
who replies. All subsequent transactions happen in a unicast mode. This way,
the server address need not be known beforehand.
If you configure the BSR to operate in authenticated mode, you must also
configure an authentication key (sntp authentication-key command) and a
trusted key (trusted-key command).
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
sntp server {<A.B.C.D> | <name>} [key <num:1-4294967295>]
no sntp server
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
Server IP address.
name
HOST server name.
key num:1-4294967295 Key number for authentication purpose.
Command Default
SNTP traffic not accepted from a time server
2-69
sntp trusted-key
The sntp trusted-key command authorizes synchronization and authenticates system
identity. The no ntp trusted-key command disables synchronization and removes
system identity.
Use the sntp trusted-key command to establish a key or keys following the sntp
authentication-key command to synchronize the system. The sntp trusted-key
command synchronizes with only those systems that are trusted delivering additional
security.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
sntp trusted-key <num:1-4294967295>
no sntp trusted-key <num:1-4294967295>
Command Syntax
num 1-4294967295
Command Default
No trusted keys defined
2-70
Trusted authentication key-number for trusted

time source.
IP Commands
traceroute
The traceroute command traces a route through the network from beginning to end.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
traceroute <ip-address> <hostname>
Command Syntax
ip-address
Source IP address.
hostname
Domain Name Server (DNS) hostname.
2-71
tunnel checksum
The tunnel checksum command enables encapsulator-to-decapsulator
checksumming of packets on a tunnel interface. The no tunnel checksum command.
disables checksumming.
This command currently applies to generic route encapsulation (GRE) only. By
default, the tunnel does not guarantee packet integrity. By enabling end-to-end
checksums, the routers will drop corrupted packets.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Interface configuration (tunnel interface only)
Command Line Usage

tunnel checksum
no tunnel checksum
Command Default
disabled
IP Commands
tunnel destination
The tunnel destination command provides a tunnel interface destination. The no
tunnel destination command removes a tunnel interface destination.
Note: The tunnel destination command specifies the endpoint of the tunnel.
If a hostname is specified, DNS must have already been configured. The host
name-to-address translation is done following the command only once. If
mapping changes occur, the command needs to be reissued and is stored as
an IP address in the configuration files.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (tunnel interface only)
Command Line Usage
tunnel destination {<address> | <hostname>}
no tunnel destination
Command Syntax
address
IP address of the tunnel interface destination
hostname
DNS name of tunnel interface destination
2-73
tunnel key
The tunnel key command specifies a security key for GRE tunneling.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
tunnel key <key-number>
Command Syntax
key-number
2-74
Valid values 0-4294967295
IP Commands
tunnel mode
The tunnel mode command sets the encapsulation mode for the tunnel interface. The
no tunnel mode command disables the encapsulation mode for the tunnel interface.
Use the tunnel mode command to set the encapsulation type while sending packets
over the tunnel.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
tunnel mode {ipip | gre | dvmrp}
no tunnel mode {ipip | gre | dvmrp}
Command Syntax
ipip
IP in IP encapsulation
gre
Generic Route Encapsulation (GRE) protocol

over IP
dvmrp
Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol
Command Default
IP in IP encapsulation
2-75
tunnel source
The tunnel source command specifies a source address for a tunnel interface. The no
tunnel source command removes a source address for a tunnel interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
tunnel source {<ip-address> | cable <slot>/<interface> | default <slot>/
<interface> | ethernet <slot>/<interface> | gigaether <slot>/<interface> | loopback
<0-16> | pos <slot>/<interface>}
no tunnel source {<ip-address> | cable <slot>/<interface> | default <slot>/
<interface> | ethernet <slot>/<interface> | gigaether <slot>/<interface> | loopback
<0-16> | pos <slot>/<interface>}
Command Syntax
2-76
ip-address
Source IP address.
cable
Cable interface.
default
The source interface based on the destination

IP address.
ethernet / port
Ethernet interface.
gigaether
loopback 0-16
Loopback interface.
pos
Packet Over SONET interface.
slot
Module slot number.
interface
Interface number.
3
SNMP Commands
SNMP Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
commands used to manage the BSR 64000.
Since it was developed in 1988, SNMP has become the de facto standard for
internetwork management. SNMP is an application layer protocol and is based on the
manager/agent model. SNMP is referred to as simple because the agent requires
minimal software. Most of the processing power and the data storage resides on the
management system, with a subset of those functions residing in the managed system.
A typical agent usually implements the SNMP protocol, stores and retrieves
management data (as defined by the MIB); can asynchronously signal an event to the
manager; and can be a proxy for some non-SNMP network node.
A typical manager implemented as a Network Management Station (NMS)
Network-management stations implements the SNMP protocol; learns of problems by
receiving event notifications, called traps, from network devices implementing
SNMP; is able to query agents; gets responses from agents; sets variables in agents;
and acknowledges synchronous events from agents.
The primary protocols that SNMP runs on are the User Datagram Protocol (UDP) and
IP. SNMP also requires Data Link Layer protocols such as Ethernet to implement the
communication channel from the management to the managed agent.
3-1
SNMP Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the SNMP commands
3-2
SNMP Commands
show snmp
The show snmp command displays SNMP statistics and status.
Use the show snmp command to view SNMP statistics, determine the running status,
and display configuration information such as chassis ID, system description, and
system location, chassis ID, and counter information for the SNMP process.
The show snmp command displays the following output:
snmp packets input
total number of SNMP packets received by
the SNMP agent
bad snmp
number of bad SNMP packets received with

bad SNMP version errors
unknown community
name
number of SNMP packets received with

unknown community names
illegal operation for

community name
number not allowed
ASN parse errors
number incorrectly encoded
number of requested
variables
variables requested by SNMP managers
number of changed
variables
variables altered by SNMP managers
get-request PDUs
number received
get-next PDUs
number received
set request PDUs
number received
snmp out packet
number of SNMP packets sent by the agent
too big errors
larger than maximum packet size sent by the

agent
no such name errors
name errors nonexistent number, undefinable

Management Information Base (MIB)
bad values errors
number of set requests that detail an invalid

value for a MIB object
3-3
general errors
number of requests failed due to some other

error, excluding a noSuchName error,
badValue error, or any of the other specific
errors
response PDU
number of responses
trap PDU
number of traps sent
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage
show snmp
3-4
SNMP Commands
show snmp access

The show snmp access command displays SNMPv3 access rights of SNMP groups
and user, with security models and levels. It also associates SNMP views with these
security parameters.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show snmp access
3-5
show snmp community

The show snmp community command displays information about configured
communities.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show snmp community
3-6
SNMP Commands
show snmp contact

The show snmp contact command displays system contact information.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show snmp contact
3-7
show snmp context

The show snmp context command displays context records.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show snmp context
3-8
SNMP Commands
show snmp engineID

The show snmp engineID command displays information about the local SNMP
engine, including the remote engines that were configured on the BSR.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show snmp engineID
3-9
show snmp group

The show snmp group command displays SNMPv3 groups.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show snmp group
3-10
SNMP Commands
show snmp host

The show snmp host command displays the hosts configured to receive SNMP
notifications, both SNMP Traps and Informs.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show snmp host
3-11
show snmp location

The show snmp location displays the system location information, or sysLocation
MIB object string.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show snmp location
3-12
SNMP Commands
show snmp packetsize

The show snmp packetsize command displays the maximum SNMP packet size in
bytes that the SNMP agent can send and receive.
Note: The maximum packet size, in bytes, is from 484 to 17940.
The following commands are related:
snmp-server sysname
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show snmp-server packetsize
3-13

The show snmp port number command displays the UDP port number on which the
SNMP agent is configured.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
3-14
SNMP Commands
show snmp sysname

The show snmp sysname command displays the system information, or the sysName
MIB object string.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show snmp sysname
3-15
show snmp users

The show snmp users command displays SNMP v3 user names stored in the SNMP
group username table.
Use the show snmp users command to display information on remote SNMP users.
The show snmp users command also displays a list of configured SNMP users and
their associated access privileges, such as engineID and security level.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show snmp users
3-16
SNMP Commands
show snmp view

The show snmp view command displays view entry information.
Use the show snmp view command to display the view-name and the
object-identifier subtrees associated with it.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show snmp view
3-17
snmp-server access
The snmp-server access command defines access policy information. The no
snmp-server access command clears the SNMP access policies.
When using the no snmp-server community command and a view is not specified, a
default view is set to the "dod" MIB group, for example "1.3.6".
Note: Community Name Access Method is used predominantly with SNMPv1 and
v2c.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
snmp-server access <group-name> {v1 | v2c | v3 noauth | v3 auth | v3 priv} [prefix
<prefix-name>]
no snmp-server access <group-name> {v1 | v2c | v3 noauth | v3 auth | v3 priv}
[prefix <prefix-name>]
Command Syntax
3-18
snmp-server
change SNMPv3-related parameters
access
define access information
group-name
group name
v1
access group using v1 security model
v2c
access group using v2c security model
SNMP Commands
v3
access group using v3 security model (USM)
noauth
no authentication
auth
authentication
priv
privacy
prefix
specify prefix parameters
prefix-name
from 0 to 32 bits in length
3-19
snmp-server chassis-id
The snmp-server chassis-id command sets the chassis-id to uniquely identify the
chassis. The no snmp-server chassis-id command returns it to the default value.
To provide a message line identifying the SNMP server serial number, use the
snmp-server chassis-id command.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
snmp-server chassis-id <string>
no snmp-server chassis-id <string>
Command Syntax
string
unique ID string (text for MIB object,

chassisId)
Command Default
Defaults to chassis serial number
Command Use
The snmp-server chassis-id command gets the chassis information from the chassis
card table.
Command Notes
Use the show snmp command to view the chassis ID message.
3-20
SNMP Commands
snmp-server community
The snmp-server community command enables SNMP and sets community strings
and access privileges. The no snmp-community command removes community
strings and access privileges to a particular SNMP community.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
snmp-server community <word> [access-list num:1-199] [ro | rw] [view
view-name]
no snmp-server community <word>
Command Syntax
access-list num:1-199
IP access list allowed access with this

community string
ro
set read-only access with this community

string
rw
sets read-write access; authorized

management stations can retrieve and modify
MIB objects
view view-name
MIB view to restrict community
3-21
snmp-server contact
The snmp-server contact command sets the system contact information, or the MIB
object sysContact.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
snmp-server contact <string>
Command Syntax
string
Command Default
no contact set
3-22
name of system contact person, text for MIB

object sysContact
SNMP Commands
snmp-server context
The snmp-server context defines or updates a context record. The no snmp-server
command clears a context record.
Note: By defining a context record, an access policy can be specified that

includes the context. The context record identifies object resources that are
accessible.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
snmp-server context <word>
no snmp-server context <word>
Command Syntax
word
name of context record, text for MIB object

sysContext
3-23
snmp-server enable traps

The snmp-server enable traps command enables SNMP traps and allows the SNMP
agent to send an unsolicited notification to one or more pre-configured management
stations. The no snmp-server enable traps command disables all SNMP traps or a
specific trap type.
The snmp-server enable traps command enables all SNMP traps or specific types of
traps and allows this SNMP management station to send SNMP traps to hosts
indentified to receive traps with the snmp-server host command. For the SNMP
management station to send traps, at least one SNMP-server host must be configured.
Both commands should be enabled.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
snmp-server enable traps [bgp | docsdevcmts | entity | environ | flap | ospf | pim |
snmp | vrrp]
no snmp-server enable traps [bgp | docsdevcmts | entity | environ | flap | ospf |
pim | snmp | vrrp]
Command Syntax
3-24
traps
enables BGP, OSPF, SNMP, and VRRP state

change traps
bgp
enables BGP state change traps
docsdevcmts
enables docs device cmts traps
entity
enables entity state change traps
environ
enables SNMP environment traps
flap
enables flap state change traps
SNMP Commands
ospf
enables OSPF state change traps
pim
enables PIM state change traps
snmp
enables SNMP state change traps
vrrp
enables VRRP state change traps
Command Default
disabled
3-25
snmp-server engineID
The snmp-server engineID command configures a name for the local or remote
SNMPv3 engine as identification. The no snmp-server engineID command returns
the local agent engineID to the default, or deletes a remote engineID from the agent.
Note: A local SNMP Engine ID must be configured to use SNMPv3.The

SNMP agent is configured with a default Engine ID equal to the MAC address
of the chassis.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
snmp-server engineID {local <engine-id>| {remote <A.B.C.D> [udp-port
<port-num>] <engine-id>}}
no snmp-server engineID {local <engine-id>| {remote <A.B.C.D> [udp-port
<port-num>] <engine-id>}}
Command Syntax
3-26
local
sets local engine identification
engine-id
engine ID octet string
remote
change or add remote engine id parameters
A.B.C.D
IP address of remote SNMP notification host
udp-port
configures a remote engine-ID
port-num
UDP port number
engine-id
engine-ID
SNMP Commands
snmp-server group
The snmp-server group command associates (or maps) SNMP groups to SNMP
users. Use the no snmp-server group command to delete the group or a table to
match SNMP users with SNMP groups.
The snmp-server group command is used to create an SNMP group, associate it with
an SNMP user, and define a security level (SNMPv1, v2c, v3) for use with the group.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
snmp-server group <word> <user_name> {v1 | v2c | v3}
no snmp-server group
Command Syntax
word
security name belonging to this group
user_name
name of user creating group
v1
provides the least security
v2c
provides the next level of security
v3
provides the most security
3-27
snmp-server host
The snmp-server host command configures the SNMP agent to send notifications to
a remote host. The no snmp-server host clears the host recipient from receiving
SNMP notification activity.
Configure an SNMP trap host with the snmp-server host command by specifying the
receiver of specific trap types. All traps are sent if one is not specified. Each time the
snmp-server host command is used, one host acting as a trap recipient is configured.
Use the no snmp-server host command to remove a trap host from the trap host list
when it is full.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
snmp-server host <A.B.C.D>[trap | informs] version {1 | 2c | 3 auth | 3 noauth | 3
priv} <community-string> [udp-port <num:0-65535>] [snmp | ospf | vrrp | bgp]
no snmp-server host <A.B.C.D>[trap | informs] version {1 | 2c | 3 auth | 3 noauth
| 3 priv} <community-string> [udp-port <num:0-65535>] [snmp | ospf | vrrp | bgp]
Command Syntax
3-28
A.B.C.D
IP address of SNMP notification host
traps
enable SNMP traps
informs
enable SNMP informs
version
version to use for notification messages
lowest security level
2c
second level, more than security level 1
SNMP Commands
3 auth
most secure level, authenticates without

encryption
3 no auth
no authentication, unscrambled packet
3 priv
privileged level, authenticates and scrambles

packet
community-string
1 to 32 alphabetic characters naming

community
udp-port
determines the UDP port for the host to use
num:0-65535
specific integer
snmp
SNMP state change traps sent
ospf
OSPF state change traps sent
vrrp
VRRP state change traps sent
bgp
BGP state change traps sent
Command Default
no hosts configured
3-29

The snmp-server enable informs command enables SNMP informs. The no
snmp-server enable informs disables SNMP informs.
The snmp-server enable informs command enables SNMP informs and allows this
SNMP management station to send SNMP informs to hosts configured using the
snmp-server host informs command.
The snmp-server host command identifies the host or hosts to receive SNMP
informs. For the SNMP managenment station to send informs, at least one
SNMP-server host must be configured. Both commands should be enabled.
The no snmp-server enable informs command disables sending inform notification
messages from this SNMP management station. For a host to receive an inform, an
snmp-server host informs command must be configured for that host, and the inform
must be enabled globally through the use of the snmp-server enable informs
command.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Mode
no snmp-server enable informs
Command Default
disabled
3-30
SNMP Commands
snmp-server location
The snmp-server location command sets the system location string and the
sysLocation MIB object of an SNMP server. The no snmp-server location command
clears the location identification, sysLocation, of an SNMP server.
snmp-server location <string>
no snmp-server location
Command Syntax
string
text for MIB object sysLocation; identifies

the physical location of the SNMP server,
using 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
including spaces
Command Mode
3-31
The snmp-server packetsize command sets the maximum SNMP packet size that the
server sends or receives. The no snmp-server packetsize command sets SNMP
packet size back to the default.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
snmp-server packetsize <num:484-17940>
no snmp-server packetsize
Command Syntax
num:484-17940
Command Default
1400 bytes
3-32
maximum packet size in bytes
SNMP Commands
snmp-server port number

The snmp-server port number sets the UDP port number the SNMP agent is to use.
The no snmp-server port number sets the UDP port number the SNMP agent is to
use back to the default.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
snmp-server port number <num:0-65535>
no snmp-server port number <num:0-65535>
Command Syntax
num:0-65535
port number for SNMP agent to listen
Command Default
161
3-33
snmp-server shutdown
The snmp-server shutdown command shuts down the SNMP Agent, preventing it
from further processing SNMP packets, while retaining all SNMP configuration data
in the event the agent is restarted. The snmp-server shutdown delete command shuts
down the SNMP Agent and deletes all SNMP configuration data (all SNMP
configuration data is lost).
Note: The snmp-server shutdown command is identical to the no

snmp-server command.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
snmp-server shutdown {delete}
Command Syntax
delete
Command Default
disabled
3-34
deletes all SNMP configuration data upon

shutting down (without this option all SNMP
configuration data is retained and the agent is
suspended).
SNMP Commands
snmp-server sysname
The snmp-server sysname sets the sysName MIB object string.
Note: The sysName MIB variable is the name of the node. The show snmp
sysname command gets the sysName MIB variable.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
snmp-server sysname <string>
Command Syntax
string
text for MIB object sysName
3-35
snmp-server trap rate-limit

The snmp-server trap rate-limit command constricts the rate of SNMP messages
and log messages sent to a remote host. The no snmp-server trap rate-limit clears
the SNMP agent and increases the number of traps sent to a remote host.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
snmp-server trap rate-limit <num:0-2147483647> <num:0-2147483647>
[auto-restart]
no snmp-server trap rate-limit <num:0-2147483647> <num:0-2147483647>
Command Syntax
3-36
snmp-server
change SNMP parameters
trap
constricts the rate of trap messages and log

messages used by the agent to send an
unsolicited notification to one or more
pre-configured management stations
num:0-2147483647
number of SNMP traps; affects both trap and

syslog
num:0-2147483647
per unit time in seconds
auto-restart
Automatically restart sending traps and logging

messages after the trap rate falls back under the
specified rate-limit
SNMP Commands
snmp-server user
The snmp-server user command adds a new user to an SNMP group. The no
snmp-server user command removes a user from an SNMP group.
Use the snmp server-user command to configure a remote user. Stipulate the port
number or IP address of the user for the remote SNMP agent.
Note: The user must have a defined password or key before attempting to
use this password or key for authentication. This also holds true for a
localized password. The SNMPv3 agent processes SNMPv3 packets from
the network management station only after authentication.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
snmp-server user <word> [[auth {sha | md5} {password <password> | key <key> |
local <localized_key>} {password <password> | priv des56} key <key> | local
<localized_key>} [eng-id <engine-id>]]
no snmp-server user <username>
Command Syntax
word
username
auth
authentication parameters for user
sha
uses HMAC/SHA algorithm for

authentication
md5
uses HMAC/MD5 algorithm for

authentication
3-37
3-38
password password
at least 8 characters, maximum; a string of up

to 64 characters enabling the agent to receive
packets from the host
key key
standard key
local localized_key
localized key
password password
password converted to MD5 of SHA

securities permission
priv des56
provides DES-56 bit encryption with

authentication based on the CBC-DES
(DES-56) standard
eng engine-id
specifies engine-id with this user; local value

of engine ID
SNMP Commands
snmp-server view
The snmp-server view command defines an SNMPv2 MIB view. The no
snmp-server view command removes the defined view.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
snmp-server view <word> [<oid-tree> | at | bgp | directory | docsif | dod | dot3 |
dvmrp | egp | experimental | icmp | ifmib | igmp | interfaces | internet | ip | iso |
mgmt | mib-2 | org | ospf | ppp | private | rip2 | riverdelta | security | snmp |
snmpv2 | sonet | system | tcp | transmission | udp | vrrp ] {included | excluded}
no snmp-server view <word> [<oid-tree> | at | bgp | directory | docsif | dod | dot3 |
dvmrp | egp | experimental | icmp | ifmib | igmp | interfaces | internet | ip | iso |
mgmt | mib-2 | org | ospf | ppp | private | rip2 | riverdelta | security | snmp |
snmpv2 | sonet | system | tcp | transmission | udp | vrrp ] {included | excluded}
Command Syntax
word
used for reference identification to view

record being generated or removed reference
identification
oid-tree
subtree of MIB view family name (ex:

1.3.6.1.= internet, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1 = system)
at
AT MIB group
bgp
BGP MIB group
directory
directory MIB group
docsif
docsisIf MIB group
dod
DOD MIB group
3-39
3-40
dot3
ether-like MIB group
dvmrp
DVMRP MIB group
egp
EGP MIB group
experimental
experimental MIB group
icmp
ICMP MIB group
ifmib
ifMib MIB group
igmp
IGMP MIB group
interfaces
interfaces MIB group
internet
internet MIB group
ip
IP MIB group
iso
ISO MIB group
mgmt
mgmt MIB group
mib-2
MIB-2 MIB group
org
org MIB group
ospf
OSPF MIB group
ppp
PPP MIB group
private
private MIB group
rip2
RIP2 MIB group
riverdelta
RiverDelta Networks proprietary MIB groups
security
security MIB group
snmp
SNMP MIB group
snmpv2
SNMPv2 MIB group
sonet
SONET MIB group
system
System MIB group
tcp
TCP MIB group
SNMP Commands
transmission
transmission MIB group
udp
UDP MIB group
vrrp
VRRP MIB group
included
specifies MIB group is included from view
excluded
specifies MIB group is excluded from view
Command Notes
Other SNMP commands, such as snmp-server community, use the view to create
records with a view.
Standard MIB groups, such as MIB-II, ip, and at, are built-in and can be specified
with their string counterparts.
3-41
4
Debug Commands
Debug Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes the debug commands supported by the BSR 64000. Debug
commands help to isolate the source of a system failure. The output provides
diagnostic information, protocol status, and network activity which can be used to
diagnose and resolve networking problems.
4-1
Debug Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the debug commands
4-2
Debug Commands
debug arp
The debug arp command displays Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) information
exchanges between the BSR and other devices on the network. The no debug arp
command turns off ARP debugging.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
debug arp
no debug arp
4-3
debug cable err

The debug cable err command displays miscellaneous error conditions.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC and Interface Configuration
Command Line Usage
From Interface Configuration mode:
debug cable err
From Privileged EXEC mode:
debug cable {<x/y>} err
Command Syntax
4-4
BSR 64000 chassis slot number of the CMTS

module
interface number
Debug Commands
debug cable keyman

The debug cable keyman command activates debugging of TEK and KEK baseline
privacy key activity. The no debug cable keyman turns off this debugging operation.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
debug cable keyman
no debug cable keyman
debug cable {<x/y>} keyman
no debug cable {<x/y>} keyman
Command Syntax
x

module
interface number
4-5
debug cable mac

The debug cable mac command displays MAC-layer information.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
debug cable mac
debug cable {<x/y>} mac
Command Syntax
4-6

module
interface number
Debug Commands
debug cable map

The debug cable map command displays map debugging messages. The no debug
cable map command turns off this debugging operation.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
debug cable map
no debug cable map
debug cable {<x/y>} map
no debug cable {<x/y>} map
Command Syntax
x
BSR chassis slot number of the CMTS

module
interface number
4-7
debug cable modem-select

The debug cable modem-select command lets you select a specific cable modem for
debug tracing. The no debug cable modem-select command turns off this debugging
operation.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
debug cable modem-select <mac>
no debug cable modem-select <mac>
debug cable {<x/y>} modem-select <mac>
no debug cable {<x/y>} modem-select <mac>
Command Syntax
4-8
mac
MAC address of a specific cable modem

module
interface number
Debug Commands
debug cable privacy

The debug cable privacy command activates debugging of baseline privacy. The no
debug cable privacy command turns off this debugging operation.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
debug cable privacy
no debug cable privacy
debug cable {<x/y>} privacy
no debug cable {<x/y>} privacy
Command Syntax
x

module
interface number
4-9
debug cable qos

The debug cable qos command activates debugging of Quality of Service (QoS). The
no debug cable qos command turns off this debugging operation.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
debug cable qos
no debug cable qos
debug cable {<x/y>} qos
no debug cable {<x/y>} qos
Command Syntax
4-10

module
interface number
Debug Commands
debug cable range

The debug cable range command displays ranging messages exchanged between
cable modems and the CMTS. The no debug cable range command turns off this
debugging operation.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
debug cable range
no debug cable range
debug cable {<x/y>} range
no debug cable {<x/y>} range
Command Syntax
x

module
interface number
4-11
debug cable reg

The debug cable reg command displays registration messages exchanged between
cable modems and the CMTS. The no debug cable reg command turns off this
debugging operation.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
debug cable reg
no debug cable reg
debug cable {<x/y>} reg
no debug cable {<x/y>} reg
Command Syntax
4-12

module
interface number
Debug Commands
debug cable ucc

The debug cable ucc command displays upstream channel change (UCC) messages
generated when cable modems request or are assigned a new channel. The no debug
cable ucc command turns of this debugging operation.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
debug cable ucc
no debug cable ucc
debug cable {<x/y>} ucc
no debug cable {<x/y>} ucc
Command Syntax
x

module
interface number
4-13
debug ip bgp
The debug ip bgp command displays Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) transactions.
The no debug ip bgp command turns off this debugging operation.
Use the debug ip bgp command to:
Show events that change the state of the BGP session with any peer
Show open messages sent and received between peers
Show keepalive messages sent and received between peers
Show update messages sent and received between peers including advertised
routes and withdrawn routes
Show notification messages sent and received between peers
Troubleshoot BGP peer sessions and route exchanges
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
debug ip bgp <A.B.C.D> updates | dampening | events | keepalives | notifies |
message-dump]
no debug ip bgp <A.B.C.D> updates | dampening | events | keepalives | notifies |
message-dump]
4-14
Debug Commands
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address to debug
updates
generates per update messages
dampening
BGP dampening
events
enables logging of BGP state transitions
keepalives
BGP keepalives
notifies
BGP notification messages
message dump
displays contents of messages
4-15
debug ip dvmrp
The debug ip dvmrp command displays information on Distance Vector Multicast
Routing Protocol (DVMRP) packets received and transmitted. The no debug ip
dvmrp command turns off this debugging operation.
Note: The debug ip dvmrp command uses considerable bandwidth to

output debugging information. This may interrupt router activities.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
debug ip dvmrp
no debug ip dvmrp
Command Default
disabled
4-16
Debug Commands
debug ip icmp
The debug ip icmp command displays Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP)
information exchanges between the BSR and other devices on the network. The no
debug ip icmp turns off ICMP debugging.
Use the debug ip icmp command to deteremine whether the BSR is sending or
receiving ICMP messages.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
debug ip icmp
no debug ip icmp
Command Default
disabled
4-17
debug ip igmp
The debug ip igmp command displays all Internet Group Management Protocol
(IGMP) packets, and all IGMP host-related actions. The no debug ip igmp command
turns off the IGMP debugging.
Use the debug ip igmp command to target IGMP protocol messages and mtrace
messages.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
debug ip igmp
no debug ip igmp
Command Default
disabled
4-18
Debug Commands
debug ip mfm
The debug ip mfm command displays Multicast Forwarding Manager (MFM)
control packet activity. The no debug ip mfm command turns off MFM debugging.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
debug ip mfm {all | general}
no debug ip mfm {all | general}
Command Syntax
all
all MFM processing information
general
general, non-specific MFM application

information
Command Default
disabled
4-19
debug ip mrtm
The debug ip mrtm command displays changes made to the IP multicast routing
table made by the Multicast Routing Table Manager. The no debug ip mrtm
command turns off MRTM debugging.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
debug ip mrtm {all | general}
no debug ip mrtm {all | general}
Command Syntax
all
all MRTM processing information
general
general, non-specific MRTM application

information
Command Default
disabled
4-20
Debug Commands
debug ip ospf
The debug ip ospf command displays Open Shortest Path First (OSPF)-related
activity. The no debug ip ospf command turns off OSPF-related debugging.
Use the debug ip ospf command to turn on debugging for IP OSPF. The debug ip
ospf command can be used to do the following:
Confirm that the routers match the same IP mask

Verify same hello interval
Verify same dead interval
Verify neighbors are part of the same area
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
debug ip ospf {adj | dr | lsa | packet | retransmission | events}
no debug ip ospf {adj | dr | lsa | packet | retransmission | events}
4-21
Command Syntax
adj
adjacencies
dr
designated router selection
events
all OSPF actions are displayed in detail
lsa
LSA exchange process
packet
each data packet received
retransmission
LSA retransmission process
Command Default
disabled
4-22
Debug Commands
debug ip packet
The debug ip packet command displays general IP debugging information including
packets received, generated, and forwarded. The no debug ip packet command turns
IP debugging operations.
Note: The debug ip packet command uses considerable bandwidth to

output debugging information. This may interrupt router activities.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
debug ip packet <1-199> | <1300-2699> | detail
no debug ip packet
Command Syntax
1-199
access list number
1300-2699
extended access list number
detail
display more detailed IP packet; debugging

information
Command Default
disabled
4-23
debug ip policy
The debug ip policy command displays IP policy routing packet activity. The debug
ip policy command displays information about whether a packet matches the routing
policy criteria and the resulting routing information for the packet.The no debug ip
policy command turns off IP policy debugging.
Note: The debug ip policy command usesconsiderable bandwidth to output

debugging information. This may interrupt router activities.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
debug ip policy
no debug ip policy
Command Default
disabled
4-24
Debug Commands
debug ppp fsm

The debug ppp fsm command turns debugging on for the PPP finite state machine
(FSM). The no debug ppp fsm command turns off PPP FSM debugging.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
debug ppp fsm
no debug ppp fsm
Command Default
disabled
4-25
debug ppp packet

The debug ppp packet command displays PPP packets being transmitted and
received. The no debug ppp packet command turns off PPP debugging. The debug
ppp packet command to displays low-level packet dumps and is usefull in identifying
the following information and error conditions:
Network Control Protocols (NCPs) that are supported on either end of a PPP
connection
any loops that might exist in a PPP internetwork

nodes that are (or are not) properly negotiating PPP connections
errors that have occurred over the PPP connection
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
debug ppp packet
no debug ppp packet
Command Default
disabled
4-26
Debug Commands
debug ip redistribute
The debug ip redistribute command displays route redistribution information from
one routing domain to another routing domain. The no debug ip redistribute
command turns off IP redistribute debugging.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
debug ip redistribute to {all | bgp | isis | ospf | rip} from {all | bgp | connected |
ospf | rip | static}
no debug ip redistribute to {all | bgp | isis | ospf | rip} from {all | bgp | connected |
ospf | rip | static}
Command Syntax
to
to protocols
all
all supported protocols
bgp
routes redistributed into BGP
isis
routes redistributed from IS-IS
ospf
routes redistributed into OSPF
rip
routes redistributed into RIP
from
from protocols
all
all supported protocols
bgp
routes redistributed from BGP
connected
routes redistributed connected
4-27
isis
routes redistributed from IS-IS
ospf
routes redistributed from OSPF
rip
routes redistributed from RIP
static
routes redistributed static
Command Default
disabled
4-28
Debug Commands
debug ip rip
The debug ip rip command displays Routing Information Protocol (RIP) send and
receive information. The no debug ip rip turns off RIP debugging.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
debug ip rip [database | events | trigger]
no debug ip rip [database | events | trigger]
Command Syntax
database
RIP database events
events
RIP protocol events
trigger
RIP triggered events
Command Default
disabled
4-29

The debug ip rip database command displays information on RIP route entry events;
additions, deletions, and changes. The no debug ip rip database command turns off
RIP database debugging.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
no debug ip rip database
4-30
Debug Commands
debug ip rip events

The debug ip rip events command displays information on RIP-related events. The
no debug ip rip events turns off RIP-related event debugging.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
debug ip rip events
no debug ip rip events
Command Default
disabled
4-31

The debug ip rip trigger command displays RIP routing events that occur as a result
of RIP trigger extensions. The no debug ip rip trigger command turns off RIP
triggered events debugging.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
no debug ip rip trigger
Command Default
disabled
4-32
Debug Commands

The debug ip tcp transactions command displays information on significant
TCP activity such as state changes, retransmissions, and duplicate packets.

The no debug tcp transactions command turns off TCP debugging.
Note: The debug ip tcp transactions command reports output for packets
the BSR 64000 transmits and receives, but does not display output for
packets it forwards.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
no debug ip tcp transactions
Command Default
disabled
4-33
debug ip udp
The debug ip udp command displays UDP-based transactions.The debug output
shows whether packets are being received from the host. The no debug ip udp
command turns off UDP debugging.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug ip udp [dhcp [<mac>]]
no debug ip udp [dhcp [<mac>]]
Command Syntax
dhcp
display Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol

(DHCP) packet information
mac
client hardware/MAC address in the form of

xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
Command Default
disabled
4-34
Debug Commands
debug radius
The debug radius command displays RADIUS client authentication transactions.
The no debug radius command turns off RADIUS debugging.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
debug radius
no debug radius
4-35
debug ip vrrp
The debug ip vrrp command displays Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP)
transactions. The no debug ip vrrp command turns off VRRP debugging.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
debug ip vrrp
no debug ip vrrp
Command Default
disabled
4-36
Debug Commands
debug snmp
The debug snmp command display detailed information about every SNMP packet
transmitted or received by the BSR 64000. The no debug snmp command turns off
SNMP debugging.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage
debug snmp {headers | packets}
no debug snmp {headers | packets}
Command Syntax
headers
display SNMP packet headers
packets
display SNMP packets
Command Default
disabled
4-37
debug sntp
The debug sntp command displays information on Simple Network Time Protocol
(SNTP) activity. The no debug sntp command turns off SNTP debugging.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
debug sntp
no debug sntp
4-38
Debug Commands
debug specmgr
The debug specmgr command enables the display of spectrum management
debugging messages. The command output displays a time stamp, the error rate, the
number of word errors, total word count, and the upstream noise power level in
one-tenth of a dBmV. The no debug specmgr stops displaying spectrum management
debugging messages.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
debug specmgr [cable <x/y> | upstream | <0-3>]
no debug specmgr [cable <x/y> | upstream | <0-3>]
Command Syntax
cable
display cable information

module
interface number
upstream
display upstream information
0-3
upstream port number
4-39
debug tunnel
The debug tunnel command displays IP-in-IP encapsulated packets as they are
tranmitted and received on a tunnel interface in real time and displays debugging
information on the tunnel interface. The no debug tunnel command turns off tunnel
debugging.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
debug tunnel
no debug tunnel
Command Default
disabled
4-40
Debug Commands
show debugging
The show debugging command displays enabled debugging operations and other
types of debugging functions on the system.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show debugging [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] <WORD>
Command Syntax
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
4-41
undebug all
The undebug all command disables all debugging functions on the system.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
undebug all
4-42
5
Introduction
This chapter describes the access list commands used with the BSR 64000.
Access lists are used on the BSR to control entry or exit access to or from the BSR.
Access lists are also used within a route-map statement that is part of the routing
configuration. Access lists can be configured for all routed network protocols to filter
packets as the packets pass through the BSR. The access list criteria can be defined by
the source or the destination address, upper-layer protocol, or other routing
information.
There are many reasons to configure access lists including to restrict contents of
routing updates or to provide traffic flow control. One of the most important reasons
to configure access lists is to provide a basic level of security on the network. All
packets passing through the BSR can be allowed onto all parts of the network if an
access list is not part of the router configuration.
5-1
Access List Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the access list
5-2
access-list (standard)
The access-list (standard) command defines a standard access list to configure and
control the flow of routing information and traffic by matching a packet with a permit
or deny result. The no access-list command deletes the access-list.
Use the access-list command to restrict routing update information; control the
transmission of packets on an interface, or control virtual terminal line access.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
access-list <1-99> <1300-1999> {deny | permit} {<A.B.C.D> [<A.B.C.D>] | any |
host <A.B.C.D>}
no access-list <1-99> <1300-1999>
Command Syntax
1-99
standard access list
1300-1999
standard IP access list (expanded range)
deny
deny access if conditions are matched
permit
permit access if conditions are matched
A.B.C.D
address to match
A.B.C.D
wildcard bits
any
any source host
host A.B.C.D
a single source host
5-3
access-list (extended)
The access-list (extended) command defines an extended access list to configure and
control the flow of routing information and traffic by matching a packet with a permit
or deny result. The no access-list command deletes the access-list.
Use the access-list command to restrict routing update information; control the
transmission of packets on an interface, or control virtual terminal line access.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
To configure an extended access list for AHP, ESP, GRE, IP, IPINIP, OSPF, PCP, PIM,
and VRRP, use the following command:
access-list <100-199> <2000-2699> {deny | permit} {<0-255> | ahp | esp | gre | ip |
ipinip | ospf | pcp | pim | vrrp} {<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host <A.B.C.D>}
(<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host <A.B.C.D>}
To configure an extended access list for ICMP, use the following command:
access-list <100-199> <2000-2699> {deny | permit} icmp {<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> |
any | host <A.B.C.D>} (<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host <A.B.C.D>} [<0-255> |
administratively-prohibited | alternate-address | dod-host-prohibited |
dod-net-prohibited | echo | echo-reply | general-parameter-problem |
host-isolated | host-precedence-unreachable | host-redirect | host-tos-redirect |
host-tos-unreachable | host-unknown | host-unreachable | information-reply |
information-request | mask-reply | mask-request | net-redirect | net-tos-redirect |
net-tos-unreachable | net-unreachable | network-unknown | no-room-for-option |
option-missing | packet-too-big | parameter-problem | port-unreachable |
precedence-unreachable | protocol-unreachable | reassembly-timeout | redirect |
router-advertisement | router-solicitation | source-quench | source-route-failed |
time-exceeded | timestamp-reply | timestamp-request | ttl-exceeded |
unreachable]
5-4
To configure an extended access list for IGMP, use the following command:
access-list <100-199> <2000-2699> {deny | permit} igmp {<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> |
any | host <A.B.C.D>} (<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host <A.B.C.D>} [<0-255> |
dvmrp | host-query | host-report | pim ]
To configure an extended access list for TCP, use the following command:
access-list <100-199> <2000-2699> {deny | permit} tcp {<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> |
any | host <A.B.C.D>} (<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host <A.B.C.D>} [eq
[<0-65535> | bgp | chargen | cmd | daytime | discard | domain | echo | exec | finger
| ftp | ftp-data | gopher | hostname | ident | irc | klogin | kshell | login | lpd | nntp |
pim-auto-rp | pop2 | pop3 | smtp | sunrpc | talk | telnet | time | uucp | whois |
www ]]
To configure an extended access list for UDP, use the following command:
access-list <100-199> <2000-2699> {deny | permit} udp {<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> |
any | host <A.B.C.D>} (<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host <A.B.C.D>} [eq
[<0-65535> | biff | bootpc | discard | domain | echo | mobile-ip | netbios-dgm |
netbios-ns | netbios-ss | ntp | pim-auto-rp | rip | snmp | snmptrap | sunrpc | syslog |
talk | tftp | time | who | xdmcp ]]
To remove an access list, use the following command:

no access-list <100-199> <2000-2699>
Command Syntax
100-199
extended access list
2000-2699
extended IP access list (expanded

range)
deny
deny access if conditions are

matched
5-5
5-6
permit
permit access if conditions are

matched
0-255
ahp
esp
gre
icmp
igmp
ip
ipinip
ospf
pcp
pim
tcp
udp
vrrp
name or number of an IP protocol
A.B.C.D
source address
A.B.C.D
source wildcard bits
any
any source host
host A.B.C.D
a single source host
A.B.C.D
destination address
A.B.C.D
destination wildcard bits
any
any destination host
host A.B.C.D
a single destination host
0-255
administratively-prohibited
alternate-address
dod-host-prohibited
dod-net-prohibited
echo
echo-reply
general-parameter-problem
host-isolated
host-precedence-unreachable
host-redirect
host-tos-redirect
host-tos-unreachable
host-unknown
host-unreachable
information-reply
information-request
mask-reply
mask-request
net-redirect
net-tos-redirect
net-tos-unreachable
net-unreachable
network-unknown
no-room-for-option
option-missing
packet-too-big
parameter-problem
port-unreachable
precedence-unreachable
protocol-unreachable
reassembly-timeout
redirect
router-advertisement
router-solicitation
source-quench
source-route-failed
time-exceeded
filter ICMP packets by message type

(0-255) or message type name
5-7
timestamp-reply
timestamp-request
ttl-exceeded
unreachable
5-8
0-255
dvmrp
host-query
host-report
pim
filter IGMP packets by message type

(0-255) or message type name
eq
only match packets on a given TCP or

UDP port number or name
0-65535
bgp
chargen
cmd
daytime
discard
domain
echo
exec
finger
ftp
ftp-data
gopher
hostname
ident
irc
klogin
kshell
login
lpd
nntp
pim-auto-rp
pop2
pop3
the number or name of a TCP port
smtp
sunrpc
talk
telnet
time
uucp
whois
www
0-65535
biff
bootpc
discard
domain
echo
mobile-ip
netbios-dgm
netbios-ns
netbios-ss
ntp
pim-auto-rp
rip
snmp
snmptrap
sunrpc
syslog
talk
tftp
time
who
xdmcp
the number or name of a UDP port
5-9
ip access-group
Use the ip access-group command to assign an access list to an interface and
determine if the interface accepts inbound or outbound packets, or both from this
access list. The no ip access-group command removes the access list or disables
inbound or outbound packets.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip access-group <1-199> <1300-2699> {in | out}
no ip access-group <1-199> <1300-2699> {in | out}
Command Syntax
5-10
1-199
access list number
1300-2699
access list number (expanded range)
in
inbound packets
out
outbound packets
ip access-list
The ip access-list command add a standard or extended access-group entry.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip access-list {standard <1-99> | extended <100-199>}
Command Syntax
standard 1-99
standard access list number
extended 100-199
5-11
show access-lists
The show access-lists command displays an access list, or all access lists, without
displaying the entire configuration file.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show access-lists [<1-199> <1300-2699>] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] <WORD>
Command Syntax
1-199
access list number
1300-2699
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
Command Default
All access lists are displayed.
5-12
show ip access-lists
The show ip access-lists command displays an abbreviated syntax of all IP access
lists, or a specified access list on the BSR.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All, except User EXEC
Command Line Usage
show ip access-lists [<1-199> <1300-2699>] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include]
<WORD>
Command Syntax
1-199
access list number
1300-2699
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
Command Default
All standard and extended IP access lists are displayed.
5-13
6
Introduction
This chapter contains the Routing Policy and Policy-Based Routing commands used
with the BSR 64000.
Routing Policy allows the control of information that is imported from or exported
into different routing domains or Autonomous Systems (AS).
BSR Routing Policy allows the filtering and altering of routing information so that
some of them can be advertised to other routers. The BSR Routing Policy is quite
versatile and flexible.
The BSR also supports Policy-based routing. The BSR also supports Policy-based
routing is a set of rules that define the criteria for obtaining specific routing paths for
different users to give some users better-routed Internet connections than others.
Policy-based routing is established by the source information of the packets, rather
than the destination information that traditional routing protocols use. The network
administrator determines and implements routing policies to allow or deny router
paths.
6-1
Routing Policy Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the routing policy
6-2
The default-information originate command injects the default network in a routing
domain such as Border Gateway Patrol (BGP).The no default-information originate
command disables the default network redistribution in the routing domain.
The network 0.0.0.0 command in Router Configuration mode performs the same
function as the default-information originate command. In the Routing Information
Protocol (RIP) the metric is always set to 1. In BGP, the default route needs to exist in
the BGP routing database. BGP uses the metric associated with the default entry in its
database.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
default-information originate [always] [metric <0-16777214>] [metric-type
<1-2>]
no default-information originate [always] [metric <0-16777214>] [metric-type
<1-2>]
Command Syntax
originate
software generates a default external route

into an Open Shortest Path First (OSPF)
domain to propagate another route if a default
route exists
always
advertises the default route even when the

default route does not exist (OSPF only)
6-3
metric 0-16777214
metric for generating the default route,

default is 1 if no metric-value value specified
(OSPF only)
metric-type 1-2
1- external type 1 (OSPF only)

2- external type 2 (OSPF only)
Command Default
disabled
6-4
default-metric
The default-metric command sets the default metric value for redistribution of routes
from one domain into another. The no default-metric command removes the set
default value for metric.
Use the default-metric command with the redistribute command to enforce the
same metric value for all redistributed routes.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
default-metric <1-4294967295>
no default-metric [<1-4294967295>]
Command Syntax
1-4294967295
default metric value; the range of values

depends on the routing protocol for which this
is configured; for RIP 1 to 16, OSPF and BGP
from 1 to 4294967295
Command Default
A built-in automatic metric translation for each routing protocol
6-5
ip policy route-map
The ip policy route-map command identifies the route-map used on an interface to
perform policy-based routing. The no ip policy route-map command removes the
route-map on an interface, and disables policy-based routing on that interface.
Use the ip policy route-map command for paths other than the shortest path. This
command has associated match and set commands: match commands specify policy
routing rules, set commands perform tasks
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip policy route-map <WORD>
no ip policy route-map <WORD>
Command Syntax
WORD
Command Default
No policy routing
6-6
route-map name that must match a specified

map tag
match ip address
The match ip address command matches the destination and source IP address or
other fields of the IP header on packets with a standard or extended access list
allocated. The no match ip address command disables policy routing on packets.
This command can also be used for filtering routes based on the destination network
of the route.
Use match ip address command to match any routes that have a source network
number and a destination network number address that a standard or extended access
list permits. To match both source and destination numbers, use an extended access
list. The match ip address command can also be used to filter routing information.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Route Map Configuration
Command Line Usage
match ip address [<1-199> | <1300-2699>]
no match ip address [<1-199> | <1300-2699>]
Command Syntax
1-199
1300-2699
6-7
match ip next-hop
The match ip next-hop command establishes the condition for the next hop IP
address of a route to match against the specified access lists. The no match ip
next-hop command removes the access-list from the match condition.
Use the match ip next-hop command to match any routes that have a next-hop router
address permitted one of the specified access lists.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
match ip next-hop [<1-199> | <1300-2699>]
no match ip next-hop [<1-199> | <1300-2699>]
Command Syntax
6-8
1-199
1300-2699
match ip route-source
The match ip route-source command specifies match conditions for the source IP
address of a route to match against the specified address list(s). The no match ip
route-source command removes access lists from such a match statement.
The match ip route-source command is used to match routes where source IP
addresses are permitted by specified access lists.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Route-map Configuration
Command Line Usage
match ip route-source [<1-199> | <1300-2699>]
no match ip route-source [<1-199> | <1300-2699>]
Command Syntax
1-199
1300-2699
6-9
match metric
The match metric command matches routes imported or otherwise with specified
metric value. The no match metric command disables matching imported routes with
specified metric values.
Use the match metric command to match a route for the specified metric value(s).
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
match metric [<0-4294967295>]
no match metric [<0-4294967295>]
Command Syntax
0-4294967295
6-10
metric value
match route-type external

The match route-type external command is used to match the type of OSPF routes.
The no match route-type external clears the match condition.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
match route-type external [level-1 | level-2 | type-1 | type-2]
no match route-type external [level-1 | level-2 | type-1 | type-2]
Command Syntax
type 1
matches only type 1 external route (OSPF)
type 2
matches only type 2 external route (OSPF)
level-1
IS-IS level-1 route
level-2
IS-IS level-2 route
6-11
match route-type internal

The match route-type internal command matches and redistributes OSPF routes of
an internal type. The no match route-type internal command clears the condition.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
match route-type internal [level-1 | level-2]
no match route-type internal [level-1 | level-2]
Command Syntax
6-12
level-1
IS-IS level-1 route
level-2
IS-IS level-2 route
route-map
The route-map command defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one
protocol to another, or to configure routing policies. The no route-map command
removes some or all of the instances of the route map.
Use the route-map command and the match and set commands, to define the
conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another, or for
accepting routes from a neighboring router. Each route-map command has an
associated list of match and set commands. The match commands specify the
conditions under which redistribution is allowed for the current route-map command.
The set commands specify the particular redistribution actions to perform if the
criteria enforced by the match commands are met. The no route-map command
deletes the route-map, or an instance.
The set commands specify the redistribution set actions when all of a route-maps
match criteria are met. When all match criteria are met, all set actions are performed.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
route-map <WORD> [permit | deny] [0-65535]
no route-map <WORD> [permit | deny] [0-65535]
6-13
Command Syntax
6-14
WORD
tag name, more than one instance of the

route-map can share name
permit
distributes route as controlled by set actions

when permit is specified and the match
criteria are met, the route is specified by the
specific actions
deny
distributes route as controlled by set actions,

if criteria not met, route not distributed
0-65535
position a new instance will have in the list of

route-map instances already established with
the same map name.
set metric
The set metric command sets the metric value for a routing protocol. The no set
metric command changes the metric value for a routing protocol to the default value.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
set metric <0-4294967295>
no set metric <0-4294967295>
Command Syntax
0-4294967295
metric value or bandwidth in Kbytes per

second
Command Default
Metric value dynamically learned or a default value
6-15
set metric-type
The set metric-type command sets the metric type for the destination routing
protocol. The no set metric-type command disables the metric type set for the
destination routing protocol.
Use the route-map command to set the type of metric for the route imported by OSPF
into its domain.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
set metric-type {external | internal | type-1 | type-2}
no set metric-type {external | internal | type-1 | type-2}
Command Syntax
external
IS-IS external metric
internal
use IGP metric as the MED for BGP
type-1
OSPF external type 1 metric
type-2
Command Default
disabled
6-16
show ip redistribute
The show redistribute command displays the routing protocols that are being
redistributed to other routing domains.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show ip redistribute [bgp | isis | ospf | rip] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] <WORD>
Command Syntax
bgp
displays routing domains redistributed into

BGP
isis

ISIS
ospf

OSPF
rip

RIP
begin

string
exclude

string
6-17
6-18
include

string
WORD
show route-map
The show route-map command displays route maps.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show route-map [<WORD>] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] <WORD>
Command Syntax
WORD
specified route-map
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
6-19
7
RIP Commands
RIP Commands
Introduction
This chapter contains the Routing Information Protocol (RIP) commands used with
the BSR 64000.
RIP exchanges routing information to resolve routing errors. RIP coordinates routers
on the network to broadcast their routing database periodically and determine the
route with the least number of hops relative to the active routing table. Each hop
determination message lists each destination with a distance in number of hops to the
destination.
7-1
RIP Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the RIP commands
7-2
RIP Commands
auto-summary
The auto-summary command restores automatic summarization of subnet routes into
network-level routes. The no auto summary command disables automatic
summarization.
Note: RIP Version 1 always uses automatic summarization. RIP Version 2

when routing between disconnected subnets, requires automatic
summarization to be off which is the default state.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

auto summary
no auto summary
Command Default
disabled
7-3
The default-information originate command generates a default route into the RIP
database. The no default-information originate command disables default route
generation.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

no default-information originate
Command Default
disabled
7-4
RIP Commands
default-metric
The default-metric command specifies a new RIP default metric value. The no
metric command returns the metric value to the default.
Use the default-metric command to set the current protocol to the same metric value
for all distributed routes. The default-metric command is used with the redistribute
command to obtain the same metric value for all distributed protocol-specific routes.
Note: This command assures that metrics are compatible during route
redistribution. The default metric delivers an alternate for successful
distribution if the network metrics are not converted.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

default metric <1-16>
no default metric <1-16>
Command Syntax
1-16
the metric value
Command Default
automatic metric translations given for each routing protocol
7-5
distance
The distance command sets the administrative distances for routes. The no distance
command disables the administrative distance for routes.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

distance <1-255>
no distance <1-255>
Command Syntax
1-255
Command Default
120
7-6
administrative distance for setting routes
RIP Commands
distribute-list in
The distribute-list in command filters networks received in routing updates. The no
distribute-list in command changes or cancels the filters received in updates.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
distribute-list <1-199> <1300-2699> in
no distribute-list <1-199> <1300-2699> in
Command Syntax
1-199
access list number
1300-2699
in
applies access list to incoming route updates
Command Default
disabled
7-7
distribute-list out
The distribute-list out command prevents networks from being advertised in
updates. The no distribute-list out command enables update advertisements.
Use the distribute-list out command to apply the access list to outgoing route
updates.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

distribute-list <1-199> <1300-2699> out
no distribute-list <1-199> <1300-2699> out
Command Syntax
access-list number
predefined access list number
out
applies access list to outgoing route updates
Command Default
disabled
7-8
RIP Commands
ip rip authentication key

The ip rip authentication key command enables RIP authentication on an interface
by specifying a password or group of passwords that can be used on that interface.
The no rip authentication key command deletes the associated password(s).
Note: Only RIP version 2 supports authentication.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip rip authentication key <Password>
no ip rip authentication key
Command Syntax
Password
a plain text password with a 16 character

maximum
7-9
iip rip receive version

The ip rip receive version command configures an interface to only receive
packets from a specific version of the RIP protocol. Use the ip rip receive
version command to configure the interface to receive one or both RIP versions. The
no ip rip receive version command resets the RIP protocol version to RIP version 1
and 2.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip rip receive version {0, 1, 2}
no ip rip receive version {0, 1, 2}
Command Syntax
0
RIP version 1 and 2
RIP version 1 only
RIP version 2 only
Command Default
0
7-10
RIP Commands
ip rip send version

The ip rip receive version command configures an interface to only transmit
packets from a specific version of the RIP protocol. Use the ip rip receive
version command to configure the interface to transmit one or both RIP versions. The
no ip rip receive version command resets the RIP protocol version to RIP version 2.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip rip send version {0, 1, 2, 3}
no ip rip send version {0, 1, 2, 3}
Command Syntax
0
RIP 2 compatible
RIP version 1 only
RIP version 2 only
none
Command Default
2
7-11
ip split-horizon
The ip split-horizon command blocks route information from being advertised by a
router out any interface from which that information originated. Enabling
split-horizon optimizes communications among multiple routers, particularly when
links are broken. The no ip split-horizon disables split-horizin.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip split-horizon
no ip split-horizon
Command Default
enabled
7-12
RIP Commands
network
The RIP version of the network command enables networks for the routing process.
The no network command disables networks for the RIP routing process.
Note: If a network with RIP is not specified, the system does not advertise
the network in any RIP routes.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
network <A.B.C.D> [<A.B.C.D>]
no network <A.B.C.D [<A.B.C.D>]
Command Syntax
<A.B.C.D>
IP address of directly connected networks
<A.B.C.D>
associated IP address of the removed routes,

subnet mask
7-13
offset-list
The offset-list command adds an offset to incoming and outgoing metrics to routes
learned via RIP. The offset value is added to the routing metric. An offset-list with an
interface slot/port is considered extended and takes precedence over an offset-list that
is not extended. The no offset-list command removes the offset for incoming and
outgoing metrics to routes learned via RIP.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

offset-list {1-99} [any] {in | out} <0-16> [cable | ethernet | gigaether | pos] [<x/y>]
no offset-list {1-99} [any] {in | out} <0-16> [cable | ethernet | gigaether | pos]
[<x/y>]
Command Syntax
7-14
1-99
standard access-list-number, if 0, no action is

taken
any
apply offset to all networks
in
apply the offset to incoming metrics
out
apply the offset list to outgoing metrics
0-16
positive offset to be applied to metrics for

networks matching the access list, if set to 0,
no action is taken
cable
Cable interface
ethernet
Ethernet interface
gigaether
Gigabit Ethernet interface
RIP Commands
pos
POS interface
x/y
BSR 64000 chassis slot number and port

number to which the offset-list is applied
Command Default
disabled
7-15
output-delay
The output-delay command changes the inter-packet delay for RIP updates to ensure
that transmitted information is received by lower-speed routers. The no output delay
command removes the inter-packet delay for RIP updates.
Note: This command helps prevent the loss of routing table information.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

output-delay <8-50>
no output delay <8-50>
Command Syntax
8-50
Command Default
0
7-16
time, in milliseconds, of multiple-packet RIP

update
RIP Commands
passive-interface
The passive-interface command disables an interface from sending route updates by
prohibiting packets from being transmitted from a specified port. When disabled, the
subnet continues advertising to other interfaces. The no passive-interface command
enables the interface to send route updates.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

passive-interface {cable | default | ethernet | gigaether | pos} <x/y>
no passive-interface {cable | default | ethernet | gigaether | pos} <x/y>
Command Syntax
cable
Cable interface
default
suppresses routing updates on all interfaces
ethernet
Ethernet interface
gigaether
pos
POS interface
x/y
BSR 64000 slot and port number
7-17
redistribute
The redistribute command redistributes routes from one protocol domain to another
routing domain. The no redistribute command disables route distribution from one
protocol domain to another routing domain.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
redistribute {bgp | connected | isis [match {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2}] | ospf
[match {internal | external | external 1 | external 2}] | static} [metric <1-16>]
[route-map <WORD>]
no redistribute {bgp | connected | isis [match {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2}] | ospf
[match {internal | external | external 1 | external 2}] | static} [metric <1-16>]
[route-map <WORD>]
Command Syntax
7-18
bgp
BGP source protocol
connected
established routes as result of IP enabled on

an interface
isis
IS-IS source protocol
level-1
specifies that IS-IS Level 1 routes are

redistributed into RIP independently.
level-1-2
specifies that IS-IS Level 1 and Level 2 routes

are redistributed into RIP.
level-2
specifies that IS-IS Level 2 routes are

redistributed into RIP independently.
RIP Commands
ospf
OSPF source protocol
match
the criteria by which OSPF routes are

redistributed into RIP.
internal
routes that are internal to an autonomous

system
external
routes external to an autonomous system, but

are imported into OSPF as either Type 1 or
Type 2 external route
external 1
routes that are external to an autonomous

system, but are imported into OSPF as Type 1
external route
external 2
routes that are external to an autonomous

system, but are imported into OSPF as Type 2
external route
static
IP or RIP static routes
metric
metric used for the redistributed route.
1-16
the RIP default metric
route-map
route-map used to conditionally control the

route redistribution
WORD
the name of the route-map
Command Default
disabled
7-19
router rip
The router rip command enables the routing process for RIP. The no router rip
command disable the RIP routing process.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

router rip
no router rip
7-20
RIP Commands
show ip rip database

The show ip rip database command displays RIP database routing table information.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip rip database [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] <WORD>
Command Syntax
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
7-21
timers basic
The timers basic command configures RIP network timers. The no timers basic
command resets the network timer default.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

timers basic <update> <invalid> <flush>
no timers basic <num:0,2147483648> <num:1,2147483648> <num:1,2147483648>
7-22
RIP Commands
Command Syntax
update
clocks interval between periodic routing

updates, generally set to 30 seconds, small
number of seconds added every time the timer
is sent to prevent collisions.
1-4294967295
Rate (in seconds) at which updates are

sent. This is the fundamental timing
parameter of the routing protocol. The
default is 30 seconds.
7-23
invalid
interval in seconds, routing updates

1-4294967295
Interval of time (in seconds) after which

a route is declared invalid; it should be
at least three times the value of the
update argument. A route becomes
invalid when there is an absence of
updates that refresh the route. The route
then enters into a holddown state. The
route is marked inaccessible and
advertised as unreachable. However, the
route is still used for forwarding
packets. The default is 180 seconds.
flush
number of seconds used before route removed

from routing
1-4294967295
Amount of time (in seconds) that must

pass before the route is removed from
the routing table; the interval specified
should be greater than the value of the
invalid argument. If it is less than this
sum, the proper holddown interval
cannot elapse, which results in a new
route being accepted before the
holddown interval expires. The default
is 240 seconds.
Command Default
update, 30
timeout, 180
flush, 300 table
7-24
RIP Commands
version
The version command specifies the routing RIP version. The no version command
disables the routing RIP version and resets the default.
Use the ip rip receive version and the ip rip send version commands to specify
versions per interface.
Note: The basic timers for RIP are adjustable, but must be the same for all
routers and servers on the network to execute a distributed, asynchronous
routing algorithm. When the route-timeout timer expires, the route is marked
invalid but is retained in the table until the route-flush timer expires.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

version {1 | 2}
no version
Command Syntax
1
RIP version 1
RIP version 2
Command Default
RIP receives version 1 and 2, but sends only version 1
7-25
8
OSPF Commands
OSPF Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) commands used with the
BSR 64000.
OSPF is a link-state routing protocol that runs internally to a single Autonomous
System, such as an enterprise network. At the core of the OSPF protocol is a
distributed, replicated link-state database.
OSPF specifies a Link-state Advertisements (LSAs) that allow OSPF routers to
update each other about the LAN and WAN links to which they connected. OSPF
ensures that each OSPF router has an identical link-state database, except during
period of convergence. Using the link-state database, each OSPF router calculates its
IP routing table with the best routes through the network.
8-1
OSPF Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the OSPF commands
8-2
OSPF Commands
area authentication
Use the area authentication command to enable authentication for an OSPF area to
Type 1, simple password, as specified in RFC 1247, while specification of Type 0 is
assumed. Authentication type must match all routers and access servers in a particular
area. The no authentication command disables authentication for the specified OSPF
area.
Note: Ensure that the ip ospf authentication-key command is used to
specify a password, which must be the same for all OSPF routers on a
network, for communication to take place before the area authentication
command is issued. If area authentication is enabled with MD5
authentication message-digest keyword, which is a type of password that
must be configured using the ip ospf message-digest-key command.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
area {<area-id> | <ip-address>} authentication [message-digest]
no area {<area-id> | <ip-address>} authentication [message-digest]
no area {<area-id> | <ip-address>}
Command Syntax
area-id
OSPF area ID number.
ip-address
OSPF area ID in IP address format
message-digest
Enables MD5 authentication only on the area

specified by the area ID or IP address.
Command Default
No authentication
8-3
area default-cost
Use the area default-cost command to specify a cost metric for the default summary
route sent into the stub area by an area border router (ABR) only. The no area
default-cost command removes the specified cost for the default summary route sent
into a stub area.
Note: The area stub command is used in conjunction with the area
default-cost command to define a specified area as a stub area for all
routers and access servers attached to the area.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
area {<area-id> | <ip-address>} default-cost <cost>
no area {<area-id> | <ip-address>} default-cost <cost>
Command Syntax
8-4
area-id
ip-address
IP address associated with the OSPF area ID.
cost
Outgoing OSPF cost metric for packets sent

from an interface, which is an unsigned 16-bit
integer from 0 to 65535.
OSPF Commands
area nssa
Use the area nssa command to configure an area as a Not So Stubby Area (NSSA).
The no nssa command removes the NSSA configuration of an area.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
area {<area-id> | <ip-address>} nssa [default-information-originate]
[no-redistribution] [no-summary]
no area {<area-id> | <ip-address>} nssa [default-information-originate]
[no-redistribution] [no-summary]
Command Syntax
area-id
ip-address
OSPF area ID in IP address format.
default-information-originate Originates a Type 7 default into the NSSA

area on an NSSA Area Border Router (ABR)
only.
no-redistribution
When router is NSSA ABR, the redistribute

command imports routes into normal areas,
but not into the NSSA area.
no-summary
Does not send summary LSAs into NSSA.
Command Default
No NSSA area is defined.
8-5
area range
Use the area range command to consolidate routes for an Area Border Router (ABR)
only by advertising a single summary route that is advertised for each address range
that is external to the area. The no area range command removes summarized routes
for the ABR.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
area {<area-id> | <ip-address>} range <ip-match> <mask> [advertise |
not-advertise | <cr>]
no area {<area-id> | <ip-address>} range <ip-match> <mask> [advertise |
not-advertise | <cr>]
Command Syntax
8-6
area-id
ip-address
ip-match
IP address to match.
mask
Subnet mask.
advertise
Sets address range status to advertise,

generates a Type 3 summary LSA.
OSPF Commands
not-advertise
Sets address range status to DoNotAdvertise,

Type 3 summary LSA is suppressed, and the
component networks remain hidden from
other networks.
cr
Command return is used to accept the ranged

without specifying that it be advertised or
suppressed.
8-7
area stub
Use the area stub command to configure an OSPF area as a stub area. A stub area
allows a default route, intra-area routes, and inter-area routes, but disallows
autonomous system (AS) external routes, virtual links, and Autonomous System
Boundary Router (ASBR) routes.
Note: If there is more than one router within a stub area, ensure that the area
that you are creating as a stub area is defined as a stub area on each of
these routers.
The optional area stub no-summary command argument is used to prevent an area
border router (ABR) from sending further Type 3 link-state advertisements (LSAs)
into the stub area.
Use the no area stub command to return the area that you defined as a stub area to a
non-stub OSPF area.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Router configuration
Command Line Usage
area {<area-id> | <ip-address>} stub [no-summary]
no area {<area-id> | <ip-address>} stub
Command Syntax
area-id
8-8
OSPF Commands
ip-address
no-summary
Prevents ABR from sending summary link

advertisements into the stub area.
8-9
area virtual-link
Use the area virtual link command to create a virtual link that connects an OSPF
area to the backbone area (area 0.0.0.0) without being physically connected to the
OSPF backbone area. Use the no area virtual-link command to delete the defined
OSPF virtual link.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
area {<area-id> | <ip-address>} virtual-link <router-id> [hello-interval <seconds>]
[retransmit-interval <seconds>] [transmit-delay <seconds>] [dead-interval
<seconds>] [authentication-key <password> | message-digest-key <key-id>]
no area {<area-id> | <ip-address>} virtual-link <router-id> [hello-interval
<interval>] [retransmit-interval <interval>] [transmit-delay <transmit-delay>]
[dead-interval <dead-interval>] [authentication-key <password> |
message-digest-key <key-id>]
Command Syntax
8-10
area-id
ip-address
router-id
Router ID IP address that associated with the

virtual link neighbor, 32-bit address.
hello-interval <seconds>
Time in seconds between hello packets on an

interface, value must be the same for all
routers and access servers attached to a
common network.
OSPF Commands
retransmit-interval
<seconds>
Expected round-trip delay between two

routers on the attached network, value must
be more than expected delay.
transmit-delay <seconds>
Approximate time to transmit an LSA packet.
dead-interval <seconds>
Number of seconds that the router does not

receive hello packets from its neighbor before
declaring the neighbor is down.
authentication-key
<password>
Unencrypted cleartext password that is 1 to 8

characters in length.
message-digest-key <key-id> OSPF MD5 authentication key.
Command Default
area-id
None.
ip-address
None.
router-id
None.
hello-interval seconds
10 seconds.
retransmit-interval
5 seconds.
transmit-delay seconds
1 second.
dead-interval seconds
40 seconds.
authentication-key
<password>
None
message-digest-key
<key-id>
None.
8-11
auto-cost reference-bandwidth
The BSR OSPF routing process calculates the OSPF cost metric for an interface
according to the bandwidth of this interface. The cost of an interface depends on the
type of interface. OSPF uses a reference bandwidth of 100 Mbps for cost
calculation. The formula to calculate the cost is the reference bandwidth

divided by interface bandwidth.
Use the auto-cost reference-bandwidth command to set the automatic cost metric
that the OSPF routing process uses to differentiate the cost of multiple
high-bandwidth links.
Use the no auto-cost reference-bandwidth command to remove the OSPF cost
metric for a link.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
auto-cost reference-bandwidth <ref-bw>
no auto-cost reference-bandwidth <ref-bw>
Command Syntax
ref-bw
Command Default
The ref-bw is 108.
8-12
The reference bandwitdth from 1 to 4292967

Mbps.
OSPF Commands
auto-virtual-link
Use the auto-virtual-link command to automatically detect and create OSPF virtual
links. The no auto-virtual-link command disables automatic detection and creation
of OSPF virtual links.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
auto-virtual-link
no auto-virtual-link
Command Default
Disabled.
8-13
The default-information originate command generates a default route into an OSPF
routing domain by configuring the metric for redistributed routes and is used with the
redistribute command to redistribute routes into an OSPF routing domain so they are
included in an automatic Autonomous System Border Router (ASBR) summary.
The no default-information originate command removes default routes from the
OSPF routing domain.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
default-information originate [always] [metric <value>] [metric-type <num:1,2>]
no default-information originate [always] [metric <value>] [metric-type
<num:1,2>]
Command Syntax
8-14
always
Always advertises the default route into the

OSPF domain regardless of whether the
routing table has a default route.
metric value
OSPF default metric from 0 to 16777214 to

generate default route.
metric type num:1,2
External link type associated with the default

route advertised into the OSPF routing
domain, values are 1 and 2, 1 being
comparable to the link state metric and 2
larger than the cost of intra-AS path.
OSPF Commands
Command Default
Disabled.
8-15
default-metric
The default metric feature is used to eliminate the need for separate metric definitions
for each routing protocol redistribution. Use the default-metric command to force a
routing protocol to use the same metric value for all distributed routes from other
routing protocols.
Use the no default-metric command to remove the default metric value for the
routing protocol.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
default-metric <metric>
no default-metric
Command Syntax
metric
8-16
Default metric value from 1 to 4294967295.
OSPF Commands
distance ospf
The distance ospf command defines OSPF route administrative distances based on
route type. The no distance ospf command deletes OSPF route administrative
distances based on route type.
Use the distance ospf command to set a distance for a group of routers, as opposed to
any specific route passing an access list. The distance ospf command serves the same
function as the distance command used with an access list.
Use the distance ospf command when OSPF processes have mutual redistribution, to
choose internal routes from one external route to another.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
distance ospf intra-area <distance> inter-area <distance> external
<distance>
no distance ospf intra-area <distance> inter-area <distance> external <distance>
Command Syntax
intra-area distance
sets distance for all routes within an area,

default value 110
inter-area distance
sets distance for all routes from one area to

another area, default value 110
external distance
sets distance for routes learned by

redistribution from other routing domains
8-17
Command Default
intra-area distance 110
inter-area distance 110
external distance 110
8-18
OSPF Commands
distribute-list
Use the distribute-list command to filter networks received and sent in routing
updates and networks suppressed in routing updates by using access lists. The
networks that are permitted or denied are defined in access lists. The no
distribute-list command removes access list from an incoming or outgoing routing
update.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
distribute-list <access-list> {in | out}
no distribute-list <access-list> {in | out}
Command Syntax
access-list
Access list number that is used to filter

incoming and outgoing routing updates.
in
Filters incoming routing updates.
out
Filters outgoing routing updates.
Command Default
Disabled.
8-19
ip ospf authentication-key
The ip ospf authentication-key command assigns a password for use by neighboring
OSPF routers that are using OSPF simple password authentication. The no ip ospf
authentication-key command deletes the password assigned for use by neighboring
OSPF routers that are using OSPF simple password authentication.
Note: All neighbor routers on the same network need the same password to
exchange OSPF information.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip ospf authentication-key <password>
no ip ospf authentication-key <password>
Command Syntax
password
8-20
character string up to 8 bytes in length
OSPF Commands
ip ospf cost
The ip ospf cost command establishes a precise cost metric value for sending a packet
on an OSPF interface. The no ip ospf cost command disables a precise cost metric
value for sending the path cost to the default.
Use the ip ospf cost command to assign a cost metric value for a particular interface.
The user can set the metric manually if the default needs to be changed.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip ospf cost <cost:1-65535>
no ip ospf cost
Command Syntax
cost
link state metric, between 1 and 65535
8-21

The ospf database-filter all out command filters OSPF LSAs during synchronization
and flooding on the specified interface. The no ip ospf database-filter all out
command disables filtering OSPF LSAs during synchronization and flooding on the
specified interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
no ip ospf database-filter all out
Command Default
disabled
8-22
OSPF Commands
ip ospf dead-interval
The ip ospf dead-interval command sets the number of seconds during which the
router hello packets are not seen before the neighboring routers consider the router to
be down. The no ip ospf dead-internal removes the number of seconds set during
which the router hello packets are not seen before the neighboring routers consider the
router to be down.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip ospf dead-internal <seconds:1-65535>
no ip ospf dead-internal
Command Syntax
seconds
integer that specifies the interval, value must

be the same for all routers on the network,
valid values 1 to 65535
Command Default
40
8-23
ip ospf hello-interval
The ip ospf hello-interval command sets the number of seconds between hello
packets send by a router on the interface. The no ip ospf hello-interval command
resets the number of seconds between hello packets sent by a router on an interface to
the default value.
Use the ip ospf hello-interval command as a form of keepalive used by routers in
order to acknowledge their existence on a segment.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip ospf hello-interval <seconds:1-65535>
no ip ospf hello-interval
Command Syntax
seconds
Command Default
10
8-24
integer that specifies the interval, value must

be the same for all nodes on the network,
valid values 1 to 65535
OSPF Commands
ip ospf message-digest-key
The ip ospf message-digest-key command enables OSPF MD5 authentication. The
no ip ospf message-digest-key command disables OSPF MD5 authentication.
Use the ip ospf message-digest-key md5 command to generate authentication
information when sending packets and to authenticate incoming packets. Neighbor
routers must have the same key identifier.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip ospf message-digest-key <key-id> md5 <password>
no ip ospf message-digest-key <key-id> md5 <password>
Command Syntax
key-id
key identifier, between 1 and 255
password
OSPF password, string between 1 and 16

alphanumeric characters
Command Default
disabled
8-25
ip ospf priority
The ip ospf priority command sets router priority to aid in determining the OSPF
designated router for a network. The no ip ospf priority command changes priority to
aid in determining the OSPF designated router for a network to the default value.
Use the ip ospf priority command value to configure OSPF broadcast networks. The
router with a higher priority takes precedence when attempting to become the
designated router. If the routers share the same priority, router ID takes precedence.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip ospf priority <num:0-255>
no ip ospf priority <num:0-255>
Command Syntax
num:0-255
Command Default
1
8-26
priority value
OSPF Commands
ip ospf retransmit-interval
The ip ospf retransmit-interval command establishes the number of seconds
between LSAs retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to an OSPF interface. The
no ip ospf retransmit-interval command changes the number of seconds between
LSA retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to an OSPF interface to the default
value.
Use the ip ospf retransmit-interval command to establish the time a router sends an
LSA to its neighbor. The neighbor keeps the LSA until it receives the
acknowledgement.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip ospf retransmit-interval <seconds:1-65535>
no ip ospf retransmit-interval
Command Syntax
seconds:1-65535
amount of time between LSA retransmissions
Command Default
5
8-27
ip ospf transmit-delay
The ip ospf transmit-delay command sets the approximate amount of time to
transmit an LSA retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to an OSPF interface. The
no ip ospf transmit-delay command changes the approximate amount of time set to
transmit an LSA retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to an OSPF interface.
Use the ip ospf transmit-delay command to enable the delay over a link. The delay is
defined as the time that it takes for the LSA to propagate over a link.
Before transmission, LSAs in the update packet must have their ages incremented by
the amount specified in the seconds argument. The value should take into account the
transmission and propagation delays for the interface.
If the delay is not added before transmission over a link, the time in which the LSA
propagates over the link is not considered. Significance is greater on low-speed links.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip ospf transmit-delay <seconds:1-65535>
no ip ospf transmit-delay
Command Syntax
seconds:1-65535
Command Default
1
8-28
time it takes to transmit an LSA
OSPF Commands
network area
The network area command defines the interfaces and area ID on which OSPF runs.
The no network area command deletes the interfaces and area ID on which OSPF
runs.
Use the network area command to cover IP address(es) for OSPF to operate on an
interface. Use the address and wildcard-mask as one command to define one or more
interfaces for an intended area.
A subnet address may be designated as the area ID if associated areas are used with IP
subnets. Each IP subnet is associated with a single area only.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
network <ip-address> <wildcard-mask> area <area-id>
no network <ip-address> <wildcard-mask> area <area-id>
Command Syntax
ip-address
Network IP address.
wildcard-mask
IP address type mask with "dont care" bits.
area-id
Network area ID, OSPF address range, either

a decimal value, or IP address if areas
associated with IP subnets then subnet area
may be specified.
Command Default
Disabled
8-29
rfc1583-compatible
The rfc1583-compatible enables RFC1583 preference rules on choosing
AS-External-LSAs during shortest path first (SPF) calculation according to RFC2328,
section 16.4. The no rfc1583-compatible command disables RFC1583 preference
rules on choosing AS-External-LSAs during SPF calculation according to RFC2238,
section 16.4.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
rfc1583-compatible
no rfc1583-compatible
Command Default
disabled
8-30
OSPF Commands
router ospf
The router ospf command enables an OSPF routing process. The no router ospf
command disables the OSPF routing process.
Use the router ospf command to designate an OSPF routing process with a unique
value.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
router ospf
no router ospf
8-31
show ip ospf
To display general information about OSPF routing processes, use the show ip ospf
command.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show ip ospf [network]
Command Syntax
network
8-32
shows IP OSPF network; displays network

area information
OSPF Commands

The show ip ospf border-routers command displays the internal OSPF routing table
to an Autonomous System Boundary Router (ASBR), and an area border router
(ABR).
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
8-33
show ip ospf database

The show ip ospf database command displays list of information related to the OSPF
database.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All Modes except User EXEC
Command Line Usage
show ip ospf [<area-id>] database [external | network | asbr-summary |
nssa-external | router | summary] [<link-state-id>] [self-originate] [adv-router
<ip-address>]
Command Syntax
8-34
area-id
Assigned OSPF area ID number.
external
external LSAs
network
network LSAs
asbr-summary
Autonomous System Boundary Router

(ASBR) summary.
nssa-external
NSSA external LSA information
router
router LSAs
summary
summary LSAs
link-state-id
router links, link state ID always the same as

the advertising router, network IP address,
value dependent upon advertisement LSA
type
self-originate
LSAs from the local router
OSPF Commands
adv-router
Displays all LSAs for the specified

advertising router.
ip-address
Specifies the advertised router ID.
8-35
show ip ospf interface

The show ip ospf interface command displays OSPF-related interface information.
show ip ospf interface {<ip-address> | ethernet <slot>/<interface> | cable <slot>/
<interface>}
Command Syntax
ip-address
Interface IP address.
ethernet
OSPF information over the Ethernet/

FastEthernet 802.3 interface.
cable
OSPF information over the Cable interface.
slot
Module slot number.
interface
Interface number.
Command Mode
8-36
OSPF Commands
show ip ospf memory

The show ip ospf memory command displays OSPF memory usage information.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show ip ospf memory
8-37
show ip ospf neighbor

The show ip ospf neighbor command displays information about all OSPF
neighbors.
show ip ospf neighbor [<neighbor-id>] [detail]
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
Command Syntax
neighbor-id
specific OSPF neighbor ID
detail
list of neighbor information in detail
Command Use
Use the show ip ospf neighbor command to display information for each neighbor.
8-38
OSPF Commands
show ip ospf network

The show ip ospf network command displays information about OSPF network
areas.
Use the "pipe" character ( | ) before entering the begin, exclude, and include output
modifiers.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show ip ospf network [ | ] [begin | exclude | include]
Command Syntax
begin
begin with the line that matches
exclude
exclude lines that match
include
include lines that match
8-39

The show ip ospf virtual-links command displays parameters regarding the current
state of the OSPF virtual links.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
8-40
OSPF Commands
summary-address
The summary-address aggregates external routes at the border of the OSPF domain.
The no summary-address command deletes aggregated external routes at the border
of the OSPF domain.
Use the summary-address command to summarize routes from other routing
protocols that are redistributed to OSPF. The area range command summarizes
routes between OSPF areas.
The summary address command is responsible for an OSPF autonomous system
boundary router to advertise one external route as an aggregate. This applies to all
redistributed routes that the address covers.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
summary-address <ip-address> <mask> [tag <num>]
no summary-address <ip-address> <mask> [tag <num>]
Command Syntax
ip-address
summary address of range of addresses
mask
IP subnet mask for the summary route
tag num
tag value, can be used as a match value to

control redistribution
Command Default
All redistributed routes advertised separately
8-41
timers spf
The timers spf command configures the amount of time between OSPF topology
change receipt and when it starts a shortest path first (SPF) calculation. This includes
the hold time between two consecutive SPF calculations. The no timers spf command
changes the configuration of the amount of time between OSPF topology changes
receipt and when it starts an SPF calculation and returns it to the default value.
Use the timers spf command to set the delay time and hold time to change routing to
a faster path.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
timers spf <spf-delay> <spf-holdtime>
no timers spf <spf-dela>y <spf-holdtime>
Command Syntax
spf-delay
time in seconds between receipt and SPF
spf-holdtime
minimum time in seconds between two

consecutive SPF calculations
Command Default
SPF delay 5 seconds
SPF hold time 10 seconds
8-42
9
IGMP Commands
IGMP Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) commands
used with the BSR 64000.
Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP), part of the Internet Protocol (IP) suite,
is used between hosts and routers to report dynamic multicast group membership. IP
multicasting is the transmission of an IP datagram to a "host group" identified by a
single IP destination address. Multicasting directs the same information packets to
multiple destinations at the same time, versus unicasting, which sends a separate copy
to each individual destination. Because the destinations receive the same source
packet at once, delivery of the information takes place in a more timely manner.
As stated in RFC 1112, the membership of a host group is dynamic; that is, hosts may
join and leave groups at any time. There is no restriction on the location or number of
members in a host group, and a host may be a member of more than one group at a
time.
There are three types of messages structures supported by IGMP to communicate with
each other about the multicast traffic: queries, reports, and leave group
messages. Query messages are used to discover which hosts are in which multicast
groups. In response, the hosts sends a report message to inform the querier of a hosts
membership. (Report messages are also used by the host to join a new group). Leave
group messages are sent when the host wishes to leave the multicast group.
Applications that implement IGMP effectively eliminate multicast traffic on segments
that are not destined to receive this traffic, thus limiting the overall amount of traffic
on the network.
9-1
IGMP Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the IGMP commands
9-2
IGMP Commands

The clear ip igmp counters command clears IGMP statistics counters on a specific
router.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
9-3
ip igmp access-group
The ip igmp access-group command controls multicast groups that hosts can join.
The no ip igmp access-group command removes control and allows the hosts to join
all groups.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip igmp access-group <1-99> <1300-1999>
no ip igmp access-group <1-99> <1300-1999>
Command Syntax
1-99
standard access list
1300-1999
standard access-list number (expanded range)
Command Default
any group allowed on interface
9-4
IGMP Commands
ip igmp query-interval
The igmp query-interval command sets the interval in which the router sends out
IGMP queries for that interface. The no ip igmp query-interval command removes
the set interval in which the router send out IGMP queries for an interface and returns
it to the default value.
Use the ip igmp query-interval command to configure how often the
router solicits the IGMP report responses from all of the multicast hosts
on the network.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip igmp query-interval <1-3600>
no ip igmp query-interval <1-3600>
Command Syntax
1-3600
query interval in seconds
Command Default
125 seconds
9-5
ip igmp query-max-response-time
The ip igmp query-max-response-time command sets the maximum response time
advertised in query. Use the no ip igmp query-max-response-time
command to remove the set maximum response time advertised in query
and return it to the default.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip igmp query-max-response-time <1-25>
no ip igmp query-max-response-time <1-25>
Command Syntax
1-25
Command Default
10 seconds
9-6
query response value in seconds
IGMP Commands
ip igmp querier-timeout
The ip igmp querier-interval command configures the timeout prior to the time the
router takes over as the interface querier. The no ip igmp querier-timeout removes
the configured timeout prior to the time the router takes over as the interface querier,
and returns it to the default.
Note: Only after the querier has completed the last query, does the router
take over as the interface querier after a no ip igmp query-timeout
command is issued.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip igmp querier-timeout <60-3600>
no ip igmp querier-timeout <60-3600>
Command Syntax
60-3600
querier timeout value in seconds
Command Default
query value x 2
9-7
ip igmp static-group
The ip igmp static-group command connects, or configures, the router as a member
of a particular group on the interface. The no ip igmp static-group disassociates the
router from the group.
The ip igmp static-group command is used to give a host (that does not run IGMP)
membership in a multicast group.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip igmp static-group <A.B.C.D>
no ip igmp static-group <A.B.C.D>
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
Command Default
disabled
9-8
IP multicast group address that the router is

configured to be a member of
IGMP Commands
ip igmp version
The ip igmp version command configures the specific version used by the router. The
no ip igmp version removes the configured, specific version used by the router
and returns it to the default.
Use the ip igmp version command to configure the IGMP version on the interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip igmp version {<1-2>}
no ip igmp version {<1-2>}
Command Syntax
1
IGMP Version 1
IGMP Version 2
Command Default
version 2
9-9
The ip igmp version1-querier command configures the router to act as the querier
for IGMPv1. This is done by manually assigning the IGMP querier. The no ip igmp
version1-querier command disables the router from acting as the querier.
Note: The interface is not effected when IGMPv2 is running on the interface.
It is recommended that only one querier is enabled in a network segment.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
no ip igmp version1-querier
Command Default
disabled
9-10
IGMP Commands
show ip igmp interface

The show ip igmp interface command displays the multicast information for an
interface.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip igmp interface [groups | brief]
Command Syntax
groups
multicast groups that are joined on each

interface
brief
brief summary of IGMP interface
9-11
show ip igmp groups

The show ip igmp groups command displays multicast groups connected to a
specific router using IGMP.
Use the show ip igmp groups command to display the following IGMP
group information:
Group Address
multicast address
Interface
interface reachable
Uptime
hours, minutes, and seconds multicast known
Expires
hours, minutes, and seconds until the entry is

removed from IGMP groups table
Last Reporter
last host of multicast group
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip igmp groups [summary]
Command Syntax
summary
9-12
shows summary report of IGMP groups
IGMP Commands

The show ip igmp statistics command displays statistics for a specified IGMP
interface.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
9-13
10
VRRP Commands
VRRP Commands
Introduction
This chapter contains the Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) commands.
for the BSR 64000.
VRRP specifies an election protocol that dynamically assigns responsibility for a
virtual router to one of the VRRP routers on a LAN. The VRRP router controlling the
IP address or addresses associated with a virtual router is called the Master, and
forwards packets sent to these IP addresses. The election process provides dynamic
failover in the forwarding responsibility if the Master becomes unavailable. This
allows any of the virtual router IP addresses on the LAN to be used as the default
first-hop router by end-hosts. VRRP provides a higher-availability default path
without requiring configuration of dynamic routing or router discovery protocols on
every end host.
10-1
VRRP Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the VRRP commands
10-2
VRRP Commands
clear ip vrrp
The clear ip vrrp command resets all statistic counters of all virtual routers on all
interface, or on specific interfaces with specific Virtual Router ID (VRID).
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
clear ip vrrp [* | ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether<X/Y>] <1-255>
Command Syntax
*
resets all statistics counters for all virtual

routers on all interfaces on this router
ethernet
Ethernet interface
gigaether
<X/Y>
slot and port number
1-255
virtual router ID value
10-3
ip vrrp
The ip vrrp command activates the VRRP protocol on all interfaces that are
configured to run VRRP. The no ip vrrp command de-activates the VRRP protocol
on all interfaces that are configured to run VRRP.
Use the ip vrrp command to enable all interfaces so that multiple virtual routers can
be enabled or disabled all at once.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip vrrp
no ip vrrp
Command Default
enabled
10-4
VRRP Commands
ip vrrp (virtual router ID)

The ip vrrp (virtual router ID) command creates a virtual router. The no ip vrrp
(virtual router ID) command deletes the virtual router with ID from the interface.
Use the ip vrrp (virtual router ID) command to specify and associate the virtual
router.
Each virtual router group selects its own Master and Backups independently of other
virtual router groups. Each individual virtual router has a unique virtual MAC address
and virtual IP addresses.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip vrrp <1-255>
no ip vrrp <1-255>
Command Syntax
1-255
the ID of the virtual router to configure
10-5
ip vrrp address
The ip vrrp address command specifies virtual IP address or addresses for a virtual
router. The no ip vrrp removes the specified virtual IP address or addresses for a
virtual router.
Use the ip vrrp address command to configure IP addresses for virtual routers.
VRRP is not enabled for the virtual router until at least one IP address has been
specified. If one or more IP addresses are specified, then the addresses will be used as
the designated ip addresses among routers associating with the virtual router.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip vrrp <1-255> address <A.B.C.D> [...<A.B.C.D>]
no ip vrrp <1-255> address [<A.B.C.D>] [...<A.B.C.D>]
Command Syntax
10-6
1-255
identification number of a configured virtual

router
A.B.C.D
specifies one virtual IP address
...A.B.C.D
specifies additional virtual IP addresses
VRRP Commands
ip vrrp authentication key

The ip vrrp authentication key command specifies the authentication string for use
with the authentication type, text only. The no ip vrrp authentication key command
removes the specified authentication string for use with the authentication type, text
only.
Use the ip vrrp authentication key command to set a simple text key in VRRP
messages. The unencrypted authentication string is transmitted for authentication type
simple text in all VRRP protocol messages. The same authentication string must be
configured on all routers for a virtual router. Authentication mismatch will not prevent
a router from taking over as the designated Master. Authentication mismatch will
cause VRRP to stop working properly for a virtual router due to authentication failure,
and results in lack of communication between virtual routers.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip vrrp <1-255> authentication key <WORD>
no ip vrrp <1-255> authentication key
Command Syntax
1-255
the identification number of a configured

virtual router
WORD
an authentication key string of up to 8

characters
10-7
ip vrrp authentication type

The ip vrrp authentication type command specifies the type of authentication to use
for the given virtual router on the configured interface. The no ip vrrp
authentication type command removes the specified type of authentication to use for
the given virtual router on the configured interface.
The same authentication type must be configured on all routers for a given virtual
router. Authentication mismatch will not prevent a router from taking over as the
designated Master. Authentication mismatch may cause VRRP not to work properly
for a given virtual router due to authentication failure, and results in lack of
communication between virtual routers.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip vrrp <1-255> authentication type {text}
no ip vrrp <1-255> authentication type
Command Syntax
1-255

virtual router
text
ip vrrp 4 authentication type authentication

type can be simple text
Command Default
no authentication
10-8
VRRP Commands
ip vrrp enable
The ip vrrp enable command enables a given virtual router on a configured interface.
The no vrrp enable command disables a given virtual router on a configured
interface.
Use the ip vrrp enable command to bring up a specific VRRP router on the given
interface if the interface is being enabled. This command brings the VRRP router to
either Backup or Master when the router is being enabled (if at least one IP address is
configured for the virtual router).
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip vrrp <1-255> enable
no ip vrrp <1-255> enable
Command Syntax
1-255

virtual router
Command Default
enabled
10-9
ip vrrp preempt
The ip vrrp preempt command indicates whether a higher priority Backup can
pre-empt a lower priority Master. The no ip vrrp preempt command disables
pre-emption of a lower priority Master by a higher priority Backup.
If the router owns the IP address or addresses associated with the virtual router, the
Master will always pre-empt, regardless of this command setting.
To determine which of the routers should be allowed to pre-empt, use the ip vrrp
preempt command for virtual routers that have IP addresses that do not belong to any
router interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip vrrp <1-255> preempt
no ip vrrp <1-255> preempt
Command Syntax
1-255
Command Default
enabled
10-10

virtual router
VRRP Commands
ip vrrp priority
The ip vrrp priority command specifies the priority of the router to act as Master for
a given virtual router. The no form of this command restores the default priority value
of the router.
Use the ip vrrp priority command to select a Master when multiple routers are
associated with the same virtual router. If two routers have the same priority, their
primary IP address is compared, and the router with the higher IP address value takes
precedence. A priority of 255 is reserved for VRRP routers that own the virtual IP
address. Therefore, during configuration, if the router owns that IP address, priority is
automatically set to 255 and cannot be changed. Value 0 is also reserved for Master to
indicate the relinquishing of responsibility of the virtual router, and cannot be
configured either.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip vrrp <1-255> priority <1-254>
no ip vrrp <1-255> priority
Command Syntax
1-255

virtual router
priority 1-254
priority value to set for the virtual router
Command Default
100
10-11
ip vrrp primary-ip
The ip vrrp primary-ip command configures the primary IP address for a virtual
router. The no ip vrrp primary-ip command resets the primary IP address to the
smallest value among all real interface addresses for the given interface.
Use the ip vrrp primary-ip to configure the primary IP address for a virtual router.
Note: VRRP advertisements are always sent using the primary IP address as
the source of the IP packet.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip vrrp <1-255> primary-ip <A.B.C.D>
no ip vrrp <1-255> primary-ip
Command Syntax
1-255

virtual router
A.B.C.D
IP address to be set as source of outgoing IP

packet
Command Default
The smallest IP address value among all valid IP addresses of the given interface
10-12
VRRP Commands
ip vrrp timer
The ip vrrp timer command specifies the time interval that the Master should send
VRRP advertisement messages. The no ip vrrp timer command restores the default.
All VRRP routers are associated with a particular virtual router, and must use the
same advertisement interval to have VRRP run properly.
Note: The system is configured to send VRRP advertisements every 3
seconds for the virtual router on the configured interface Ethernet 1/0, if the
router is configured as the Master for the virtual router 1. If not, this interval is
used as the factor to determine if the Master is down, if the router is
configured as Backup for virtual router 1.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip vrrp <1-255> timer <1-255>
no ip vrrp <1-255> timer
Command Syntax
1-255

virtual router
timer 1-255
advertisement interval in seconds
Command Default
1 second
10-13
ip vrrp verify-availability
The ip vrrp verify-availability command configures one or more ip addresses for a
virtual router to monitor as critical link states. The no ip vrrp verify-availability
command deletes one or more of the designated IP address from the virtual router.
Use the ip vrrp verify-availability command to configure a virtual router to monitor
a link state of another interface. If a virtual router is not monitoring any link state
where no IP address is configured for verify-availability, the virtual router will
continue as usual. If one or more IP addresses is configured for monitoring, and all of
the monitored links are down, the virtual router is brought down automatically. The
Master relinquishes responsibility by sending an advertisement 0. If at least one link
of all monitored IP addresses being monitored comes back up, the associated virtual
router will be brought back up automatically.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip vrrp <1-255> verify-availability <A.B.C.D> [...<A.B.C.D>]
no ip vrrp <1-255> verify-availability <A.B.C.D> [...<A.B.C.D>]
Command Syntax
10-14
num:1-255
the identification of a configured virtual

router number
A.B.C.Ds
IP address this virtual router monitors
...A.B.C.D
additional IP addresses that this virtual router

monitors
VRRP Commands
show ip vrrp
The show ip vrrp command displays detailed information on all virtual routers that
are configured for VRRP.
Use the show ip vrrp command to verify virtual status of a router.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show ip vrrp [ethernet <X/Y> [[<1-255>]] | gigaether <X/Y> [[1-255>]] |
summary]
Command Syntax
ethernet
Ethernet interface
gigaether
X/Y
interface slot and port
1-255
identification number of a configured virtual

router
summary
summary information for all VRRP routers

configured on all interfaces
10-15
11
Introduction
This chapter describes the IP Multicast Protocol commands used with the
BSR 1000. This chapter containsthe following sections on the Multicast Routing
Table Manager (MRTM), and Multicast Forwarding Manager (MFM) protocols.

11-1

Unlike traditional Internet traffic that requires separate connections for each
source-destination pair, IP Multicasting allows many recipients to share the same
source. The IP Multicast protocol sends data to distributed servers on the multicast
backbone, and MRTM allows different IP protocols to work together on the same
router. This means that just one set of packets is transmitted for all destinations.
MRTM also manages Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol (DVMRP) and
Multicast Open Shortest Path First (MOSPF), and provides multicast routing support
for Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP). For large amounts of data, IP Multicast is
more efficient than normal Internet transmissions because the server can broadcast a
message to many recipients simultaneously.
This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the MRTM IP multicast
11-2
ip mroute
The ip mroute command configures an IP multicast static route. The no ip mroute
command removes the configuration of an IP multicast static route.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip mroute <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [<1-255>]
no ip mroute <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [<1-255>]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
static source address
A.B.C.D
static network mask
A.B.C.D
RPF neighbor address or route
1-255
administrative distance for mroute
11-3
ip mroute static distance

The ip mroute static distance command configures a static multicast route. The
no ip mroute static distance command removes the route.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip mroute static distance <1-255>
no ip mroute static distance <1-255>
Command Syntax
1-255
11-4
the administrative distance for the multicast

route - a lower distance has preference
ip mroute unicast distance

The ip mroute unicast distance command configures a unicast multicast route.
The no ip mroute unicast distance command removes the route.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip mroute unicast distance <1-255>
no ip mroute unicast distance <1-255>
Command Syntax
1-255
the administrative distance for the multicast

route - a lower distance has preference
11-5
The ip multicast-routing command enables IP multicast routing. The no ip
multicast-routing command disables IP multicast routing. This command is used
with multicast routing protocols, such as DVMRP.
Note: Multicast packets are not forwarded unless IP multicast routing is

enabled.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
no ip multicast-routing
Command Default
disabled
11-6
show ip rpf
The show ip rpf command displays how IP multicast routing does Reverse Path
Forwarding (RPF).
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show ip rpf <A.B.C.D>
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
displays RPF information for a specified

source address
11-7

MFM supports multicast tools for tracing routes, maintains a multicast forwarding
cache and forwards multicast traffic. To forward multicast traffic, each multicast
routing protocol must register with the MFM with the APIs for inbound check and
outbound check. Parameters such as cache age for the flow, and a time-to-live value
for the interface being registered, is included. When MFM receives a data packet that
does not have a multicast forwarding cache, the MFM will call the protocol check
inbound function, and check the outbound function to the registered protocol to
determine the cache.
This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the MFM commands
11-8

The clear ip multicast fwd-cache command clears the IP multicast forwarding cache
table.
Use the clear ip multicast fwd-cache command to clear the multicast forwarding
table which is built from the multicast forwarding cache, and then used for forwarding
traffic. Once cleared, the Multicast Forwarding Manager regenerates the cache when
multicast traffic is received.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
11-9

The clear ip multicast proto-cache command clears the IP multicast protocol cache
and also clears the IP multicast forwarding cache.
Note: The MFM manager regenerates the multicast protocol cache when
multicast traffic is received.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
11-10
mtrace
The mtrace command traces the path from a multicast source to a multicast
destination branch of a multicast distribution tree.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
mtrace {<A.B.C.D(hostname)> <A.B.C.D(hostname)> <A.B.C.D(group)>}
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D(hostname)
source IP address or source hostname
A.B.C.D(hostname)
destination IP or destination hostname
A.B.C.D(group)
group address or group hostname
11-11

The show ip multicast cache-summary command displays the number of multicast
flows currently passing through the router.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
11-12
show ip multicast fwd-cache

The show ip multicast fwd-cache command displays all of the multicast forwarding
cache on a source group basis.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show ip multicast fwd-cache [<A.B.C.D>] [<A.B.C.D>] [ physical ]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
source address of the multicast flow
A.B.C.D
group address of the multicast flow
physical
displays the multicast forwarding cache in

relation to the physical interface. If it is not
specified, it will show up with relation to the
logical interface.
11-13
show ip multicast interface

The show ip multicast interface command is used to list the IP address, multicast
protocol (PIM, DVMRP, or IGMP), and time-to-live (TTL) information that is
associated with each multicast interface.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show ip multicast interface <A.B.C.D>
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
11-14
display information only for this interface

address

The show ip multicast oi-fwd-cache command is used to display multicast
forwarding cache entries that have outgoing interfaces (OIs).
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
11-15

The show ip multicast no-oi-fwd-cache command is used to display multicast
forwarding cache entries, which have no outgoing interfaces (OIs).
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
11-16
show ip multicast proto-cache

The show ip multicast proto-cache command is used to display multicast protocol
cache entries.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show ip multicast proto-cache [<A.B.C.D>] [<A.B.C.D>]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
source address of the multicast flow
A.B.C.D
group address of the multicast flow
11-17
12
DVMRP Commands
DVMRP Commands
Introduction
This chapter contains the Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol (DVMRP)
commands used with the BSR 64000.
DVMRP is the original IP Multicast routing protocol. It was designed to run over both
multicast LANs as well as non-multicast routers. In this case, the IP Multicast packets
are tunneled through the routers as unicast packets. This replicates the packets and
affects performance, but provides intermediate solution for IP Multicast routing on
the Internet while router vendors decide to support native IP Multicast routing.
12-1
DVMRP Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the DVMRP commands
12-2
DVMRP Commands
ip dvmrp accept-filter
The ip dvmrp accept-filter command configures a filter for incoming DVMRP
reports. The no ip dvmrp accept-filter command removes configuration of a filter
for incoming DVMRP reports.
Use the ip dvmrp accept-filter command to configure filters to accept and deny
DVMRP routes learned from this interface. The accepted routes are added to the
Multicast Routing Table.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip dvmrp accept-filter <1-99>
no ip dvmrp accept-filter <1-99>
Command Syntax
1-99
accept filter number
Command Default
Accepts destination reports from all neighbors.
12-3
ip dvmrp default-information originate

The ip dvmrp default-information originate command advertises network 0.0.0.0
to DVMRP neighbors and the multicast backbone. The no ip dvmrp
default-information originate command prevents network 0.0.0.0. from being
advertisied to DVMRP neighbors and the multicast backbone.
Use the ip dvmrp default-information originate command with the ip dvmrp
metric-offset command to configure the metric used when advertising the default
route 0.0.0.0.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip dvmrp default-information originate [only]
no ip dvmrp default-information originate
Command Syntax
only
Command Default
disabled
12-4
the default DVMRP route is distributed to

neighbors only
DVMRP Commands
ip dvmrp metric-offset
The ip dvmrp metric-offset command modifies the metrics of the advertised
DVMRP routes. The no ip dvmrp metric-offset sets the modified metrics of the
advertised DVMRP routes to the default.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip dvmrp metric-offset [in | out] <0-31>
no ip dvmrp metric-offset [in | out] <0-31>
Command Syntax
in 0-31
added increment value for incoming DVMRP

routes
out 0-31
added increment value for outgoing reports

for routes from the DVMRP routing table
Command Default
in 1
out 0
12-5
ip dvmrp output-report-delay
The ip dvmrp output-report-delay command configures transmission delays of a
DVMRP report. The no ip dvmrp output-report-delay command removes
configuration of transmission delays of a DVMRP report.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip dvmrp output-report-delay <1-10> [<1-100>]
no ip dvmrp output-report-delay <1-10> [<1-100>]
Command Syntax
1-10
delay between each route report burst in

seconds
1-100
number of DVMRP reports in each burst
Command Default
seconds: 1
burst: 2
12-6
DVMRP Commands
ip dvmrp out-report-filter
The ip dvmrp out-report-filter command uses the assigned access list to filter the
outgoing DVMRP route report for the interface. The no ip dvmrp out-report-filter
command disables the use of the assigned access list to filter the outgoing DVMRP
route report for the interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip dvmrp out-report-filter <1-99>
no ip dvmrp out-report-filter <1-99>
Command Syntax
1-99
out report filter number
Command Default
disabled
12-7
ip dvmrp probe-interval
The ip dvmrp probe-interval command configures how often a query is sent to
neighboring multicast routers for DVMRP multicast routes. The no ip dvmrp
probe-interval command disables sending queries.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip dvmrp probe-interval <5-3600>
no ip dvmrp probe-interval <5-3600>
Command Syntax
5-3600
12-8
probe interval in seconds
DVMRP Commands
The ip dvmrp reject-non-pruners command prevents peering with neighbors that do
not support DVMRP pruning or grafting. The no ip dvmrp reject-non-pruners
command enables peering with neighbors that do not support DVMRP pruning or
grafting.
Use the ip dvmrp reject-non-pruners command to configure the router for
nonpeering without the prune-capable flag set.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
no ip dvmrp reject-non-pruners
Command Default
disabled
12-9
ip dvmrp summary-address
The ip dvmrp summary-address metric command configures a DVMRP summary
address to be advertised out of the interface. The no ip dvmrp summary-address
command removes the configuration of a DVMRP summary address that is advertised
out of the interface.
Use the ip dvmrp summary-address metric command to advertise the summary
address if there is a more specific route in the multicast routing table that matches.
The summary is advertised with the metric value when specified.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip dvmrp summary-address <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [metric <1-31>]
no ip dvmrp summary-address <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [metric <1-31>]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
summary IP address advertised rather than a

more specific route
A.B.C.D
mask on summary IP address
metric 1-31
metric value advertised with summary

address
Command Default
metric 1
12-10
DVMRP Commands
network
The network command specifies which IP interface should enable DVMRP. The no
network command removes the specified IP address to enable DVMRP.
Use the network command to be able to use a single command to define one or
multiple interfaces to be associated with DVMRP using both the prefix and
wildcard-mask arguments.
For DVMRP to operate on the interface, the specific IP address on the interface must
be covered by the network command.
This software sequentially evaluates the address/wildcard-mask pair for each
interface as follows:
The wildcard-mask is logically ORed with the interface IP address.

The wildcard-mask is logically ORed with address in the network command.
The software compares the two resulting values, and, if they match, DVMRP is
enabled on the associated interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
network <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D>
no network <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D>
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
IP address prefix, network type to broadcast
A.B.C.D
IP address-type mask that includes dont care

bits
12-11
router dvmrp
The router dvmrp command configures the DVMRP routing process. Us the no
router dvmrp command removes the DVMRP configured routing process.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
router dvmrp
no router dvmrp
Command Default
disabled
12-12
DVMRP Commands

The show ip dvmrp information command displays global DVMRP information.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
12-13
show ip dvmrp interface

The show ip dvmrp interface command displays information about interfaces with
DVMRP enabled.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show ip dvmrp interface [statistics]
Command Syntax
statistics
12-14
display DVMRP interface statistical

information
DVMRP Commands
show ip dvmrp neighbor

The show ip dvmrp neighbor command displays information about neighbors
discovered by DVMRP.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show ip dvmrp neighbor [detail]
Command Syntax
detail
detailed information about DVMRP

neighbors including neighbor address,
interface through which the neighbor is
reachable, and the number of routes learned
from the neighbor
12-15

The show ip dvmrp network command shows the DVMRP network configuration as
entered by the network command.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
12-16
DVMRP Commands
show ip dvmrp route

The show ip dvmrp route command displays the DVMRP routing table.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show ip dvmrp route [entry <A.B.C.D> | neighbor <A.B.C.D>] [detail]
Command Syntax
entry A.B.C.D
IP address of an entry in the routing table
neighbor A.B.C.D
IP address of a neighbor in the routing table
detail
displays detailed information
12-17

The show ip dvmrp route hold-down command displays all of the routes in the
DVMRP hold-down table.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
12-18
DVMRP Commands

The show ip dvmrp summary-route command displays the configured DVMRP
summary address that is advertised for each interface.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
12-19

The show ip dvmrp tunnels command displays information about DVMRP
configured tunnels.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
12-20
13
CMTS Commands
CMTS Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes the commands used to configure and manage the Cable
Modem Termination System (CMTS). The CMTS permits data to be transmitted and
received over a broadband cable TV (CATV) network. Downstream network data
traffic flows from the CMTS to connected cable modems (CMs), and upstream
network data traffic flows from the CMs to the CMTS.
13-1
CMTS Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the CMTS commands
13-2
CMTS Commands
arp timeout
The arp timeout command configures the amount of time an entry stays in the ARP
cache. The no arp timeout command removes the time configuration an entry stays
in the ARP cache.
Use the show interfaces command in EXEC mode to view the ARP time-out value.
Note: When the ARP time-out value is changed, the change affects all the
existing entries in addition to the entries subsequently created.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
arp time-out <minutes>
Command Syntax
minutes
amount of time an entry is allowed to stay in

the ARP cache; valid values 1 to 6000
Command Default
60 minutes
13-3
band
The band command is used to define the start and end frequency band for the
Spectrum Group.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Cable Spectrum Group
Command Line Usage
band {<start> <end>}
no band {<start> <end>}
Command Syntax
13-4
start
The start upstream frequency from 5000000

to 42000000 Hertz.
end
The end upstream frequency from 5000000 to

42000000 Hertz.
CMTS Commands
cable bundle
Cable bundling allows you to group multiple cable interfaces into a single IP subnet.
The cable bundle command is used to assign the cable interface as the slave cable
interface and assign the bundle the same number as the master cable interface.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable bundle <number>
Command Syntax
number
Number of the cable bundle from 1 to 255
13-5
cable bundle master

Cable bundling allows you to group multiple cable interfaces into a single IP subnet.
Cable bundling simplifies network management and conserves IP addresses.
Each BSR 64000 DOCSIS module provides one cable interface. A cable bundle
comprises two or more cable interfaces: one cable interface is configured as the
master, while the remaining interfaces are configured as slaves to the master. If one
DOCSIS module is configured as the master, the other DOCSIS modules can become
slaves. The master cable interface is assigned a single IP address and the slaves share
the same IP address with the master. Therefore, the bundling feature eliminates the
need for an IP subnet for each cable interface.
The cable bundle master command is used to assign the cable interface as the master
cable interface and assign the cable bundle a number.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable bundle <number> master
Command Syntax
number
13-6
Number of the cable bundle from 1 to 255
CMTS Commands
cable downstream annex

The downstream MPEG framing format is set to DOCSIS (Annex B) by default.
Check local standards to determine whether your region uses the European DOCSIS
or North American DOCSIS standard.
Note: The CMs connected to the downstream port must be set to the same
MPEG framing format as the cable interface.
The no cable downstream command returns the downstream MPEG framing format
setting to the default.
If your region uses the European DOCSIS standard, use the cable downstream
annex command to enable the European DOCSIS downstream MPEG framing. This
command is used with sub-commands of the cable downstream command. The
sub-commands are the downstream RF output frequency command and the
interleave depth command.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable downstream [<port>] annex {a | b}
no cable downstream [<port>] annex {a | b}
Command Syntax
port
downstream port number
13-7
Sets the downstream MPEG framing format

for Euro DOCSIS which is specified in
ITU-TJ.83 Annex A
Sets the downstream MPEG framing format

for the North American DOCSIS MPEG
framing format specified in ITU-TJ.83
Annex B
Command Default
Annex B
13-8
CMTS Commands
cable downstream carrier-only

The downstream carrier-only function is disabled by default and is used for testing
purposes only to control downstream output. The cable downstream carrier-only
command is used optionally as a test function to enable the modulation to the RF
carrier of the downstream output. The no cable downstream carrier-only command
disables the modulation to the RF carrier of the downstream output.
Note: If the cable downstream carrier-only command is issued, set the
rfModulation to 1.
If the no cable downstream carrier-only command is issued, set the
rfModulation to 0.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable downstream [<port>] carrier-only
no cable downstream [<port>] carrier-only
Command Syntax
port
Downstream port number.
Command Default
Modulation to the RF carrier is disabled.
13-9
cable downstream frequency

The cable downstream frequency command is used to set the fixed center
downstream frequency for RF output. The no cable downstream command returns
the fixed center downstream frequency of RF output to the default.
Note: The digital carrier frequency cannot be the same as the video carrier
frequency.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable downstream [<port>] frequency [down-freq-Hz]
no cable downstream [<port>] frequency [down-freq-Hz]
Command Syntax
port
down-freq-hz
The downstream carrier center frequency.

Valid values are from 91000000 to
857000000 Hertz (Hz) for North American
DOCSIS and from 100000000 to 858000000
Hz.
Command Default
555000000 Hz
13-10
CMTS Commands
cable downstream interleave-depth

The cable operator can protect the downstream path from excess noise or decrease
latency on the downstream path by setting the interleave depth. A higher interleave
depth provides more protection from noise on the HFC network, but increases
downstream latency. A lower interleave depth decreases downstream latency, but
provides less protection from noise on the HFC network.
The cable downstream interleave-depth command in Interface Configuration mode
to set the downstream port interleave depth criteria, as shown below:
Note: A higher interleave depth provides more protection from bursts of noise
on the HFC network; however, it increases downstream latency.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable downstream interleave-depth {8 | 16 | 32 | 64 | 128}
no cable downstream interleave-depth {8 | 16 | 32 | 64 | 128}
Command Syntax
Review Table 13-1 to determine the appropriate interleave-depth.
Table 13-1 Interleave Depth Criteria
Depth # of Taps
Increments
16
12
12
17
16
16
32
32
13-11
Table 13-1 Interleave Depth Criteria
Depth # of Taps
Increments
64
64
128
128
Note: The Euro DOCSIS standard requires an interleave depth of 12.
Command Default
The command default is 32 for North American DOCSIS.
13-12
CMTS Commands
cable downstream modulation

The cable downstream modulation command sets the modulation rate for a
downstream port. The no cable downstream modulation command returns the
modulation rate setting to the default.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable downstream [<port>] modulation {64qam | 256qam}
no cable downstream [<port>] modulation {64qam | 256qam}
Command Syntax
port
64
Modulation rate, 6 bits per downstream

symbol.
256
Modulation rate, 8 bits per downstream

symbol.
Command Default
64 QAM
13-13
cable downstream power-level

The cable downstream power-level command sets the power level of a downstream
channel. The no cable downstream power-level changes the power level setting of a
downstream channel to the default.
Use the cable downstream power-level command to set the absolute power level in
tenths of dBmV. Use cable downstream power-level default to set the receive power
based on the automatic calculation of the necessary power level.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable downstream [<port>] power-level [value]
no cable downstream [<port>] power-level [value]
Command Syntax
port
value
An integer between 450 and 630; unit is in

tenth-dBmV.
Command Default
550 dBmV
13-14
CMTS Commands
cable downstream reserve-bandwidth

The cable downstream reserve-bandwidth command reserves a specified amount of
downstream bandwidth for CMs.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable downstream [<port>] reserve-bandwidth <num>
Command Syntax
port
num
Downstream reserve bandwidth value in bits

per second from 1 to 40338442.
Command Default
null string
13-15
cable downstream unreserve-bandwidth

The cable downstream unreserve-bandwidth command is used to unreserve a
specified amount of downstream bandwidth for CMs.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable downstream [<port>] unreserve-bandwidth <num>
Command Syntax
13-16
port
Port number.
num
Downstream bandwidth in bits per second,

values 1-40338442.
CMTS Commands
cable downstream shutdown

The cable downstream shutdown command is used to disable an enabled
downstream port when certain downstream parameters require that the downstream
port is disabled before these parameters are configured.
The downstream port is disabled by default. Use the no cable downstream shutdown
command to enable the downstream port after the required downstream parameters
are configured for the BSR. The downstream port is not active for data transmission
until it is enabled.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable downstream [<port>] shutdown
no cable downstream [<port>] shutdown
Command Syntax
port
Command Default
The downstream port on the cable interface is disabled or "shut down" by default.
13-17
cable flap-list aging

The cable flap-list aging command specifies the cable flap-list aging in terms of
maximum number of minutes a cable modem is kept in the flap-list. Use the no cable
flap-list aging command to disable cable flap-list aging.
Use this command to keep track of cable modem mac address upstream and
downstream traffic for every cable modem having communication problems.
Problems can be detected when the cable is inactive. This command will show cable
modem registration events, missed ranging packets, upstream power adjustments, and
the CMTS physical interface. Monitoring the flap list can not affect cable modem
communications.
The user can get the following information with the cable flap-list aging number of
days command:
Upstream performance data.
Quality control installation data.
Cable modem problem isolation and location.
CMTS problems based upon high activity.
Unreliable upstream paths based on high CRC errors.
Unreliable in-home wiring problems based on high CRC errors.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Global Configuration and Interface Configuration
Command Line Usage
cable flap-list aging <num>
no cable flap-list aging <num>
Command Syntax
num
13-18
maximum number of minutes a cable modem

is kept in the flap-list, range 0-86400
CMTS Commands
cable flap-list insertion-time

The cable flap-list insertion-time command sets the insertion time interval in
seconds. Use the no form of this command to disable insertion time.
Use the cable flap-list insertion-time command to manage the flapping
modem detector and place the cable modem on the flap list if the connection time is
outside the insertion time interval.
Note: The insertion-time is the time taken by cable modems to complete their
registration.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable flap-list insertion-time <num>
no cable flap-list insertion-time <num>
Command Syntax
num
insertion time interval, valid values 60-86400
13-19
cable flap-list miss-threshold

The cable flap-list miss-threshold command specifies the threshold for missing
consecutive polling messages which triggers the polling flap detector. The no cable
flap-list miss-threshold removes the specified threshold.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable flap-list miss-threshold <num>
no cable flap-list miss-threshold <num>
Command Syntax
num
13-20
missing consecutive polling messages, values

1-12
CMTS Commands
cable flap-list power-adjust threshold

The cable flap-list power-adjust threshold specifies the flap-list power adjustment
parameters in dBmV for recording a flap-list event. Use the no form of this command
to disable power-adjust thresholds.
Use the cable flap-list power-adjust threshold to manage the flapping modem
detector and place the cable modem on the flap-list if the connection exceeds the
parameters.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable flap-list power-adjust threshold <num>
no cable flap-list power-adjust threshold <num>
Command Syntax
num
threshold in dBmV, valid values 1-10
13-21
cable flap-list size

The cable flap-list size command specifies the flap-list size, the maximum number of
cable modems in the flap-list. The no cable flap-list size command sets the default
flap-list table size.
Use the cable flap-list size number command to set the number of modems that the
cable flap-list table can record.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable flap-list size <num>
no cable flap-list size <num>
Command Syntax
num
Command Default
8191 cable modems
13-22
number of modems that can register to the

flap-list table, valid values 1-8191
CMTS Commands
The cable helper address function disassembles a CM DHCP broadcast packet, and
reassembles it into a unicast packet so that the packet can traverse the router and
communicate with the DHCP server.The cable helper-address command enables
broadcast forwarding for User Datagram Protocol (UDP) packets.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable helper-address <ip-address> {cable-modem | host}
Command Syntax
ip-address
The IP address of the destination DHCP

server.
cable-modem
Specifies that only CM UDP broadcasts are

forwarded.
host
Specifies that only CPE UDP broadcasts

forwarded.
13-23
The insertion interval is the fixed time period available for CM initial channel request.
The cable insert-interval command is used to set the insertion interval for CM initial
channel request. The no cable insert-interval command is used to return the default
insertion interval.
Note: Ensure that the upstream port is down before setting the insertion
interval.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable insert-interval <number>
no cable insert-interval <number>
Command Syntax
number
The insert interval; valid entries are 0 to 200.

The default insert interval is 20.
Command Default
The default insertion interval is 20.
13-24
CMTS Commands
cable spectrum-group
The cable spectrum-group command is used to create a cable spectrum group and
enter the new mode in which to configure your cable spectrum group. From this new
mode, all of the cable spectrum parameters are configured.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable spectrum-group <spectrum-group-name>
no cable spectrum-group <spectrum-group-name>
Command Syntax
spectrum-group-name
The cable spectrum group name.
13-25

The clear cable flap-list command clears all of the entries in the flap-list table.
Use the clear cable flap-list command to clear a single cable modem or a number of
cable modems from the cable flap-list.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
clear cable flap-list [<mac-address> | all]
Command Syntax
13-26
mac-address
MAC address, establishes the 48-bit hardware

address of one cable modem
all
clears all cable modems from the flap-list

table
CMTS Commands
cable sync-interval
The synchronization message interval is the interval between successive
synchronization message transmissions from the BSR CMTS interface to the CMs.
The cable sync-interval command sets the nominal time between transmission of
SYNC messages on the downstream channel.
Note: Ensure that the interface is down before setting the synchronization
message interval.
The no cable sync-interval command resets the default.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable [<port>] sync-interval <value>
no cable [<port>] sync-interval <value>
Command Syntax
port
Downstream port.
value
Integer between 0 and 200 in milliseconds.
Command Default
10
13-27
show bindings
The show bindings command shows bindings, or mapping, between CMTS and
HSIM.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show bindings
For example the following output displays:
Binding mode is automatic

CMTS slot 0 maps to HSIM slot 15
13-28
CMTS Commands

The show cable flap-list command displays the cable flap-list and provides the
following information:.
MAC ID
Customer account or street address.
Cable IF
Upstream port.
Ins
Number of times the modem comes up and

connect to the network, number of times RF
link reestablished more frequently than time
period configured in the cable flap-list
insertion time command.
Hit
Number of times modem responds to mac

layer keep alive messages, minimum hit rate
one time/30 seconds, can indicate intermittent
upstream, laser clipping, or common-path
distortion. Count should be much higher than
Miss count, if not, modem having problem
maintaining the connection due to upstream
problem, flap count increments each time the
system transitions from a Hit to a Miss.
Miss
Number of times modem misses the mac

layer keep-alive message, 8% normal, can
indicate intermittent upstream, laser clipping,
common path distortion.
P-Adj
Number of times the CMTS instructed the

modem to adjust transmit (TX) power beyond
threshold configured with the cable flap-list
power-adjust threshold command, can
indicate unacceptable connections, thermal
sensitivity.
Flap
Total of P-Adj and Ins values, high flap-count

modems have high SIDs, may not register.
Time
Most recent time modem dropped connection.
13-29
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable flap-list [sort flap | sort-time]
Command Syntax
13-30
sort-flap
Sort by number of times cable modem

flapped.
sort-time
Sort most recent time cable modem flapped.
CMTS Commands
show interface cable sid

The show interface cable sid command displays information on each cable modem
on the network, by its service identifier (SID). The following information is displayed
in the command output:
SID
Service Identification Number.
Status
Enabled is normal state, disable means that

the SID is administratively disabled.
QoS
Quality of Service.
Createtime
Number of seconds when booted, when SID

created.
Inoctets
Number received using SID.
Inpackets
Number received using SID.
IP address
CMs SID IP address.
MAC address
CMs SID MAC address.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
show interface cable <slot>/<interface> sid [<sid-number>]
Command Syntax
slot
DOCSIS module slot number.
interface
Cable interface number.
sid-number
Service Identification Number (SID)
13-31
The cable insert-interval command insert-interval the sets the frequency at which the
initial maintenance interval is to appear in MAP messages. The no cable
insert-interval command removes the setting.
Note: The insertion time is the initial request for a connection to the network.
The interface must be shut down before the user can issue this command.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable insert-interval <milliseconds>
no cable insert-interval <milliseconds>
Command Syntax
port
Downstream port.
milliseconds
Length of time, from 100 to 2000

milliseconds, during which the cable modem
can request a network channel.
Command Default
2000 milliseconds
13-32
CMTS Commands
cable modem deny

The cable modem deny command removes a specified cable modem from the
network and denies it future entry. The no cable modem deny command removes the
restriction from the specified cable modem.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
cable modem deny <mac>
no cable modem deny <mac>
Command Syntax
mac
CM MAC address.
13-33
cable modem qos dsa

The cable modem qos dsa command triggers a dynamic service change (DSC)
initiated by the CMTS for a specified cable modem. The DSC is in a binary file that
conforms to the DOCSIS cable modem configuration file format. This configuration
file is saved in the TFTP "boot" directory on a TFTP server with a known IP address.
The current implementation has only the change of service based on service-flow (not
the flow classifier, nor the payload-header-suppression).
Note: The definition of the dynamic service is defined in a binary file that
conforms to the DOCSIS 1.1 cable modems configuration file format. This
configuration file is saved in the TFTP "boot" directory on a TFTP server with
known IP address.
Warning: This command should be used with extreme caution as the

dynamic service definition in the configuration file will be overwritten.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
cable modem <ip-address> | <mac-address> qos dsa < TFTP server ip-address>
<config-file name>
Command Syntax
13-34
ip-address
Specified cable modem IP address to create or

delete a SID.
mac-address
Starts CM Dynamic Service Addition MAC

address of the specified cable modem.
CMTS Commands
TFTP server ip-address
IP address of TFTP server.
config-file name
File name to be configured.
Command Default
none
13-35
cable modem qos dsc

The cable modem qos dsc command triggers a Dynamic Service Change (DSC)
initiated by the CMTS for a specified cable modem (CM).
cable modem <ip-address> | <mac-address> qos dsc <TFTP-address>
<config-filename>
Command Syntax
ip-address
CM.
mac-address
CM MAC address.
TFTP-address
TFTP server IP address.
config-filename
CM configuration binary file.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Use
The cable modem qos dsc command triggers a dynamic service change (DSC)
initiated by the CMTS for a specified cable modem. The definition of the dynamic
service is defined in a binary file that conforms to the DOCSIS cable modems
configuration file format. This configuration file is saved in /tftpboot directory on a
TFTP server with known IP address. The current implementation only the change of
service based on service-flow (not the flow classifier, nor the
payload-header-suppression).
Command Notes
The definition of the dynamic service is defined in a binary file that conforms to the
DOCSIS cable modem configuration file format. This configuration file is saved in
the /tftpboot directory on a TFTP server with a known IP address. The current
implementation only is the change of service based on service-flow (not the flow
classifier, nor the payload-header-suppression).
13-36
CMTS Commands
cable modem qos dsc service-flow

The cable modem qos dsc service-flow triggers a DSC initiated by the CMTS for a
specified cable modem.
cable modem <ip-address> | <cable modem mac-address> qos dsc service-flow
<TFTP server ip-address> <config-filename>
Command Syntax
ip-address
cable modem
cable modem mac-address CM MAC address

TFTP server ip-address
TFTP server IP address
config-filename
binary file
Command Default
none
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Notes
The definition of the dynamic service is defined in a binary file that conforms to the
DOCSIS cable modem configuration file format. This configuration file is saved in /
tftpboot directory on a TFTP server with known IP address. The current
implementation is only the change of service based on service-flow (not the flow
classifier, nor the payload-header-suppression).
Syntax
Command Use
Use this command with extreme caution where the operator provides the correct
dynamic service definition in the configuration files and applies to the specific
service-flow identifiers. The configuration file has to include the right service flow id
used by the service flow that needs to be changed.
13-37
cable modem qos dsd

The cable modem qos dsd command triggers a dynamic service deletion (DSD)
initiated by the CMTS for a specified service flow.
cable modem qos dsd <slot>/<interface> <sfid>
Command Syntax
slot
interface
sfid
Service Flow Identifier, range of sfids 1 to

262143 (not all values are valid at all times in
a running system)
Command Default
none
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Notes
The cable modem qos dsd command should be used with extreme caution where the
operator provides the correct service-flow identifier.
Command Example
The following example shows how to use the cable modem qos dsd command using
slot 3; interface 0; and a dsd value of 11:
RDN#>cable modem qos dsd 3/0 11
13-38
CMTS Commands
cable modem max-hosts

The cable modem max-hosts command sets the limit for the maximum Customer
Premises Equipment (CPE) hosts behind a particular cable modem. The no cable
modem max-hosts sets the limit to the default value.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
cable modem <mac-address> | <ip-address> max-hosts <num>
no cable modem <mac-address> | <ip-address> max-hosts <num>
Command Syntax
mac-address
MAC address.
ip-address
IP address.
num
Number of CPE hosts.
13-39
cable modem-aging-timer
The cable modem-aging-timer command specifies a cable modem aging timer in
minutes. Cable modems that go off-line are automatically removed from the network
after the configured time period.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable modem-aging-timer {<10-30240> | off }
Command Syntax
10-30240
the cable modem aging timer number in

minutes (10 minutes to 21 days)
off
disables the cable modem aging timer
Command Default
disabled
13-40
CMTS Commands
cable modulation-profile
Modulation profile 1 and 2 are the default upstream modulation profiles containing
upstream burst parameters. Modulation profile numbers 1 or 2 can be modified, or
new upstream modulation profiles can be created for the CMTS interface.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
Use the cable modulation-profile command to create an individual modulation
interface profile for upstream burst parameters. This modulation profile can be
applied to an upstream port using the cable upstream modulation-profile command
in Interface Configuration mode.
cable modulation-profile {<profile> <iuc> <fec-tbytes> <fec-len> <burst-len>
<guard-t> <mod> <scrambler> <seed> <diff> <pre-len> <last-cw> <uw-len>
<range-check>}
Use the no cable modulation-profile to remove all modulation profiles except for
modulation profiles 1 and 2.
-orUse the no cable modulation-profile <profile> command to remove a specific
modulation profile number.
Command Syntax
profile
Modulation profile group number from 1 to

16.
iuc (Interval Usage Code) Enter initial, long, request, short, or station.
13-41
13-42
fec-tbytes
Number of bytes that can be corrected per

Forward Error Correction (FEC) code word,
which is a number from 0 to 10 bytes, where
0 means no FEC code word.
fec-len
FEC codeword length from 16 to 253

kilobytes.
burst-len
Maximum burst length in minislots, which is

a number from 0 to 255, where 0 means no
limit.
guard-t
Guard time in symbols, which is the time

between successive bursts from 5 to 255
symbols.
mod
Modulation. Enter 16qam or qpsk
scrambler
Enable or disable scrambler. Enter scrambler

to enable or no-scrambler to disable.
seed
Scrambler seed in hexadecimal format from

0x0000 to 0x7FFF.
diff
Enable or disable differential encoding. Enter

diff to enable or no diff to disable.
pre-len
Preamble length from 2 to 128 bits.
last-cw
Handling of FEC for last codeword length.

Enter fixed for fixed code word length or
shortened for shortened last code word.
uw-len
Upstream unique word length. Enter uw8 for

8-bit unique code words, or uw16 for 16-bit
unique code words.
CMTS Commands
cable privacy cm-auth grace-time

The cable privacy cm-auth grace-time command sets the authorization key (AK)
grace-time values for baseline privacy. The no cable privacy cm-auth grace-time
command changes the AK grace-time values for baseline privacy back to the default.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable privacy cm-auth grace-time <seconds>
no cable privacy cm-auth grace-time <seconds>
Command Syntax
seconds
Length of key encryption grace-time; valid

values 300 seconds (5 minutes) to 1800
seconds (30 minutes).
Command Default
600 seconds (10 minutes)
13-43
cable privacy auth life-time

The cable privacy auth life-time command sets the authorization key (AK) life-time
values for baseline privacy. The no cable privacy auth life-time command changes
the AK life-time values for baseline privacy back to the default.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable privacy auth life-time <seconds>
no cable privacy auth life-time
Command Syntax
seconds
Command Default
604800 seconds (7 days)
13-44
Length of the key encryption life-time, valid

values 1 second to 6048000 seconds (70
days).
CMTS Commands
cable privacy cm-auth life-time

The cm-auth life-time command sets AK life-time values for a cable modem. The no
cable privacy cm-auth life-time changes the setting of AK life-time values for a
cable modem back to the default.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable privacy cm-auth life-time <mac-address> <seconds>
no cable privacy cm-auth life-time <mac-address>
Command Syntax
mac-address
cable modem physical address (MAC) in the

form xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
seconds
length of key encryption life-time, from 1 to

6048000 seconds
Command Default
604800 seconds (7 days)
13-45
cable privacy cm-auth reset

The cable privacy cm-auth reset command resets a Traffic Encryption Key (TEK)
before expiration on a grace-time or a life-time value. The cable privacy cm-auth
reset command changes the TEK expiration back to the default.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable privacy cm-auth reset <mac-address> <action>
no cable privacy cm-auth reset
Command Syntax
mac-address
cable modem MAC address of 6 bytes
action
number between 1 and 4:

1 noReset requested - causes CMTS to do
nothing
2 invalidateAuth - causes CMTS to invalidate
current CM authorization key, does not
transmit an Authorization Invalid message to
the CM, does not invalidate unicast TEKs
3 sendAuthInvalid - causes CMTS to
invalidate current CM authorization key, does
not transmit an Authorization invalid message
to CM, does not invalidate unicast TEKs
4 invalidateTeks - causes CMTS to invalidate
current CM authorization key, to transmit an
Authorization Invalid message to the CM,
and to invalidate all unicast TEKs related to
this CM authorization
Command Default
profile 1
13-46
CMTS Commands
cable privacy cm-tek grace-time

The cable privacy cm-tek grace-time command sets the TEK grace-time value for a
CM. The no cable privacy cm-tek grace-time command returns the default value.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable privacy cm-tek grace-time <sid> <seconds>
no cable privacy cm-tek grace-time <sid> <seconds>
Command Syntax
sid
service ID
seconds
values in seconds, 1-8192
13-47
cable privacy cm-tek life-time

The cable privacy cm-tek life-time command sets the TEK life-time value for
baseline privacy. The no cable privacy cm-tek life-time command returns the TEK
life-time value to the default value.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable privacy cm-tek life-time <sid> <seconds>
no cable privacy cm-tek life-time <sid> <seconds>
Command Syntax
sid
CM primary SID.
seconds
Traffic encryption life-time value, from 30 to

604800 seconds.
Command Default
43,200 seconds
13-48
CMTS Commands
cable privacy cm-tek reset

The cable privacy cm-tek reset command resets a CM Traffic Encryption Key
(TEK).
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable privacy cm-tek reset <sid><num>
Command Syntax
sid
cable modems primary SID
num
1 to reset, 2 for not
13-49
cable privacy mcast access

The cable privacy mcast access command configures a multicast access list by
specifying a cable modem MAC address and the corresponding multicast IP address.
Note: A cable modem MAC address and the corresponding multicast IP

address is required.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable privacy mcast access <mac-address> <ip-address>
Command Syntax
13-50
mac-address
MAC address.
ip-address
IP address.
CMTS Commands
cable privacy mcast del

The cable privacy mcast del command deletes a multicast map by specifying a
multicast IP address and an optional prefix length.
Note: A multicast IP address and prefix length must be specified.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable privacy mcast del <ip-address> [<num>]
Command Syntax
ip-address
Multicast IP address.
num
Prefix length.
13-51
cable privacy mcast new

The cable privacy mcast new command creates a multicast map by specifying a
multicast IP address and an optional prefix length.
cable privacy mcast new <ip-address> [<mask>]
Command Syntax
ip-address
Multicast IP address.
mask
Subnetwork mask.
Command Mode
13-52
CMTS Commands
cable privacy provision-cert-add

The cable privacy provision-cert-add command duplicates a CM certificate to a
provisioned certificate table.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
cable privacy provision-cert-add <mac-address>
no cable privacy provision-cert-add <mac-address>
Command Syntax
mac-address
MAC address in the form of xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
13-53
cable privacy tek life-time

The cable privacy tek life-time command sets the cable privacy Traffic Encryption
Key (TEK) life-time value. The no cable privacy tek life-time command returns the
cable privacy TEK life-time value to the default value.
Note: Baseline privacy is configured with key encryption keys (KEKs), and
the TEKs are configured based on the 40 or 56-bit data encryption standard
(DES).
A life-time or a grace-time TEK value expires based on a life-time or
grace-time value, but a cable modem has to renew its TEK grace-time value
before it expires. If a lasting TEK lifetime is needed, use a life-time key.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable privacy tek life-time <30,604800>
no cable privacy tek life-time
Command Syntax
30,604800
Command Default
43,200 seconds
13-54
minimum and maximum traffic encryption

life-time value in seconds
CMTS Commands
cable shared-secret
The cable shared-secret command activates or deactivates cable modem
authentication with a shared-secret key. The no cable shared-secret command sets
the cable shared-secret back to the default.
Use the cable shared-secret command to authenticate the cable modem such that all
cable modems must return a text string to register for access to the network.
If no cable shared-secret is configured on CMTS, secret key checking is not available
on any cable modem. If shared-secret is configured on CMTS, cable modems have to
use the secret key obtained from the CM configuration files obtained from the TFTP
server.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable shared-secret [0 <string> | 7 <hexnum>]
no cable shared-secret [0 <string> | 7 <hexnum>] \
Command Syntax
0
Unencrypted, need to specify a string.
Encrypted, need to specify a key.
string
The authentication string (enclosed with

double quotes).
hexnum
The authentication key in hex number.
Command Default
null string
13-55
cable sync-interval
The synchronization message interval is the interval between successive
synchronization message transmissions from the BSR CMTS interface to the CMs.
The cable sync-interval command sets the synchronization interval between
transmission of successive SYNC messages from the CMTS to CMs. The no cable
sync-interval returns the interval setting to transmit SYNC messages to the default.
Note: Ensure that you disable the cable interface using the cable shutdown
command
Ensure that you disable the cable interface using the cable shutdown command. Use
the cable sync-interval command following an interface shutdown.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable sync-interval <milliseconds>
no cable sync-interval
Command Syntax
milliseconds 0-200
13-56
Minimum and maximum sync interval.
CMTS Commands
cable ucd-interval
The cable ucd-interval command sets the interval between transmission of
successive Upstream Channel Descriptor (UCD) messages. The no cable
ucd-interval changes the interval setting to transmit UCD messages back to the
default.
Use the cable ucd-interval command following an interface shutdown.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable ucd-interval <milliseconds>
no cable ucd-interval
Command Syntax
milliseconds 0-2000
minimum and maximum UCD interval
Command Default
200
13-57

The cable upstream channel-width command specifies an upstream channel width
for an upstream port. The no cable upstream channel-width command returns the
default value.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable upstream [<port>] channel-width <value>
no cable upstream [<port>] channel-width <value>
Command Syntax
13-58
port
upstream port number
value
1600000 - channel width 1600 kHz

CMTS Commands
cable upstream data-backoff

Use the cable upstream data-backoff command sets data back-off value to assign
automatic or fixed start and stop values. Use the no form of this command to return to
the default data back-off value.
Note: The automatic setting is recommended.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable upstream <port> data-backoff {automatic | <start> <end>}
no cable upstream <port> data-backoff {automatic | <start> <end>}
Command Syntax
port
The upstream port number.
automatic
Automatic data-backoff.
start
0 to 15
end
0 to 15
13-59
cable upstream force-frag

The cable upstream force-frag command is used as a traffic shaping tool that forces
the CM to fragment large upstream packets. When a CM sends a request to the CMTS
for a large data grant that exceeds the configured minislot threshold, the CMTS grants
the CM the configured minislot threshold, which forces the CM to make another data
grant request for the remaining data, thereby causing data packets in the original grant
to be fragmented by the CM.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable upstream [<port>] force-frag <num:0-255>
no cable upstream [<port>] force-frag <num:0-255>
Command Syntax
port
Upstream port number.
num
Configured minislot threshold without

fragmentation for large data grants from 0 to
255.
Command Default
The force fragmentation feature is set to 0 for no forced fragmentation of large data
grants.
13-60
CMTS Commands
cable upstream frequency

The cable interface does not operate until a fixed upstream frequency is set. The RF
upstream frequency must comply with the expected CM output frequency.
Note: Make sure that the upstream frequency selected does not interfere
with the frequencies used for any other upstream applications running in the
cable plant.
The cable upstream frequency command sets the fixed frequency for the upstream
cable port in Hz. The no cable upstream frequency command returns the default
upstream frequency value.
Note: Upstream frequency ranges are different depending on your regional
implementation of DOCSIS or Euro-DOCSIS. The frequency ranges that
appear in the CLI help are related to your implementation of DOCSIS or
Euro-DOCSIS determined by the cable downstream annex command.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable upstream [<port>] frequency <up-freq-hz>
no cable upstream [<port>] frequency <up-freq-hz>
Command Syntax
Command Default
none
13-61
13-62
port
Number of the upstream port.
up-freq-hz
The upstream frequency value; valid entries

are from 5000000 to 42000000 Hertz (Hz) for
DOCSIS or 5000000 to 65000000 Hz for
Euro-DOCSIS
CMTS Commands
cable upstream invited-range-interval

The cable upstream invited-range-interval is used to define the number of retries
allowed by the CMTS for inviting ranging requests transmitted by the cable modem
(CM).
cable upstream <number> invited-range-interval <requests>
Command Default
16 invited range interval requests
Command Syntax
number
requests
Number of invited range interval requests

from 0 to 3000.
Command Mode
13-63
cable upstream map-interval

The cable upstream map-interval command is used to determine the time interval in
microseconds for bandwidth maps messages (MAP) to be used by the CM to allocate
upstream time slots. The no cable upstream map-interval command resets the
upstream interval to the default.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable upstream <port> map-interval <num>
no cable upstream <port> map-interval <num>
Command Syntax
13-64
port
num
Interval value in microseconds, 2000 to

16000.
CMTS Commands
cable upstream max-calls

The Maximum Assigned Bandwidth (MAB) feature is used on the cable interface to
regulate the number of Voice-over-IP (VOIP) calls that are available on a particular
upstream channel for Unsolicited Grant Service (UGS) and Unsolicited Grant Service
with Activity Detection UGS-AD constant bit rate (CBR) data flows. A definitive
limit on the number of voice calls ensures that bandwidth resources are not overused
on an upstream channel.
Use the cable upstream max-calls command to configure the maximum number of
voice calls for an upstream channel. The no cable upstream max-calls command
returns the maximum number of voice calls to the default value, which is zero.
cable upstream <num: 0-3> max-calls <num: 0-255>
no cable upstream <num: 0-3> max-calls <num: 0-255>
Command Syntax
num: 0-3
num: 0-255
Number of voice calls permitted on the

upstream channel.
Command Default
The default maximum number of calls is 32.
Command Mode
13-65
cable upstream minislot-size

The minislot size is the number of time ticks. Use the cable upstream minislot-size
command to set the number of 6.25 microsecond ticks in each upstream minislot.
The no cable upstream minislot-size command returns the minislot size to the
default value.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable upstream [<port>] minislot-size <size>
no cable upstream [<port>] minislot-size <size>
Command Syntax
port
size
Determines the minislot-size number in ticks.

Valid minislot sizes are as follows:
(21=2) 2 32 symbols
(22=4) 4 64 symbols
(23=8) 8 128 symbols
(24=16) 16 256 symbols
(25=32) 32 512 symbols
(26=64) 64 1024 symbols
(27=128) 128 2048 symbols
Command Default
4
13-66
CMTS Commands
cable upstream modulation-profile

The cable upstream modulation-profile is used to apply an upstream modulation
profile to an upstream channel. The no cable upstream modulation-profile
command returns the modulation profile to modulation profile 1.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable upstream [<port>] modulation-profile <profile>
no cable upstream [<port>] modulation-profile <profile>
Command Syntax
port
profile
Modulation profile number from 1 to 16.
Command Default
modulation profile 1
13-67
cable upstream physical-delay

The CMTS physical delay function is used to adjust the upstream propagation delay
threshold between the CMTS and cable modems (CMs). The CMTS adjusts the
physical delay function automatically by default.
The cable upstream physical-delay command is used to set fixed or automatic
physical delay parameters. You can use the following options to adjust the physical
delay function:
A single fixed time can be set for physical delay.
If you do not want to specify a range for the automatic option, select the
automatic option only.
Physical delay parameters can be configured so that they are adjusted

automatically by the BSR when you specify the automatic option with a specified
minimum and maximum microsecond range.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable upstream <port> physical-delay {automatic [<min-msecs> | <max-msecs> |
<cr>] | <msecs>}
no cable upstream <port> physical-delay {automatic [min-msecs | max-msecs |
<cr>] | <fixed-msecs>}
Command Syntax
13-68
automatic
Automatic physical delay in microseconds.
port
CMTS Commands
min-msecs
Automatic minimum physical delay in

microseconds from 200 to 1600.
max-msecs
Automatic maximum physical delay in

microseconds from 200 to 1600.
fixed-msecs
Fixed physical delay in microseconds from

200 to 1600.
13-69
cable upstream power-level

The BSR CMTS interface controls CM output power levels to meet the desired
CMTS upstream input power level. Input power level adjustments to an upstream port
compensate for CMTS signal degradation between the optical receiver and the
upstream RF port.
The cable upstream power-level command is used to set the upstream input power
level in absolute mode. In absolute mode, the input power level does not change when
the upstream channel width is changed. Defining the input power level in absolute
mode could possibly cause upstream return lasers to clip on a completely populated
upstream channel.
Caution: If the power level is not explicitly set on the upstream interfaces,
they default to 0 dBmV in absolute mode with a 3.2 MHz, 2560 kilosymbols
per second rate. Ensure that the correct power level is set on each upstream
channel.
Table 13-2 describes how the upstream channel bandwidth corresponds to the input
power-level range and default power-level range for a specific upstream channel.
Table 13-2 Upstream Input Power Level Range Parameters
Upstream Channel
Bandwidth
Default Power-level
Range
Power-level
Range
200 KHz
-1 dBmV
-16 to +14 dBmV
400 KHz
+2 dBmV
-13 to +17 dBmV
800 KHz
+5 dBmV
-10 to +20 dBmV
1.6 MHz
+8 dBmV
-7 to +23 dBmV
3.2 MHz
+11 dBmV
-4 to +26 dBmV
Caution: Use caution when increasing the input power level in absolute
mode. The CMs on the HFC network increase their transmit power level by 3
dB for every incremental upstream channel bandwidth change, causing an
increase in the total power on the upstream channel. This may violate the
upstream return laser design parameters
13-70
CMTS Commands
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable upstream <port> power-level <power>
no cable upstream <port> power-level <power>
Command Syntax
port
port number representing the location of the

un-installed card
power
The input power level, expressed in dB.
Command Default
0 dB
Command Example
The following example shows how to use the cable upstream power-level command
to set the upstream input power level to +5 dBmV in absolute mode, which keeps the
input power level at +5 dBmV regardless of the upstream channel bandwidth setting,
as shown below:
MOT(config-if)#cable upstream 0 power-level 50
13-71
cable upstream power-level default

The BSR CMTS interface controls CM output power levels to meet the desired
CMTS upstream input power level. Input power level adjustments to an upstream port
compensate for CMTS signal degradation between the optical receiver and the
upstream RF port.
The cable upstream power-level default command is used to set the upstream input
power level in relative mode, which means that the input power level changes when
the upstream channel width is changed. For example, if the input power level is +11
dBmV for a DOCSIS 3.2 MHz upstream channel bandwidth setting in relative mode
and is changed to 1.6 MHz, the default receive power is +8 dBmV. The default power
levels for the 3.2 MHz and 1.6 MHz channels are equal relative to their respective
channel bandwidth settings
Caution: If the power level is not explicitly set on the upstream interfaces,
they default to 0 dBmV in absolute mode with a 3.2 MHz, 2560 kilosymbols
per second rate. Ensure that the correct power level is set on each upstream
channel.
Table 13-3 describes how the upstream channel bandwidth corresponds to the input
power-level range and default power-level range for a specific upstream channel.
Table 13-3 Upstream Input Power Level Range Parameters
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
13-72
Upstream Channel
Bandwidth
Default Power-level
Range
Power-level
Range
200 KHz
-1 dBmV
-16 to +14 dBmV
400 KHz
+2 dBmV
-13 to +17 dBmV
800 KHz
+5 dBmV
-10 to +20 dBmV
1.6 MHz
+8 dBmV
-7 to +23 dBmV
3.2 MHz
+11 dBmV
-4 to +26 dBmV
CMTS Commands
Command Line Usage

cable upstream [<port>] power-level default [<offset>]
no cable upstream [<port>] power-level default [<offset>]
Command Syntax
port
offset
The number of dB above or below the default

input power level.
Command Default
0 dB
Command Example
The following example shows how to use the cable upstream power-level default
command to set the input power level for a 3.2 MHz channel in relative mode from
+11 dBmV to +5 dBmV:
MOT(config-if)#cable upstream 0 power-level default -60
The default input power level is reduced by 6 dB. The power level is now +5 dBmV.
The following example shows how to use the cable upstream power-level default
command to set the input power level for a 3.2 MHz channel in relative mode from
+11 dBmV to 0 dBmV, as shown below:
MOT(config-if)#cable upstream 0 power-level default -110
The default input power level is reduced by 11 dB.
13-73
cable upstream pre-equalization

The cable upstream pre-equalization command enables pre-equalization adjustment
on the upstream port that includes sending pre-equalization coefficients in a ranging
response to a CM to compensate for impairment over the transmission line. The no
cable upstream pre-equalization command disables the pre-equalization function.
Note: Not all CMs support the pre-equalization adjustment. If a CM does not
support this adjustment, the BSR CMTS interface may not be able to receive
upstream data correctly from the CM.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable upstream [<port>] pre-equalization
no cable upstream [<port>] pre-equalization
Command Syntax
port
13-74
CMTS Commands
cable upstream range-backoff

Use the cable upstream range-backoff command to set the start and end upstream
range-backoff values for a CM or re-establish a CM if a power outage occurs. Use the
no cable upstream range-backoff command return the ranging back-off default
value. If you choose automatic, the system sets the upstream data-backoff start and
end values.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable upstream [<port>] range-backoff [automatic] <start> <end>
no cable upstream [<port>] range-backoff [automatic] <start> <end>
Command Syntax
port
automatic
automatic data backoff
start
0 to 15
end
0 to 15
Command Default
start 0, end 4
13-75
cable upstream range-power-override

The cable upstream range-power-override command enables CM power
adjustment.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable upstream <port> range-power-override
no cable upstream <port> range-power-override
13-76
CMTS Commands
cable upstream rate-limit

The cable upstream rate-limit command controls whether rate-limiting is applied to
any CM sending upstream data to the CMTS on a given upstream interface.
The no cable upstream rate-limit command changes the rate limit applied to a cable
modem sending upstream data to the CMTS back to the default. The token-bucket
algorithm is used for rate-limiting.
Note: If the rate-limit is enabled, data received from cable modems are
rate-limited according to the cable modems configured. Packets may be
dropped at times when any cable modem, or the hosts behind the cable
modems, transmit data exceeding the permitted bandwidth.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable upstream [<port>] rate-limit
no cable upstream [<port>] rate-limit
Command Syntax
port
values 0 to 3
Command Default
rate-limiting disabled
13-77
cable upstream spectrum-group

The cable upstream spectrum-group command is used to apply a spectrum group to
an upstream port.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable upstream <port> spectrum-group <group-name>
no cable upstream <port> spectrum-group <group-name>
Command Syntax
13-78
port
number of the upstream port
group-name
The exact group name applied to the upstream

port.
CMTS Commands
cable upstream shutdown

The cable upstream shutdown command administratively disables the upstream
port. The no cable upstream shutdown command enables an upstream port.
Note: Ensure that each upstream port is enabled after the port is properly
configured and ready for use.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable upstream [<port>] shutdown
no cable upstream [<port>] shutdown
Command Syntax
port
Command Default
Each upstream port is disabled.
13-79

Use the cable upstream channel-width command to configure the upstream channel
width. Use the no cable upstream channel-width command to return the upstream
channel width to the default value.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable upstream [<port>] channel-width <width>
no cable upstream [<port>] channel-width <width>
Command Syntax
port
width
The upstream channel width in Hertz (Hz);

valid entries are 200000, 400000, 800000,
1600000, or 3200000.
Command Default
3.2 MHz or 3200000 Hertz
13-80
CMTS Commands

The clear cable flap-list command clears the cable flap-list.
You can either clear the flap-list of a specific cable modem by specifying its MAC
address or clear the flap-lists of all the cable modems by using the all option.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
clear cable flap-list [<mac-address> | all]
Command Syntax
mac-address
all
apply to all MAC addresses
13-81
clear cable modem reset

Use the clear cable modem reset command options to do the following:
Reset a single CM by using its MAC address.

Reset specific group of CMs.
Reset a single CM by using its IP address.
Reset all CMs connected to the BSR.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
clear cable modem {<mac-address> [<mac-mask>] | <ip-address> | all} reset
Command Syntax
13-82
mac-address
CM MAC address.
mac-mask
MAC address mask that specifies a group of

cable modems
ip-address
CM IP address.
all
All CMs.
CMTS Commands
clear counters cable

The clear counters cable clears counters for a cable interface.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes except User EXEC.
Command Line Usage
clear counters <slot>/<interface>
Command Syntax
slot
Cable slot number.
interface
13-83
collect interval
The collect interval command to configure the interval rate at which data collection
is performed by the spectrum manager.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
collect interval <seconds>
Command Syntax
seconds
13-84
The time interval from 60 to 65535 seconds
CMTS Commands
collect spectrum-data cable upstream

The collect spectrum-data cable upstream command is used to collect spectrum
data information manually.
collect spectrum-data cable <slot>/<interface> upstream <port>
Command Syntax
slot
interface
port
The upstream port number
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
13-85
collect resolution
The collect resolution command is used to configure the frequency resolution rate
that the spectrum manager performs.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
collect resolution <Hz>
Command Syntax
Hz
13-86
The resolution in Hertz from 200000 to

3200000. The default resolution is 200000
Hz.
CMTS Commands
dhcpLeaseQuery authorization on
The dhcpLeaseQuery authorization on command enables the exchange of DHCP
lease query messages between the CMTS and a DHCP server. The no
dhcpLeaseQuery authorization on command disables this exchange.
When an IP packet is either received from or destined to a Host/CPE which does not
have an entry in the BSR64000s DHCP Lease table, the DHCP Lease Query feature
will attempt to identify the Host/CPE. If the DHCP Lease Query attempt fails, packets
associated with this Host/CPE are discarded.
Group Access
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Cable Interface)
Command Line Usage
dhcpLeaseQuery {authorization {on}}
no dhcpLeaseQuery {authorization {on}}
Command Syntax
authorization
Authorization configuration
on
Turn on the authorization (Disables Proxy

Arp)
13-87
guard-band
The guard-band command is used to define the minimum spectrum separation or
spacing between upstream channels in the same spectrum group.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
guard-band <number>
no guard-band <number>
Command Syntax
number
13-88
is the guard band separation size from 0 to

60000000 Hz. Default guard band is 1000 Hz.
CMTS Commands
hop action band

The hop action band command is used to determine the search order for each
frequency band during the frequency hop action.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
hop action band {<start> <end>} [priority <number>]
no hop action band {<start> <end>} [priority <number>]
Command Syntax
start
The start upstream frequency band from

5000000 to 42000000 Hz.
end
The end upstream frequency band from

5000000 to 42000000 Hz.
number
The upstream band priority from 1 to 255.

When no priority is assigned, the default
priority is 128.
13-89
hop action channel-width

The hop action channel-width command is used to change the upstream
channel-width setting before a frequency hop action.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
hop action channel-width <width> [priority <number>]
no hop action channel-width <width> [priority <number>]
Command Syntax
13-90
width
The upstream channel width setting.
number
The priority number of the upstream channel

width setting. When no priority is assigned,
the default priority is 128.
CMTS Commands
hop action frequency

The hop action frequency is used to determine the frequency search order for either
discrete center frequencies or frequency bands during the frequency hop action.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
hop action frequency <frequency> [priority <number>]
no hop action frequency <frequency> [priority <number>]
Command Syntax
frequency
The upstream frequency from 5000000 to

42000000 Hz
number
The upstream frequency priority from 1 to

255. When no priority is assigned, the default
priority is 128.
13-91
hop action modulation-profile

The hop action modulation-profile command is used to change the modulation
profile setting before a frequency hop action.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
hop action modulation-profile <profile-number> [priority <number>]
no hop action modulation-profile <profile-number> [priority <number>]
Command Syntax
13-92
profile-number
The modulation profile number. The default

modulation profiles are 1 and 2.
number
The priority number of the upstream

modulation profile. When no priority is
assigned, the default priority is 128.
CMTS Commands
hop action power-level

The hop action power-level command is used to change the power-level setting
before a frequency hop action.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
hop action power-level {<power> | default <offset>} [priority <number>]
no hop action power-level {<power> | default <offset>} [priority <number>]
Command Syntax
power
The input power level, expressed in dB.
offset
The number of dB above or below the default

input power level.
number
The the priority number of the upstream

power level. When no priority is assigned, the
default priority is 128.
13-93

The spectrum roll-back function is disabled by default. The hop action roll-back
command is used to return the upstream channel width or modulation profile setting,
that was adjusted during a hop action, to the original configuration when upstream
channel conditions improve.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
no hop action roll-back
13-94
CMTS Commands
hop period
The hop period command is used to prevent excessive frequency hops on an
upstream port.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
hop period <seconds>
no hop period <seconds>
Command Syntax
seconds
The rate at which the frequency hop takes

place from 1 to 3600 seconds. The default
hop period is 300 seconds.
13-95
hop threshold flap

A frequency hopping threshold is configured to prevent unnecessary frequency hops
in instances when one or a minimal number of cable modems (CMs) lose their
connection with the BSR. The frequency hopping threshold is determined by the
percentage of CMs that lose their connectivity. The default frequency hopping
threshold is 100 percent.
The hop threshold flap command is used to trigger when a greater than a set
percentage of CMs lose their connectivity.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
hop threshold flap <percent>
no hop threshold flap <percent>
Command Syntax
percent
13-96
The percentage of CMs that lose connectivity.
CMTS Commands
interface cable
The interface cable command is used to enter the cable interface.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
interface cable [<slot>/<interface>]
Command Syntax
slot
interface
13-97

The IP DHCP relay function is used only when multiple subnetworks are configured
on the same cable interface. The IP DHCP relay function gathers broadcast DHCP
MAC discovery packets from a DHCP host, such as a CM or Customer Premises
Equipment (CPE), and redirect the packets to their corresponding DHCP server or
DHCP server profile if there is only one DHCP server. The DHCP server assigns an
IP address to the CM or CPE that requested the IP address.
Use the ip dhcp relay information option command to enable the DHCP option-82
relay-agent on the cable interface. Use the no ip dhcp relay information option
command to disable the DHCP option-82 relay-agent on the cable interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
no ip dhcp relay information option
Command Default
DHCP option-82 disabled
13-98
CMTS Commands
ping docsis
The ping docsis command is used to ping a cable modem (CM) on the network at
the MAC layer to determine if the CM is online by entering the CMs MAC or IP
address.
When a DOCSIS ping is initiated, the BSR sends a test packet downstream towards
the CM to test its connection. In most instances, this command is used to determine if
a particular CM is able to communicate at the MAC address layer when a cable
modem has connectivity problems at the network layer. For example, if a CM is
unable to register and obtain an IP address, the ping DOCSIS command can help you
determine if there are provisioning problems associated with the CM.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ping docsis {<mac-address> | <ip-address>} [<number>]
Command Syntax
mac-address
The MAC address of the CM.
ip-address
The IP address of the CM
number
The number of ping test packets to be sent to

the cable modem, from 1 to 100.
13-99

The show host authorization command displays the host authorization enabled state
and displays all cable host entries in the ARP authorization table.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All Modes
Command Line Usage
show host authorization [cpe]
Command Syntax
cpe
13-100
Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) devices

such as PCs
CMTS Commands
show cable device address-auth

The show cable device address-auth command is used to display the IP address
associated with a specified CMs or CPEs MAC address. The matching is either
learned through ARP or configured in the ARP authorization table.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show cable device <mac-address> address-auth
Command Syntax
mac-address
Physical address of a CM in the following

format: xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
13-101
show cable downstream

The show cable downstream command displays the following downstream cable
information:
ifIndex:
interface index
annex:
the downstream MPEG framing format
frequency:
radio frequency carrier center frequency
rfModulation:
radio frequency enabled
interleaveDepth:
depth of interleaving to provide protection

from noise
qamMode:
downstream modulation type
channelWidth:
radio frequency channel width
powerLevel:
downstream transmit power level
Reserved BW:
the amount of reserved downstream

bandwidth configured
Spectrum Group:
the associated Spectrum Group names
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show cable downstream [<0-0>]
Command Syntax
0-0
13-102
MAC domain identification
CMTS Commands

The show cable flap-list command shows cable modem flap-lists.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show cable flap-list [sort-flap | sort-time]
show cable flap-list sort-interface [sort-flap | sort-time]
13-103

The show cable insert-interval command shows the frequency at which the initial
maintenance interval appears in MAP messages.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
13-104
CMTS Commands
show cable modem

The show cable modem command is used to gather a variety of cable modem (CM)
statistical information used to evaluate network performance, troubleshoot
registration problems, and learn specific registration and ranging information on
modems connected to a specific interface.
Use the show cable modem command to see detailed modem configuration
information for a specific head-end modem. The following information is provided:
Interface
CM interface with active connection
Upstream IF Index
Upstream interface to which the cable

modem belongs.
Prim SID
Primary Service Identifier number.
Connectivity State
Describes the connectivity state of a cable

modem. The table below describes the 20
cable modem connectivity states supported
on the BSR.
Timing offset
CM current timing adjustment.
Rec Power
CM receive downstream power level in

dbmv.
IP address
CM IP address
MAC address
Media Access Control layer address
Cable modem connectivity states are as follows:

init(o)
Option file transfer was started.
init(t)
Time-of-day (TOD) exchange was started.
init(r1)
CM sent initial ranging parameters.
init(r2)
CM is ranging.
init(rc)
Ranging is complete.
dhcp(d)
DHCP Discover was sent by CM.
dhcp(o)
DHCP Offer was received.
dhcp(req)
DHCP Request was sent by CM.
dhcp(ack)
DHCP Ack was received, IP address was

assigned by DHCP server.
13-105
online
CM registered; enabled for data.
online(d)
CM registered, but network access for the

CM is disabled.
online(un)
CM registered, but not enabled data. Fail to

verify modems identity by BPI module.
online(pk)
CM registered; baseline privacy interface

(BPI) enabled, and key encryption key (KEK)
is assigned.
online(pt)
CM registered; BPI enabled, and traffic

encryption key (TEK) is assigned.
reject(m)
CM did attempt to register; registration was

refused due to bad mic.
reject(c)
CM did attempt to register; registration was

refused due to bad COS.
reject(r)
CM did attempt to register, registration was

refused due to unavailable resource.
reject(pk)
KEK modem key assignment is rejected.
reject(pt)
TEK modem key assignment is rejected.
offline
CM is considered to be offline.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show cable modem <cr> [<mac-address> | <ip-address>]
Command Syntax
13-106
cr
A command return shows all CMs connected

to the BSR.
mac-address
cable modem MAC address; physical address
ip-address
CM IP address
CMTS Commands
show cable modem cpe

The show cable modem cpe command displays the following Customer Premises
Equipment (CPE) information for all cable interfaces, a particular upstream port, or a
specific CPE:
Interface
the downstream cable interface and upstream

port the cable modem is connected to
PSID
the upstream Primary SID number associated

with this cable modem
CM MAC
the cable modems MAC address
CM IP
the cable modems IP address
CPE MAC
the MAC address of a CPE device connected

to the cable modem displayed in the
command output
CPE IP
the IP address of a CPE device connected to

the cable modem displayed in the command
output
Count
the CPE count per cable modem
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show cable modem [<mac>] cpe
show cable modem cpe [<X/Y>] [upstream [<0-7>]] [ | ] [ begin | include | exclude]
[<WORD>]
13-107
Command Syntax
13-108
mac
X/Y
the BSR 64000 CMTS slot and port number
upstream 0-7
the upstream port number
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
CMTS Commands
show cable modem detail

The show cable modem detail command can be used to display information for a
SID assigned to a CM on a specific DOCSIS interface, as shown below:
show cable modem detail {<slot>/<interface> <sid>}
- or The show cable modem detail command can be used to display information for a
specific modem connected to a specific interface, as shown below:
show cable modem detail [<mac-address> | <ip-address>]
Command Syntax
slot
interface
mac-address
The CM MAC address.
ip-address
The CM IP address.
sid
The Service Identifier assigned to a CM.
Command Mode
13-109
show cable modem hosts

The show cable modem hosts command displays the number of Customer Premises
Equipment (CPE) hosts connected to a specific CM.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show cable modem <mac-address> | <ip-address> hosts
Command Syntax
13-110
mac-address
MAC address
ip-address
IP address
CMTS Commands
show cable modem mac

The show cable modem mac command displays the following MAC layer (layer 2)
information for all cable modems attached to the BSR, cable modems on a specific
CMTS module, or a specific cable modem:
MAC Address
MAC State
the stage of connectivity that the cable

modem has achieved with the CMTS - offline
or in one of a number of online, init, or reject
states
Prim SID
the Primary SID number associated with this

cable modem
Ver
the version of the DOCSIS specification that

this cable modem supports - this field does
not necessarily indicate the DOCSIS version
that a cable modem is running
Frag
yes indicates that this cable modem is capable

of performing DOCSIS 1.1 style
fragmentation
Concat

of performing concatenation
PHS

of performing DOCSIS 1.1 style Payload
Header Suppression (PHS)
Priv
BPI+ indicates that this Cable Modem is

capable of supporting BPI+ encryption if not,
it displays BPI
13-111
DS Saids
the number of BPI+ style downstream

Security Association Identifiers (SAIDs) that
this cable modem supports (DOCSIS 1.1
modems only)
US Sids
the number of upstream Service IDentifiers

(SIDs) that this cable modem supports
(DOCSIS 1.1 modems only)
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show cable modem [<mac>] mac
show cable modem mac [<X/Y>]
Command Syntax
13-112
mac
X/Y
CMTS Commands
show cable modem maintenance

The show cable modem maintenance command displays the following station
maintenance error statistics for all cable modems attached to the BSR, cable modems
on a specific CMTS module, or a specific cable modem:
Mac Address
the MAC address of the cable modem
I/F
the interface on which the cable modem has

an active connection
Prime Sid
the primary service identifier assigned to the

modem
SM Exhausted
Count - Time
the number of times a CM was dropped

because it did not reply to station
maintenance requests
SM Aborted
Count - Time
the number of times the CM was dropped

because its operational parameters were
unacceptable including power level outside of
the acceptable range, or the timing offset
changes
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show cable modem [<mac>] maintenance
show cable modem maintenance [<X/Y>]
13-113
Command Syntax
13-114
mac
X/Y
CMTS Commands
show cable modem offline

The show cable modem offline command provides the following information about
cable modems that are offline:
Interface
cable modem interface with active

connection
Prim Sid
Primary Service Identifier number
Mac address
cable modem Media Access Control layer

address
DeRegistration Timestamp the time at which the modem deregistered

in month,date,hh:mm:ss format
lastTxBytes
the size of the last transmitted data
lastRxBytes
the size of the last received data
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show cable modem offline [<0-15> | <mac>] [ | ] [ begin | include | exclude ]
[<WORD>]
13-115
Command Syntax
13-116
0-15
mac
the cable modem MAC address
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
CMTS Commands
show cable modem phy

The show cable modem phy command displays the following physical hardware
information for or all cable modems attached to the BSR, cable modems on a specific
CMTS module, or a specific cable modem:
Mac Address
the MAC address of the cable modem
USPwr (dBmV)
the upstream power level in dBmV at which

this cable modem is transmitting
USSNR (tenthdB)
the estimated upstream signal to noise ratio of

signals generated by this cable modem as
measured at the CMTS upstream port
Timing Offset
the ranging time offset for the cable modem
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show cable modem [<mac>] phy
show cable modem phy [<X/Y>]
Command Syntax
mac
X/Y
13-117
show cable modem registered

The show cable modem registered command displays the following information
about registered cable modems:
Interface

connection
Prim Sid
Connect State
describes the connectivity state of a cable

cable modem connectivity states
supported on the BSR
Timing Offset
current cable modem timing adjustment.
Rec Power
cable modem receive downstream power

level in dbmv
Ip address
cable modem IP address
Mac address

address
13-118
online
online(d)

CM is disabled.
online(un)
CM registered, but not enabled data. Fail

to verify modems identity by BPI module.
online(pk)

(BPI) enabled, and key encryption key
(KEK) is assigned.
online(pt)

reject(r)
CM did attempt to register, registration

was refused due to unavailable resource.
CMTS Commands
reject(pk)
reject(pt)
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show cable modem registered [ | ] [ begin | include | exclude ] [<WORD>]
13-119
Command Syntax
13-120
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
CMTS Commands
show cable modem stats

The show cable modem stats command displays the following statistics for each
cable modem on a CMTS module. This includes cable modems that are off-line.
Interface

connection
Prim Sid
Connect State

supported on the BSR.
Mac Address

address
Registration Time
the length of time a cable modem has been

registered in ddd:hh:mm:ss format
TxBytes
the number of unicast bytes that have been

transmitted
RxBytes
the number of unicast bytes that have been

received

init(r1)
init(r2)
CM is ranging.
init(rc)
ranging is complete.
dhcp(d)
dhcp(o)
dhcp(req)
dhcp(ack)

init(o)
option file transfer was started.
init(t)
13-121
online
online(d)

CM is disabled.
online(un)

online(pk)

(KEK) is assigned.
online(pt)

reject(m)
CM did attempt to register; registration

was refused due to bad mic.
reject(c)

was refused due to bad COS.
reject(r)

reject(pk)
reject(pt)
offline
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show cable modem {<0-15> | <mac> | <prefix>} stats [ | ] [ begin | include |
exclude] [<WORD>]
13-122
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
0-15
mac
the cable modem MAC address
prefix
the IP address
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
13-123
show cable modem summary

The show cable modem summary command displays the following cable modem
information:
Interface
Total
the total number of active, registered, and

offline cable modems
Registered
the number of cable modems in any Init,

DHCP, Reject state or substate
Unregistered
the number of cable modems which have

reached the Online(d), Online (pk),
Online(pt) or Online(un) states
Offline
the number of cable modems which have no

state and are not communicating but were
previously provisioned - these modems are
assumed to be powered off
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show cable modem summary [X/Y] [ | ] [ begin | include | exclude ] [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
13-124
X/Y
the BSR 64000 slot and port number
begin

string
CMTS Commands
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
13-125
show cable modem summary total

The show cable modem summary total command displays the following cable
modem information:
Interface
Total Modems
the total number of active, registered, and

offline cable modems
Active Modems
the number of cable modems in any Init,

DHCP, Reject state or substate
Registered Modems
the number of cable modems which have

reached the Online(d), Online (pk),
Online(pt) or Online(un) states
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show cable modem summary [X/Y] total [ | ] [ begin | include | exclude ]
[<WORD>]
Command Syntax
13-126
X/Y
begin

string
exclude

string
CMTS Commands
include

string
WORD
13-127
show cable modem svc-flow-id

The show cable modem svc-flow-id displays service flow identifiers (SFIDs) used
by a specific cable modem (CM).
show cable modem <mac-address> | <ip-address> svc-flow-id
Command Syntax
mac-address
ip-address
SFID IP address
Command Default
none
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
13-128
CMTS Commands
show cable modem time-registered

The show cable modem time-registered command displays how long a cable
modem has been registered. This command can be used to specify individual cable
modems, cable modems associated with a particular BSR 64000 chassis slot, or cable
modems associated with a particular Spectrum Group. The following information is
provided:
Interface

connection
Connect State

Mac Address

address
Registration Time
the length of time a cable modem has been

registered in ddd:hh:mm:ss format
Spectrum Group:
the associated Spectrum Group name

online
online(d)

CM is disabled.
online(un)

online(pk)

(KEK) is assigned.
online(pt)

reject(m)

was refused due to bad mic.
13-129
reject(c)

was refused due to bad COS.
reject(r)

reject(pk)
reject(pt)
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show cable modem time-registered {<mac> | slot <NUM> | spectrum-group
<WORD>} [ | ] [ begin | include | exclude ] [<WORD>]
13-130
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
mac
the MAC address of a particular

cable modem
slot NUM
the BSR 64000 chassis slot number
spectrum-group WORD
the Spectrum Group name
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
13-131
show cable modem unregistered

The show cable modem unregistered command displays the following information
about unregistered cable modems:
Interface

connection
Prim Sid
Connect State

Timing Offset
current cable modem timing adjustment
Rec Power
cable modem receive downstream power

level in dbmv
Ip address
cable modem IP address
Mac address

address
13-132
init(r1)
init(r2)
CM is ranging.
init(rc)
ranging is complete.
dhcp(d)
dhcp(o)
dhcp(req)
dhcp(ack)

init(o)
option file transfer was started.
init(t)
offline
CMTS Commands
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show cable modem unregistered [ | ] [ begin | include | exclude ] [<WORD>]
13-133
Command Syntax
13-134
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
CMTS Commands
show cable modulation-profile

A modulation profile contains six burst profiles sent out in a UCD message to
configure CM transmit parameters. The show cable modulation-profile command
displays the modulation profile group information.
Table 13-4 describes the show cable modulation-profile command output fields:
Table 13-4 show cable modulation-profile Fields
Field
Identification
Burst len
Burst length
Diff encode
Indication of diff encode
FEC err corre
Number of corrected Forward Error Correction errors
FEC len
FEC length
Guard time size
Guard time size
Intvl usage code
IUC of upstream transmit burst class
Last code-word
Last codeword shortened
MOD type mod
Upstream modulation type
Preambl length
Length of the preamble
Profile (1-16)
Modulation profile group
Scrambl
Scramble enabled indication
Scrambl seed
Seed of the scrambler
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show cable modulation-profile [<profile> [<iuc-code>]]
13-135
Command Syntax
profile
iuc-code
13-136
profile number, valid values 1 to 16, if none

exist, not shown
internal usage code
CMTS Commands

The show cable privacy auth command displays the AK grace time and life time
values.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
13-137
show cable privacy cm-auth

The show cable privacy cm-auth command displays baseline privacy (BPI)
authorization key (AK) information for an individual cable modem (CM) using its
MAC address.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show cable privacy cm-auth <mac-address>
Command Syntax
mac-address
13-138
CM 6-byte MAC address.
CMTS Commands

The show cable privacy cmts command displays all the baseline privacy statistics
specified by the MIB for the cable interface.
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
13-139
show cable qos svc-flow classifier

A service flow classifier matches a packet to a service flow using a service flow
reference. The service flow reference associates a packet classifier encoding with a
service flow encoding to establish a SFID. Classifiers have the following features:
Classifiers are loosely ordered by priority.
The CM uses an upstream classifier to assign packets to upstream service flows.
Several classifiers can refer to the same service flow.

More than one classifier may have the same priority.
The CMTS uses a downstream classifier to assign packets to downstream service
flows.
The show cable qos svc-flow classifier command is used to display the packet
classifiers of a service flow configured on the cable interface.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show cable qos svc-flow classifier {<slot>/<interface> <svc-flow-id>
<classifier-id>}.
Note: If the Classifier ID is not given, all the classifiers with the given SFID
are listed.
Command Syntax
Displays all classifiers in the system.
13-140
CMTS Commands
slot
interface
svc-flow-id
SFID 1,4,294,967,295
classifier-id
Classifier identification from 1 to 65535.
13-141

The show cable qos svc-flow dynamic-stat command displays the statistics for
dynamic service additions, deletions, and changes for both upstream and downstream
service flows.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
Command Default
Displays all service flows in system.
13-142
CMTS Commands

The show cable qos svc-flow log command displays the time that the service flow
was created or deleted, the total number of packets counted, and the MAC address of
the cable modem (CM) that used the service flow.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
13-143
show cable qos svc-flow phs

The show cable qos svc-flow phs command displays the payload header suppression
(PHS) configured for an interface that is used for a specific service flow.
Note: If the PHS is not specified, all PHS entries with the specified SFIDs are
listed.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show cable qos svc-flow phs [<slot>/<interface> [<svc-flow-id> [<phs-id>]]]
Command Syntax
slot
interface
svc-flow-id
Service flow 1-4,294,967,295.
phs-id
Payload header suppression 1-255.
Command Default
Displays all of the service flows in the system.
13-144
CMTS Commands
show cable qos svc-flow statistics

The show cable qos svc-flow statistics command is used to determine the number of
dropped packets due to downstream rate-limiting for a particular service flow.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show cable qos svc-flow statistics [<slot>/<interface> [<svc-flow-id>]]
Command Syntax
slot
interface
service-flow-id
service flow identification 1-4292967295
Command Default
Displays all the service flows in the system.
13-145
show cable qos svc-flow summary

The show cable qos svc-flow summary command displays the service flow
information, including the SID, and QoS parameters sets associated with the service
flow.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show cable qos svc-flow summary [<slot>/<interface> [<svc-flow-id>]]
Command Syntax
slot
interface
svc-flow-id
Service flow ID 1-4292967295.
Command Default
displays all of the service flows in the system
13-146
CMTS Commands
show cable qos svc-flow upstream-stat

The show cable qos svc-flow upstream-stat command is used to display the number
of fragmented packets, incomplete fragmented packets, and the number of
concatenated bursts counted on the service flow.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show cable qos svc-flow upstream-stat [<slot>/<interface> [<sid>]]
Command Syntax
slot
interface
sid
service identifier 1-16383
Command Default
Displays all system upstream service flows.
13-147
show cable spectrum-group

The show cable spectrum-group command is used to verify if the spectrum group
that you assigned is activated for the upstream port.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show cable spectrum-group [<group-name> | <cr>]
Command Syntax
13-148
group-name
The exact group name applied to the upstream

port.
cr
Display all spectrum-groups on the cable

interface.
CMTS Commands

The show cable sync-interval command shows the configured sync-interval value
between CMTS transmission of successive SYNC messages.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
13-149

The show cable usd-interval command shows configured ucd-interval between
transmission of successive UCD messages.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
13-150
CMTS Commands

The show cable privacy auth command shows Authorization Key (AK) grace-time
and life-time values.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
13-151

The show cable privacy tek command shows Traffic Encryption Key (TEC) grace
time and life-time values.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
13-152
CMTS Commands
show cable upstream

The show cable upstream command displays the following upstream cable
information:
ifIndex:
interface index
centerFreq:
center frequency for cable modem use
rng_back_st:
initial ranging backoff fixed start value
rng_back_en:
initial ranging backoff fixed end value
data_back_st:
initial data backoff fixed start value
data_back_en:
initial data backoff fixed end value
channelWidth:
radio frequency channel width
powerLevel:
input power level
slotSize:
port minislot size in number of time ticks
force-frag:
forced fragmentation enabled
map-interval:
configured map interval value
pre-equalization:
pre-equalization adjustment enabled
invited-range-interval:
the number of invited range interval requests

configured for this upstream channel
range-forced-continue:
range forced continue enabled
range-power-override:
range power override enabled
physical-delay:
the upstream physical delay configuration
rate-limit:
upstream data transmission rate-limit
modulation-profile:
physical layer profile characteristics
max-calls:
the maximum number of voice calls

configured for this upstream channel
Spectrum Group:
13-153
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show cable upstream <NUM>
Command Syntax
NUM
13-154
the upstream channel number 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7
CMTS Commands
show interface cable

The show interfaces cable command displays the following cable interface
information:
cable port up/
administratively down
cable modem active or taken down by

administrator
up/administratively
down
determines if software processes handling

lineup/protocol down interface is operational
or taken down by the administrator
hardware
hardware type and address
internet address
internet address then subnet mask
MTU
interface maximum transmission unit (MTU)
BW
bandwidth (BW) in kilobits per second
received broadcast
total number of broadcast or multicast packets

that interface receives
cable
downstream interface location
downstream up/
interface administrative state
packets output
number of packets transmitted from the

interface
bytes
number of bytes transmitted from the

interface
discarded
number of packets discarded
output errors
errors that prevented downstream

transmission of packets from the interface
cable
upstream cable location
upstream up/
upstream interface administrative status
received broadcasts
upstream interface broadcast packets received
13-155
13-156
multicasts
upstream interface multicast packets received
unicasts
upstream interface unicast packets received
discards
upstream interface discarded packets
errors
total errors preventing upstream interface

transmission through interface
unknown protocol
upstream interface packets received through

interface
packets input
upstream interface packets received through

interface with no errors
corrected
upstream interface packets that were

uncorrected
uncorrectable
upstream interface packets that were

corrected
noise
corrupted packet as a result of line noise
microreflections
corrupted packets as a result of

microreflections
guaranteed-rate
number of bandwidth requests queued in the

guarantee-rate queue from modems that have
minimum upstream rates for their class of
service
best-effort service
number of bandwidth requests queued in the

best-effort queue depth queue from modems
without a reserved rate on the upstream
interface
total modems
modems, active or inactive, sharing upstream

channel on this channel
current total
reserved for modems sharing an upstream

channel interface
CMTS Commands
bandwidth
requiring the QoS for that modem. Each time

the modem connects to an upstream channel,
the value for the guaranteed upstream value
increments by the QoS rate.
snmp out packets
number of SNMP packets sent by the other

router modem
packets too big
larger than maximum packet size sent by the

router modem
no such name errors
name errors non-existent number, undefinable

MIB
bad values errors
number of set requests that detail an invalid

value for a MIB object
general errors
number of requests failed due to some other

error, excluding a noSuchName error,
badValue error, or any of the other specific
errors
response
number of responses
trap
number of traps sent
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show interface cable [<port>] [downstream | upstream]
Command Syntax
port
port number
downstream
shows cable downstream port information
upstream
shows cable upstream port information
13-157
show interfaces cable downstream

The show interfaces cable downstream command displays the following
downstream cable information:
cable
downstream cable location
upstream up/
downstream interface administrative status
packets output

interface
bytes

interface
discarded
total active modems
total active cable modems on this downstream

channel
Spectrum Group:
the associated upstream Spectrum Group

names
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show interfaces cable <X/Y> downstream [<0-0>] [ | ] [ begin | include | exclude ]
[<WORD>]
13-158
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
X/Y
0-0
downstream port number
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
13-159
show interfaces cable upstream

The show interfaces cable upstream command displays the following upstream
cable interface information:
Cable
Upstream up/
Received broadcasts
Received multicasts
Received unicasts
discarded
errors
total errors preventing upstream transmission

of packets
unknown protocol
packets received that were generated using a

protocol unknown to the BSR 64000
packets input
total packets received through the upstream

interface with no errors
Total Modems On This active or inactive cable modems on this

Upstream Channel
upstream channel
Spectrum Group:
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show interfaces cable <X/Y> upstream <NUM> [signal-quality | spectrum
<5000000-42000000> | stats] [ | ] [ begin | include | exclude ] [<WORD>]
13-160
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
X/Y
NUM
the upstream channel number 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7
signal-quality
display signal-quality information
spectrum
display Spectrum Group information
5000000-42000000
start frequency in hz
stats
display upstream statistical

information
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
13-161
show interfaces cable upstream spectrum

The show interface cable upstream spectrum command is used to view the noise
power level for the whole spectrum.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show interface cable <slot>/<interface> upstream <port> spectrum
Command Syntax
13-162
slot
The DOCSIS module number.
interface
The cable interface number.
port
The upstream port number
CMTS Commands
show stats cmts

The show stats cmts command displays the following upstream and downstream
statistical information:
Upstream Statistics
cable
upstream up/
Received broadcasts
Received multicasts
Received unicasts
discarded
errors
total errors preventing upstream transmission

of packets
unknown protocol
packets received that were generated using a

protocol unknown to the BSR 64000
Total Modems On This total active or inactive cable modems on this

Upstream Channel
upstream channel
Spectrum Group:
Downstream Statistics
cable
downstream cable location
downstream up/
downstream interface administrative status
packets output

interface
13-163
bytes

interface
discarded
total active modems
total active cable modems on this downstream

channel
Spectrum Group:
the associated upstream Spectrum Group

names
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show stats <NUM> cmts [ | ] [ begin | include | exclude ] [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
13-164
NUM
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
CMTS Commands
time band
The time band command is used to schedule when a spectrum group band is
available. The spectrum group band can be made available on either a daily or weekly
schedule.
The time command can be used to schedule the time for when the spectrum group
band becomes available on a daily basis:
time <hh:mm:ss> band {<start> <end>}
The time band command can be used to schedule the time for when the spectrum
group band becomes available on a weekly basis:
time {<day> <hh:mm:ss>} band {<start> <end>}
The no time band command is used to delete the existing availability time for a band:
no time {<day> | <hh:mm:ss>} band {<start> <end>}
Command Syntax
group-name
The spectrum group name.
day
The three letter abbreviation for day of the

week.
hh:mm:ss
The time during the day when the band

becomes available.
start

to 42000000 Hertz.
end

42000000 Hertz.
Command Mode
13-165
time delete
The time delete command can be used to schedule the time when the spectrum group
band is removed on a daily basis:
time <hh:mm:ss> delete {<start> <end>}
The time delete command can also be used to schedule the time when the spectrum
group band is removed on a weekly basis:
time {<day> <hh:mm:ss>} delete {<start> <end>}
The no time delete command can be used to delete the existing removal time for a
band:
no time {<day> <hh:mm:ss>} delete {<start> <end>}
Command Syntax
group-name
The spectrum group name.
day
The three letter abbreviation for day of the

week.
hh:mm:ss
The time during the day when the band is

removed.
start

to 42000000 Hertz.
end

42000000 Hertz.
Command Mode
13-166
14
QoS Commands
QoS Commands
Introduction
Quality of Service (QoS) addresses consistent, predictable delivery of data to satisfy
customer application requirements during periods of congestion. QoS commands let
you define a level of system performance consistent with negotiated service level
agreements (SLAs).
14-1
QoS Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the QoS commands
14-2
QoS Commands
qos-list queue
The qos-list queue command defines a QoS list queue. The no qos-list command
without arguments delete the entire set of defined qos-lists and related queues. The no
qos-list command with arguments deletes the specified QoS list and specified queue.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
qos-list <1-100> queue <0-3> {<0-255> | icmp | igmp | ip | ipinip | ospf }
{<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host <A.B.C.D>} {<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host
<A.B.C.D>}
qos-list <1-100> queue <0-3> {<0-255> | tcp | udp } {<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any |
host <A.B.C.D>} {<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host <A.B.C.D> [ port_in
<0-65535> | <WORD>] [ port_out <0-65535> <WORD>]}
no qos-list <1-100> [[queue <0-3> [<0-255> | icmp | igmp | ip | ipinip | ospf ]]
[<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host <A.B.C.D>] [A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host
<A.B.C.D>]
no qos-list <1-100> [[ queue <0-3> [<0-255> | tcp | udp ]] [<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> |
any | host <A.B.C.D>] [[<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host <A.B.C.D> [ port_in
<0-65535> | <WORD>] [ port_out <0-65535> <WORD>]]
Command Syntax
1-100
QoS list number
0-3
queue number
0-255
IP protocol-number
icmp | igmp | ip | ipinip protocol name

| ospf | tcp | udp
14-3
14-4
A.B.C.D
source or destination address
A.B.C.D
network mask of source or destination

address
any
any host
host A.B.C.D
specific host address
port_in 0-65535
number of port (range from 0 through 65535)
port_in WORD
name of port (up to 32 characters)
port_out 0-65535
number of port (range from 0 through 65535)
port_out WORD
name of port (up to 32 characters)
QoS Commands
ip qos-group
The ip qos-group command defines a QoS group for a specified interface. The no
qos-group command deletes the specified QoS group from a specified interface.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip qos-group <1-100>
no ip qos-group <1-100>
Command Syntax
1-100
The IP QoS group number
Command Default
No access groups defined
14-5
qos bw default
The qos bw default command sets all the queues in an interface to a specific default
bandwidth bandwidth.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
qos bw defaul
Command Default
currently default bandwidth is 25%
14-6
QoS Commands
qos queue bw
The qos queue bw command sets the percentage of bandwidth for the specified queue
of an interface.
Use the qos queue bw command to manage traffic such that higher bandwidth is
appropriated to the high priority traffic. The remaining percentage bandwidth is
shared among the other queues, which have not been set by this command. If all of the
queues have been set and if the total of all bandwidth allocated doesnt match to
100%, then an error is displayed.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
qos queue <0-3> bw <0-100>
no qos queue <0-3> bw <0-100>
Command Syntax
0-3
the queue number belonging to a physical

interface
0-100
the percentage of total bandwidth allocated to

the queue
14-7
show qos queue config

The show qos queue config command displays queue configuration status.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show qos queue config [ethernet <X/Y> | pos <X/Y>]
Command Syntax
14-8
ethernet
Ethernet interface
pos
POS interface
X/Y
QoS Commands
show qos-lists
The show qos-lists commands displays a list of the currently configured QoS lists.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show qos-lists
14-9
15
POS Commands
POS Commands
Introduction
The Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) standard provides for data transmission
over fiber optic cable and high-bandwidth utilization and efficiency over Internet
links. The SONET standard defines industry interface standards at the physical layer
of the OSI seven-layer model. This standard defines a hierarchy of interface rates that
allow data streams at different rates to be multiplexed. SONET establishes Optical
Carrier (OC) levels from 51.8 Mbps to 2.48 Gbps. Prior rate standards used by
different countries specified rates that were not compatible for multiplexing.
Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH), the international equivalent of SONET,
defines a standard rate of transmission at 155.52 Mbps. With the implementation of
SONET/SDH, communication carriers throughout the world can interconnect existing
digital carrier and fiber optic systems.
15-1
POS Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the POS commands
15-2
POS Commands
crc
The crc command sets the mode of the cyclic redundancy check (CRC).
Use the crc command supports four checksum formats. The checksum formats are: 16
bits, 16 bits big-endian, 32 bits, and 32 bits big-endian. The checksum format must be
synchronized on both ends of a PPP link for the link to come up.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
crc {16 | 32} [big-endian]
Command Syntax
16
16 bits
32
32 bits
big-endian
use big-endian byte ordering
Command Default
16
15-3
interface pos
The interface pos command acceses interface configuration mode for a POS
interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
interface pos <X/Y>
Command Syntax
15-4
POS module slot in the BSR chassis
POS port number on the POS module
POS Commands
ip address
The ip address command assigns an IP address and subnet mask for the POS
interface.
Note: An IP address is necessary for the PPP link to be established.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip address {<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D>} [secondary]
no ip address {<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D>} [secondary]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
IP address to assign
A.B.C.D
subnet address to assign
secondary
secondary ip-address; secondary subnet-mask
15-5
network-clock-select
The network-clock-select command configures network timing parameters. The no
network-clock-select command disables network timing parameters.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
network-clock-select {1 | 2 } bits {e1 {pcm31-crc | pcm31-hdb3 | pcm31-nocrc}}
{a | b}}} {t1 {esf-b8zs | sf-d4 | slc96 | t1dm }} {a | b}}} pos <X/Y>
no network-clock-select {1 | 2 } bits {e1 {pcm31-crc | pcm31-hdb3 |
pcm31-nocrc}} {a | b}}} {t1 {esf-b8zs | sf-d4 | slc96 | t1dm }} {a | b}}} pos <X/Y>
15-6
primary priority
secondary priority
bits
E1/T1 BITS clock
e1
configure interface as E1
pcm31-crc
PCM-31 framing with AMI line coding, CRC

Multiframe
pcm31-hdb3
PCM-31 framing with HDB3 line coding,

CRC Multiframe
pcm31-nocrc
PCM-31 framing with AMI line coding, No

CRC Multiframe
select port A
select port B
t1
configure interface as T1
POS Commands
esf-b8zs
ESF framing with B8ZS line coding
sf-d4
SF-D4 framing with AMI line coding
slc96
SLC96 framing with AMI line coding
t1dm
T1DM framing with AMI line coding
pos <X/Y>
BSR 64000 POS interface slot and port
15-7
The network-clock-select revertive command enables revertive mode. The no
network-clock-select revertive command disables revertive mode.
Revertive mode enables the automatic switch-over to the highest priority clock source
available if the current clock goes offline
Note: In order for revertive mode to work properly, you must configure both
the primary and secondary clock sources. If there are no clock sources
configured, the Stratum 3 module on the SRM will remain in free-running
mode.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
no network-clock-select revertive
15-8
POS Commands
pos ais-shut
The pos ais-shut command sends the LAIS when the POS interface is placed in
administrative shut down state. The no pos ais-shut command disables the sending of
LAIS.
Use the pos ais-shut command to send the LAIS.
Note: In Automatic Protection Switching (APS) environment, AIS-L can be

used to force a protection switch.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
pos ais-shut
no pos ais-shut
Command Default
no LAIS is sent
15-9
pos flag
The pos flag command sets SONET overhead bytes in the SONET frame. The no pos
flag command removes the setting, and sets it back to the default.
This command can be used to assign values for specific elements of the frame header.
Use the pos flag command to ensure communications other vendor equipment or to
meet specific standards.
Note: Although the j1 64byte <string> command is labeled as a 64 byte

string, the user can only enter 62 characters because the last two characters
are reserved for framing.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
pos flag {c2 <hexnum> | c2-exp <hexnum> | j0 <hexnum> | j0 16byte <string> | j1
<hexnum> | j1 16byte <string> | j1 64byte <string> | s1 <hexnum>}
no pos flag {c2 <hexnum> | c2-exp <hexnum> | j0 <hexnum> | j0 16byte <string> |
j1 <hexnum> | j1 16byte <string> | j1 64byte <string> | s1 <hexnum>}
15-10
POS Commands
Command Syntax
c2 hexnum
path signal identifier used to identify the payload content type,

value is 0xCF for PPP or HDLC without scrambling;
0x16 for PPP or HDLC with scrambling
c2-exp hexnum
j0 hexnum
the section trace byte, value is 0x1 for interoperability with

some SDH devices in Japan
j0 16 byte string
the section trace byte sequence, a character string of 15

characters may be entered for interface labeling. (The first byte
contains a calculated CRC-7 byte.
j1 hexnum
the path trace byte, default value of 0x0.
j1 16 byte string
the path trace byte sequence, a character string of 15 characters

may be entered for STS Channel labeling. The last two bytes
are set to CR and LF for framing purposes
j1 64 byte string
the path trace byte sequence, a character string of 62 characters

may be entered for STS Channel labeling. The last two bytes
are set to CR and LF for framing purposes.
s1 hexnum
for synchronous status messaging.
Command Default
for c2, 0xCF
for j0, -xCC
for s1 0x0
15-11
pos framing
The pos framing command sets framing to SONET STS-3C or 12C, or SDH STM-1
or STM-4 framing. This is based upon the pos signal mode command. The no pos
framing command resets the default.
Note: If in OC3-C mode, STS-3C or STM-1 applies; if OC12-C then STS-12C

or STM-4 applies.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
pos framing {sdh | sonet}
no pos framing {sdh | sonet}
Command Default
SONET
15-12
POS Commands
pos internal-clock
The pos internal-clock command sets the SONET clock to use a local timing source,
either from the STRATUM 3 clock on the SRM or the Local PLL device on the HSIM
board. The no pos internal-clock command enables loop timing, so that the SONET
interface recovers its clock from the received SONET signal of another piece of Line
Terminating SONET equipment.
Note: STRATUM represents clock types used for network synchronization.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
pos internal-clock
no pos internal-clock
Command Default
internal
15-13
pos report
The pos report command enables selected SONET alarms for console logging for a
POS interface. The no pos report command disables selected SONET alarms for
console logging for a POS interfaces.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
pos report {all | b1-tca | b2-tca | b3-tca | lais | lrdi | pais | plop | prdi | rdool | sd-ber
| sf-ber | slof | slos}
no pos report {all | b1-tca | b2-tca | b3-tca | lais | lrdi | pais | plop | prdi | rdool |
sd-ber | sf-ber | slof | slos}
Command Syntax
15-14
all
enables/disables all possible alarm reporting
b1-tca
B1 Bit Error Rate (BER) threshold crossing alarm errors
b2-tca
B2 BER threshold crossing alarm errors
b3-tca
B3 BER threshold crossing alarm errors
lais
line alarm indication signal
lrdi
line remote defect indication
pais
path alarm indication signal
plop
path loss of pointer errors
prdi
path remote defect indication
rdool
receive data out of lock errors
POS Commands
sd-ber
signal degradation BER errors (for APS)
sf-ber
signal failure BER errors (for APS)
slof
section loss of frame errors
slos
section loss of signal errors
Command Default
all error reporting disabled
15-15
pos scramble
The pos scramble command enables POS Synchronous Payload Envelope (SPE)
scrambling. The no pos scramble command disables POS SPE scrambling.
Note: The show interface pos command or the more

nvram:startup-config command displays scrambling status on the system.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
pos scramble
no pos scramble
Command Default
enabled
15-16
POS Commands
pos signal mode

The pos signal mode command changes ports on the High Speed I/O Module (HSIM)
board to OC3-C or OC12-C
Use the pos signal mode command to change the ports on the HSIM board to either
OC3-C or OC12-C. If you select a mode that is already configured, it notifies the user
and does not reset the mode..
Note: To change to OC12-C mode, this command must be executed from
POS Interface 0.
When switched to OC12-C mode, all of the other three SONET ports are
disabled and are inaccessible through the CLI. The only way to access these
other three ports is to switch back to OC3-C mode.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
pos signal mode {oc3 | oc12}
Command Syntax
oc3
oc12
OC3-C mode, 155M

OC12-C mode, 622M
15-17
pos threshold
The pos threshold command sets the Bit Error Rate (BER) threshold values of
specific alarms on the POS interface. The no pos threshold command sets the rate to
the default setting.
Note: For B1-TCA, the bit interleaved parity error report is calculated by
comparing the BIP-8 code with the BIP-8 code extracted from the B1 byte of
the following frame for B1. Differences indicate that section level bit errors
have occurred.
For B2-TCA, the bit interleaved parity error report is calculated by comparing
the BIP-8/24 code with the BIP-8 code extracted from the B2 byte of the
following frame for B2. Differences indicate that line level bit errors have
occurred.
For B3-TCA, the bit interleaved parity error report is calculated by comparing
the BIP-8 code with the BIP-8 code extracted from the B3 byte of the
following frame for B3. Differences indicate that path level bit errors have
occurred.
SF-BER and SD-BER are directly related to B2 BIP-8 error counts (as is
B2-TCA). SF-BER and SD-BER feed into the APS state machine and can
lead to a protection switch if APS is configured.
B1-TCA, B2-TCA, and B3-TCA print a log message to the console if reports
for them are enabled.
To determine the BER thresholds configured on the interface, use the show
controllers pos command.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
15-18
POS Commands
Command Line Usage

pos threshold {b1-tca <3-9> | b2-tca <3-9> | b3-tca <3-9>}
no pos threshold {b1-tca | b2-tca | b3-tca}
Command Syntax
b1-tca
B1 BER threshold crossing alarm
b2-tca
b3-tca
3-9
1E-3 to 1E-9 Rate
Command Default
b2-tca
pos threshold 3 (10e-3)
all others default at 6
15-19
ppp magic-number
The ppp magic-number command sends a magic number in a negotiation request.
The no ppp msgic-number command disables sending a magic number in a
negotiation request.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ppp magic-number
no ppp magic-number
15-20
POS Commands
ppp mtu
The ppp mtu command sets the PPP maximum transmission unit (MTU) size of the
interface. The no ppp mtu command restores the PPP MTU size for the interface
back to the default.
Note: The effectiveness of the ppp mtu command is limited by, and depends
on, the physical SONET layer MTU and the negotiation parameter on the
other end of the PPP link. The ppp mtu command also dictates the local
MRU that is to be used for PPP negotiation.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ppp mtu <68-4000>
no ppp mtu
Command Syntax
68-4000
MTU size in bytes
Command Default
1500
15-21
ppp negotiation-count
The ppp negotiation-count command sets the number of times to send the
negotiation request to the peer in order to bring a PPP link up. The no ppp
negotiation-count command reverts to the default of continuous sending requests to
bring the PPP link up.
Note: Defaults to continuous sending of negotiation requests to bring up PPP

link.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ppp negotiation-count <1-100>
no ppp negotiation-count
Command Syntax
1-100
Command Default
continuous
15-22
number of allowed attempts to try negotiating

with a peer
POS Commands
ppp timeout
The ppp timeout command sets the maximum timeout period from the start of a PPP
negotiation request to a response from the remote host. The no ppp timeout
command restores the default maximum timeout period.
Use the ppp timeout command to set the timeout period for PPP negotiation.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ppp timeout {ncp 1-2147483> | retry 0-2147483>}
no ppp timeout {ncp | retry}
Command Syntax
ncp 1-2147483
amount of time, in seconds, configured before

timing out from lack of response at the NCP
layer
retry 0-2147483
amount of time, in seconds, configured before

timing out from lack of response at the LCP
layer
Command Default
10 seconds
15-23
show controllers pos

The show controllers pos command displays high level information on the POS
controllers.
Use the show controllers pos command for troubleshooting. The following POS
controller information is provided:
SECTION:
section portion of the SONET link errors; a section can be

between the Customer Premise Equipment (CPE) and SONET
Service Provider Equipment (SPE)
B1_ERRORS = B1 BER threshold crossing alarm
LINE:
line portion errors; a line can be between a SONET SPE,

regenerators and another SONET SPE
REI_ERRORS = Remote Error Indicator
PATH:
errors that occur on the path portion of the SONET link; a path
can be between a CPE, SONET SPE, regenerators and another
SONET SPE and CPE
GI_ERRORS = G1 threshold crossing alarm
15-24
Active Defects:
list of all active SONET defects
Active Alarms:
list of current alarms as enforce by SONET alarm hierarchy
Alarm reporting
enabled for:
alarms enabled through the pos report command
APS:
Rx(K1/K2)/Tx(K1/K2) = contents of the received and

transmitted K1 and K2 bytes.
PATH SIGNAL
LABEL:
C2 = received value from the SONET path signal label byte
POS Commands
SYNCHRONOUS
STATUS
MESSAGE:
S1 = lower 4 bits of S1 byte.
CLOCK
RECOVERY:
SONET clock recovered using information in the SONET

overhead. RDOOL = an inexact count of the number of
times Receive Data Out Of Lock has been detected.

PATH TRACE
BUFFER:
SONET path trace buffer for communication information

about remote hostname, interface name and number, and IP
address, or any other message you choose
APS BER
thresholds:
list of the APS bit-error rate (BER) thresholds configured with

the pos threshold command
TCA thresholds:
list of threshold crossing alarms (TCA) configured with the

pos threshold command
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show controllers pos [<X/Y>]
Command Syntax
X/Y
15-25
show interfaces pos

The show interfaces pos command displays the SONET interface configuration. The
following information is provided:
POS 15/0 is
indicates whether the interface hardware is currently active and
administratively
can transmit and receive or if it has been taken down by an
up/down, line
administrator
protocol is up/down
15-26
Hardware
hardware type
MTU
maximum transmission units of the interface
BW
interface bandwidth in kilobits per second
Encapsulation
encapsulation method assigned to interface
Keepalive
keepalive set indicator
Scramble
POS scramble enable
LCP Initial
LCP initialized
IPCP Initial
IPCP initialized
Last input
hours, minutes, and seconds since the last packet was

successfully received by an interface.; useful for knowing
when a dead interface failed
Last output
hours, minutes, and seconds since the last packet was

successfully transmitted by an interface
Last clearing
of show interface counters
Last state change
hours, minutes, and seconds when the interface was reset
Queueing strategy
first-in, first-out queuing strategy (other queueing strategies

you might see are priority-list, custom-list, and weighted fair)
Output queue,
drops/input queue,
drops
number of packets in output and input queues. Each number is

followed by a slash, the maximum size of the queue, and the
number of packets dropped because a queue was full
packets input
error-free packets received by the system
POS Commands
bytes (input)
number of bytes, including data and MAC encapsulation, in

the error-free packets received by the system
broadcasts
number of broadcast packets received by the interface
multicasts
number of multicast packets received by the interface
input errors
number of no buffer, runts, giants, CRCs, frame, overrun,

ignored, and abort counts; other input-related errors can also
increment the count, so that this sum might not balance with
the other counts
CRC
cyclic redundancy checksum generated by the originating

LAN station or far-end device does not match the checksum
calculated from the data received. On a LAN, this usually
indicates noise or transmission problems on the LAN interface
or the LAN bus itself. A high number of CRCs is usually the
result of collisions or a station transmitting bad data. On a
serial link, CRCs usually indicate noise, gain hits or other
transmission problems on the data link
overruns
number of times the serial receiver hardware was unable to

hand received data to a hardware buffer because the input rate
exceeded the receivers ability to handle the data
runts
packets that are discarded because they are smaller than the
mediums minimum packet size
giants
packets that are discarded because they exceed the mediums

maximum packet size
aborts
illegal sequence of one bits on the interface
packets output
total number of messages transmitted by the system
bytes (output)
total number of bytes, including data and MAC encapsulation,

transmitted by the system
output errors
sum of all errors that prevented the final transmission of

datagrams out of the interface being examined. Note that this
might not balance with the sum of the enumerated output
errors, as some datagrams can have more than one error, and
others can have errors that do not fall into any of the
specifically tabulated categories.
15-27
collisions
collision indication
underruns
Number of times that the far-end transmitter has been running

faster than the near-end routers receiver can handle
carrier transitions
Number of times the carrier detect signal of the interface has

changed state.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show interfaces pos [<X/Y>] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] <WORD>
Command Syntax
15-28
X/Y
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
POS Commands
show network-clocks
The show network-clocks command displays the network clock configuration.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All, except User EXEC mode
Command Line Usage
show network-clocks
15-29
show ppp info

The show ppp info command displays PPP link and statistic information.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show ppp info [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] <WORD>
Command Syntax
15-30
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
16
BGP Commands
BGP Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes the Border Gateway Protocol version 4 (BGP-4) commands
used with the BSR 64000.
BGP is an Inter-Autonomous System (AS) routing protocol that exchanges network
availability information with any other router speaking BGP. The information for a
network is the complete list of ASs that traffic must transport to reach that network
and is then used to assure loop-free paths. This information is used to construct a
graph of AS connectivity from which routing loops may be pruned, and some policy
decisions at the AS level may be enforced.
16-1
BGP Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the BGP commands
16-2
BGP Commands
aggregate-address
The aggregate-address command creates an entry in the BGP routing table. The no
aggregate-address command disables this function.
Use the aggregate-address command to implement aggregate routing by
redistributing the route in BGP.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
aggregate-address <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [advertise-map <WORD>] [as-set]
[attribute-map <WORD>] [summary-only] [suppress-map <WORD>]
no aggregate-address <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [advertise-map <WORD>] [as-set]
[attribute-map <WORD>] [summary-only] [suppress-map <WORD>]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
aggregate address in routing table
A.B.C.D
aggregate mask in routing table
advertise-map WORD
name of route map to choose the routes to

include into the aggregate and generate
associated attributes if as-set is specified
attribute-map WORD
route map name to establish aggregate route

attribute
as-set
generates AS set path information
16-3
summary-only
creates aggregate route and suppresses

advertisements of all aggregated, more
specific routes
suppress-map WORD
suppresses chosen, specific routes
Command Default
disabled
16-4
BGP Commands
auto-summary
The auto-summary command returns the user back to the automatic summarization
default of subnet routes into network-level routes. The no auto-summary command
disables this function.
When the route is summed up, it reduces the amount of routing information in the
routing tables. Use the network command or the no auto-summary command to
advertise and transmit subnet routes in BGP. BGP will not accept subnets distributed
from IGP.
If a network command is not entered, and auto-summarization is disabled, network
routes will not be advertised for networks with subnet routes unless they
contain a summary route.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
auto-summary
no auto-summary
Command Default
enabled
16-5
The bgp always-compare-med command enables comparison of the Multi-exit
Discriminator (MED) from path entries from different ASs. The no bgp
always-compare-med command stops comparisons.
Use the bgp always-compare MED command to change the default, allowing
comparison of MEDs, which are received from any autonomous system. By default,
during the best-path selection process, MED comparison is done only among paths
from the same autonomous system. This command changes the default behavior by
allowing comparison of MEDs among paths regardless of the autonomous system
from which the paths are received.
The MED path, considered the best path, is the parameter used when selecting the
paths compared to many other options. The preference between a path with a lower
MED and a path with a higher MED, is the lower MED path.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
no bgp always-compare-med
16-6
BGP Commands

The bgp client-to-client reflection command re-establishes route reflection from a
BGP router reflector client to other clients. The no bgp client-to-client reflection
command stops the re-establishment of route reflection from a BGP router reflector.
Use the bgp client-to-client-reflection command to configure the cluster if it has
more than one route and to increase redundancy. The routes from a client, or route
reflector, are reflected to other clients. Clients of a route reflector are not required to
be fully interconnected.
More often than not, a cluster of clients will have a single route reflector. The router
ID of the route reflector identifies the cluster. To ensure increased redundancy, and
evade a single point of failure, a cluster might have more than one route reflector. If
this is the case, all route reflectors that are in the must be configured with a 4-byte
cluster ID. Use the no bgp client-to-client command to disable BGP client-to-client
reflection. If client-to-client reflection is enabled, clients of a route reflector can not
be members of a peer group
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
no bgp client-to-client reflection
Command Default
When a route reflector is configured, it reflects routes from a client to other clients.
16-7
bgp cluster-id
The bgp cluster-id command configures a cluster ID if the BGP cluster has more than
one route reflector. The no bgp cluster-id command removes the cluster.
Use the bgp cluster-id command to increase redundancy and avoid a single point of
failure. Route reflectors in a cluster must be configured with a 4-byte cluster ID in
order to be recognized from route reflectors in the same cluster. Use this command to
configure the cluster ID if the route reflector has more than one route.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
bgp cluster-id <value>
no bgp cluster-id <value>
Command Syntax
value
router (as a route reflector) ID in IP address

format
Command Default
router ID route reflector in cluster
16-8
BGP Commands

The bgp confederation as-confed-sequence command enables the AS confederation
sequence segment type. The no bgp confederation as-confed-sequence command
disables the AS confederation sequence segment types.
Use the bgp confederation as-confed-sequence command to enable use of AS
confederation sequence as path segment type instead of AS confederation set in the
AS path attribute.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
no bgp confederation as-confed-sequence
Command Default
Path segment type AS_CONFED_SET
16-9
bgp confederation identifier

The bgp confederation identifier command configures a BGP confederation identifier.
The no bgp confederation identifier command removes a BGP confederation
identifier.
Use the bgp confederation identifier command to reduce the IBGP mesh which
splits an autonomous system into many autonomous systems. They are then grouped
into an individual confederation. Each autonomous system is entirely engaged and has
a small number of connections to other autonomous systems in the identical
confederation. The confederation appears to be an individual autonomous system to
all else.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
bgp confederation identifier <1-65535>
no bgp confederation identifier <1-65535>
Command Syntax
1-65535
16-10
autonomous system number to identify

confederation as a whole
BGP Commands
bgp confederation peers

The bgp confederation peers command configures the ASs that belong to the
confederation. The no bgp confederation peer command removes an AS from the
confederation.
Use the bgp confederation peers command to configure the ASs that belong to a
confederation. Autonomous systems specified in this command are visible internally
to a confederation. Each autonomous system is fully meshed within itself. The BGP
confederation identifier command specifies the confederation to which the
autonomous systems belong.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Router configuration
Command Line Usage
bgp confederation peers <1-65535>
no bgp confederation peers <1-65535>
Command Syntax
1-65535
autonomous system number
16-11
bgp dampening
The bgp dampening command enables BGP route dampening. The no bgp
dampening command to sets the default values or disables this function.
Note: The penalty is halved after the half-life period when a route is flapping.
The router configured for damping (dampening) assigns a penalty to a route
when a route flaps. Penalties are cumulative and are stored in the BGP
routing table. A flapping route is suppressed when its penalty exceeds the
suppress limit. A suppressed route is reused when its decayed penalty falls
below the reuse limit.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
bgp dampening [<1-45> <1-20000> <1-20000> <1-255>| route-map <WORD>]
no bgp dampening
Command Syntax
16-12
1-45
half-life period in minutes, each time a route

is assigned a penalty, the penalty is decreased
by half after the half-life period in 5 second
intervals, with penalties being cumulative
1-20000
allows route to be reused if penalty for

flapping route falls below reuse value
1-20000
route suppresses when its penalty exceeds this

value
1-255
maximum suppression time in minutes
route-map WORD
route map name
BGP Commands
Command Defaults
half life
15 minutes
route reuse
750
route suppression
2000
maximum suppression
time
4 times the half-life
16-13
bgp default local-preference

The bgp default local-preference command changes the default local preference
value which is sent to all routers in the local ASs. The no bgp default
local-preference command configures a default local preference value.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
bgp default local-preference <0-4294967295>
no bgp default local-preference <0-4294967295>
Command Syntax
0-4294967295
16-14
local preference value (higher values receive

preference)
BGP Commands
clear ip bgp
The clear ip bgp command resets a BGP connection using soft reconfiguration.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
clear ip bgp {* | <A.B.C.D> | <WORD>}[soft [in | out]]
Command Syntax
*
resets active BGP sessions
A.B.C.D
IP address of BGP neighbor to clear
WORD
name of a specific BGP peer group to clear

the state
soft
reapply any export policies and sends refresh

updates without clearing the state
in
inbound soft reconfiguration; reapply any

import policies and send refresh updates
without clearing the state
out
outbound soft reconfiguration
Command Default
disabled
16-15
clear ip bgp dampening

The clear ip bgp dampening command clears route dampening information and
unsuppress the suppressed routes.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
clear ip bgp dampening [<A.B.C.D> | <A.B.C.D>]
Command Syntax
16-16
A.B.C.D
IP address of the network about which

to clear dampening information
A.B.C.D
network mask applied to the above

address
BGP Commands
clear ip bgp flap-statistics

The clear ip bgp flap-statistics clears BGP flap statistics.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
clear ip bgp flap-statistics [<A.B.C.D> | filter-list <1-199> | regexp <LINE>]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
network to clear flap statistics
filter-list
clear flap statistics for all the paths that

pass the access list
1-199

match the regular expression
regexp

match the regular expression.
LINE
a regular-expression to match the BGP AS

paths
16-17
distance bgp
The distance bgp command sets external, internal, and local administrative distances
for routes to function. The no distance bgp command sets the default values.
Use the distance bgp command to administer distance based on the preferred routing
information source received from a router or group of routers. This enables the system
to prioritize protocols dependant upon the distances between 1 to 255, where 0 is the
best route, and the most unreliable route is 255. The bgp distance command has an
influence on whether the BGP-learned routes are installed in the routing table.
Note: It is recommended that the administrative distance not be changed.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
distance bgp [<1-255> < 1-255> <1-255>]
no distance bgp
Command Syntax
16-18
1-255
administrative distance for routes external to

the AS
1-255
administrative distance for routes external to

the AS - routes with a distance of 255 are not
installed in the routing table
1-255
administrative distance for local route
BGP Commands
Command Default
external distance
20
internal distance
200
local distance
200
16-19
ip as-path access-list
The ip as-path access-list command creates or modifies a BGP related access list and
its elements. The no ip as-path access command deletes the corresponding list
element.
Use the no ip as-path access-list command to modify elements and add to the IP
as-path access list of corresponding elements. Use the ip as-path access-list and the
neighbor filter-list commands to use as-path filters to filter BGP advertisements.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip as-path access-list <1-199> {permit <LINE> | deny <LINE>}
no ip as-path access <1-199>
Command Syntax
16-20
1-199
access list number
permit
permits access for matching conditions
deny
denies access to matching conditions
LINE
regular expression describing the as-paths to

be matched
BGP Commands
ip community-list
The ip community-list command creates a BGP related access list and its
elements.There are two types of community lists: standard and extended. The
standard community lists have a list number from 1 to 99. The extended community
lists have a list number from 100 to 199. The ip community-list deletes the
community lists and all associated elements.
The community lists are used in the match community-list command and the set
communities set comm-list delete commands. The route maps are used for inbound
and outbound filtering.
Note: The community lists are related to the respective elements, and are of
the standard and extended types:
Standard community lists:
To create a standard community list and its elements, use the ip
community-list command. To delete the list element use the no ip
community-list command.
If there is no elements left in the list, the list will be removed too. To delete the
community list and all its elements use the no ip community-list command.
Extended community lists:
To create an extended community list and its elements use the ip
community-list command. To delete the list element use the no ip
community-list command. If there are no elements left in the list, the list will
be removed too.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
16-21
Command Line Usage

ip community-list <1-99> <100-199>{permit | deny} [<1-4294967295> | internet |
local-AS | no-export | no-advertise]
no ip community-list <1-99> <100-199> {permit | deny} [<1-4294967295> |
internet | local-AS | no-export | no-advertise]
Command Syntax
1-99
standard access list number,
100-199
permit
allows access for matching
deny
prevents access for matching
1-4294967295
a community number - you can specify a
single number or multiple numbers

separated by a space
internet
internet community
local-AS
do not advertise this route to peers

outside of the local autonomous system
no-export
routes with this community are sent to
peers in other sub-autonomous systems

within a confederation
no-advertise
do not advertise this route to any peer
internal or external
16-22
BGP Commands
match as-path
The match as-path command matches a BGP autonomous system path access list
match entries or appends new list numbers to the existing match entry. The no match
as-path command removes the list numbers from the match entry used in the
command.
Use the match as-path command to match a BGP autonomous system path to
advertise on the route-map. Values can be set using the match as-path command.
Use the match as-path command to match at least one BGP autonomous system path
to ensure advertisement on the route-map.
Use the match as-path command to globally replace values matched and set with the
match as-path command and the set weight command to supersede weights
established with the neighbor weight and the neighbor filter-list commands.
The values set by the match and set commands override global values. For example,
the weights assigned with the match as-path and set weight route-map commands
override the weights assigned using the neighbor weight and neighbor filter-list
commands. The implemented weight is established by the initial autonomous system
match.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
match as-path [<1-199>]
no match as-path [<1-199>]
Command Syntax
1-199
as-path list number - you can specify a
single number or multiple numbers

separated by a space
16-23
match community
The match community command creates a BGP autonomous system community
access list match entry or appends new list numbers to the existing match entry. The
no match community command removes the match entry completely. The no match
community command removes the list numbers or the exact-match attribute from the
match entry use the command
Use the match community-list command to ensure that the route is advertised for
outbound and inbound route-maps. If a change to some of the information is to match
is needed, configure a second route-map with specifics.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
match community [<1-99> <100-199>] exact-match]
no match community [<1-99> <100-199>] exact-match]
Command Syntax
16-24
1-99
standard community list number
100-199
extended community list number
exact-match
exact match required; all of the communities

and only those communities in the
community list must be present
BGP Commands
neighbor advertisement-interval
The neighbor advertisement-interval command sets the minimum amount of time
between sending BGP routing updates. The no neighbor advertisement-interval
form of this command to delete an entry.
Use the neighbor advertisement-interval command to configure all the members of
the peer group with the same attributes.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} advertisement-interval <0-600>
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} advertisement-interval <0-600>
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address
WORD
neighbor peer-group-name
0-600
amount of time in seconds
Command Default
30 seconds for external peers
05 seconds for internal peers
16-25
neighbor default-originate
The neighbor default-originate command allows a BGP speaker to send the default
route 0.0.0.0 to a neighbor for the neighbors default. The no neighbor
default-originate command sends no route as a default.
The neighbor default-originate command does not require the presence of 0.0.0.0 in
the local router, and when used with a route map, the default route 0.0.0.0 is injected
only if the route map contains a match ip address clause and there is a route that
matches the IP access list exactly. The route map can contain other match clauses
also.
The user can use standard or extended access lists with the neighbor
default-originate command.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} default-originate [route-map <WORD>]
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} default-originate [route-map <WORD>]
Command Syntax
16-26
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address
WORD
peer group name
WORD
route map name
BGP Commands
neighbor description
The neighbor description command provides a neighbor a description. The no
neighbor description clears the provided neighbor description.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} description [LINE]
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} description [LINE]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address
WORD
name of a BGP peer group
LINE
up to 80 characters in length to describe

neighbor
16-27
neighbor distribute-list
The neighbor distribute-list command distributes BGP neighbor information based
on the access list. The no neighbor distribute-list command deletes an entry.
Use the neighbor distribute-list command to filter BGP advertisements. Also, use
the ip as-path access-list and the neighbor filter-list commands to use as-path filters
to filter BGP advertisements. If a BGP peer group is specified, all members of that
group are associated. Specifying the neighbor distribute-list command with an IP
address to replace the value already in the peer group.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} distribute-list <1-199> {in | out}
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} distribute-list <1-199> {in | out}
Command Syntax
16-28
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address
WORD
name of a BGP peer group
1-199
number or name of a standard or extended

access list between 1 and 1999
in
within the group
out
outside the group
BGP Commands
neighbor ebgp-multihop
The neighbor ebgp-mulithop command accepts route updates from external peers
residing on the network that are not directly connected. The no neighbor
ebgp-mulithop command blocks route updates.
Use the neighbor ebgp-multihop command to modify BGP peer groups for unified
configuration by specifying a peer-group-name.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} ebgp-multihop <1-255>
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} ebgp-multihop <1-255>
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
IP address of external peer, BGP neighbor
WORD
external BGP group name
1-255
the maximum hop count - if no value is

entered, the default value of 255 is used
16-29
neighbor filter-list
The neighbor filter-list command creates a BGP filter. The no neighbor filter-list
command disables this function.
Use the neighbor filter-list command to create filters on both inbound and outbound
BGP routes. Unlimited weight filters are accepted on a per-neighbor principle, but
only one inbound or one outbound filter is accepted, not both. Route selection rules
determine the weight of a route.
Weight assignment is based on the initial autonomous system path, or as-path.
Weights announced override weights assigned by global neighbor commands. This
happens when the initial match is made. Therefore, weights assigned using match
as-path and set weight commands override weights assigned by the neighbor weight
and neighbor filter-list commands.
Members of a peer group realize configured specifics when the peer-group-name
argument is used with the neighbor filter-list command. If the neighbor filter-list
command is used with a specified IP address, then the IP address overrides the value
from the peer group.
Note: Using the command in the form, no neighbor {ip-address |
peer-group} filter-list <access-list-number> weight [<weight>], the optional
[<weight>] argument has no effect.
Using the command in the form, neighbor {ip-address | peer-group}
filter-list [<access-list-number>] {in | out }, the optional
[<access-list-number>] argument has no effect.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
16-30
BGP Commands
Command Line Usage

neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} filter-list <1-199>
{in | out | weight <0-65535>}
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} filter-list <1-199>
{in | out | weight <0-65535>}
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address
WORD
BGP peer group
1-199
filter list number
in
access list to incoming routes
out
access list to outgoing routes
weight
0-65535
BGP weight metric assigned for competing

incoming routes; accepted values are 0 to
65535; the largest weight is preferred
Command Default
disabled
16-31
neighbor maximum-prefix
The neighbor maximum-prefix command controls the number of prefixes accepted
from a neighbor. The no neighbor maximum-prefix command stops the controlled
number of prefixes accepted from a neighbor.
Use the neighbor maximum-prefix command to manage the number of prefixes
accepted from a neighbor.
Note: A prefix is a classless route or a route with a particular starting point
and length, with unlimited prefixes. Therefore, 198.7.97.0/27 and 198.7.97.0/
20 are not the same prefix (route). If the maximum number of acceptable
prefixes configured is exceeded, the router ends peering, which is the default.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} maximum-prefix <1-4294967295> [<1-100 > |
warning-only ]
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} maximum-prefix 1-4294967295> [<1-100 >
| warning-only ]
16-32
BGP Commands
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address
WORD
name of BGP peer-group
1-4294967295
maximum number of configured prefixes

allowed from specific neighbor
1-100
integer specifying what percentage of the

maximum number that the router generates a
warning message
warning-only
only generate a warning message when the

maximum number is exceeded
Command Default
disabled
threshold default, 75%
16-33
neighbor next-hop-self
The neighbor next-hop-self command disables BGP processing updates. The no
neighbor next-hop-self command enables BGP processing updates.
Note: Members of a peer group realize configured specifics when the
peer-group-name argument is used with the neighbor next-hop-self
command.
Specifying the command with an IP address will override the value inherited
from the peer group. Use the set ip next-hop command for additional
control.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} next-hop-self
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} next-hop-self
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address
WORD
name of neighbor peer-group
Command Default
disabled
16-34
BGP Commands
neighbor password
The neighbor password command enables the Message Digest 5 (MD5)
authentication on a TCP connection between two BGP peers. The no neighbor
password command disables the Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication on a TCP
connection between two BGP peers.
Use the neighbor password command to authenticate and to verify TCP connections
between two BGP peers, of which the same password is configured. This command
begins the MD5 generation for outgoing packets and check every segment on a TCP
connection for incoming packets.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} password {0 | 7 }<LINE>
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} password {0 | 7} <LINE>
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address
WORD
specifies an UNENCRYPTED password will

follow
specifies an ENCRYPTED password will

follow
LINE
the password (1-32 characters)
Command Default
disabled
16-35
neighbor peer-group (assigning members)

The neighbor peer-group (assigning members) command configures a BGP
neighbor to be a member a BGP peer group. The no neighbor peer-group (assigning
members) command removes the neighbor from the peer group.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
neighbor <A.B.C.D> peer-group <WORD>
no neighbor <A.B.C.D> peer-group <WORD>
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
address of the BGP neighbor
WORD
the name of the peer-group
Command Notes
The neighbor peer-group creates a new member of a peer-group. If there is no such
peer, it will be created and assigned to the group. If there is such peer already, and it
does not belong to any other group, it will be assigned to the group and inherit its AS
number and all its policies. If an existing peer belongs to another group, it must be
removed from that group first with no neighbor peer-group command.
The neighbor at the IP address specified completes all of the configuration options of
the peer group.
16-36
BGP Commands
neighbor peer-group (creating)

The neighbor peer-group (creating) command creates a BGP peer group. The no
neighbor peer-group (creating) command removes the peer group and all of its
members.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
neighbor <WORD> peer-group
no neighbor <WORD> peer-group
Command Syntax
WORD
peer group name
16-37
neighbor remote-as
The neighbor remote-as command performs many functions as described below. Use
the neighbor remote-as number command to assign a BGP router to an autonomous
system.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
neighbor <A.B.C.D> remote-as <1-65535>
creates a new BGP peer and assigns an AS number to it. If such peer does not exist
already, it assigns a new AS number to existing peer. Such assignment can be
done for the existing peer only if it is not a member of any peer-group.
no neighbor <A.B.C.D> [remote-as [<1-65535>]]
deletes the corresponding peer, regardless if it is peer-group member or not.
neighbor <WORD> remote-as <1-65535>
assigns a new AS number to existing peer-group. If the peer-group has an AS number
already, it will be replaced with the new one. All existing peer-group members
will inherit this AS number too.
no neighbor <WORD> remote-as [<1-65535>]
removes the peer-group and all its members.
Command Syntax
16-38
A.B.C.D
BGP peer address
WORD
name of BGP peer group
1-65535
neighbor autonomous system number
BGP Commands
neighbor remove-private-as
The neighbor remove-private-as command triggers the removal of private AS
numbers from outbound updates. Use no neighbor remove-private-as command to
stops such removal.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} remove-private-as
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} remove-private-as
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
address of the BGP neighbor
WORD
Command Default
no removal
16-39
neighbor route-map
The neighbor route-map command applies a route map to incoming or outgoing
routes. The no neighbor route-map command clears a route map for incoming and
outgoing routes.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} route-map <WORD> {in | out}
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} route-map <WORD> {in | out}
Command Syntax
16-40
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address
WORD
WORD
name of route-map
in
apply to incoming routes
out
apply to outgoing routes
BGP Commands
neighbor route-reflector-client
The neighbor route-reflector-client command configures the router as a BGP
route-reflector. The no neighbor route-reflector-client command configures a router
back to a BGP route-reflector.
Use the neighbor route-reflector-client command to establish a local router to act as
the route-reflector with the specified neighbor as a client.
Note: When all clients are disabled, the local router is no longer a
route-reflector.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} route-reflector-client
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} route-reflector-client
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address
WORD
16-41
neighbor send-community
The neighbor send-community command will allow a communities attribute,
if any, to be sent in outbound updates to a neighbor. The no neighbor
send-community command stops sending communities attribute.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} send-community
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} send-community
Command Syntax
16-42
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address
WORD
BGP Commands
neighbor shutdown
The neighbor shutdown command disables a neighbor or peer group. The no
neighbor shutdown command enables a neighbor or peer group.
Use the neighbor shutdown command to end an session for a particular neighbor or
peer group. This removes all routing information associated.
Use the show ip bgp summary command for a list of neighbors and peer-group
connection. Those neighbors with an Idle status and the Administrative entry have
been disabled by the neighbor shutdown command.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} shutdown
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} shutdown
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address
WORD
16-43
neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound

The neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound command starts the storage of incoming
updates without any modification. The no neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound
command stops this storage and releases the memory used for them.
Use the neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound command to start update story
required to enable inbound software configuration with the clear ip bgp soft [in]
command. Outbound BGP soft-reconfiguration does not need inbound software
configuration.
Outbound BGP soft-reconfiguration does not need inbound software configuration.
Note: When the neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound command is

issued, the peer will first be disabled and then enabled again. The no form of
this command doesnt bring the peer down.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} soft-reconfiguration inbound
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} soft-reconfiguration inbound
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address
WORD
inbound
specific inbound update
Command Default
no storage
16-44
BGP Commands
neighbor timers
The neighbor timers command sets the timers for a particular BGP peer or peer
group. The no neighbor command clears the timers for a particular BGP peer or peer
group.
Use the neighbor timers command to configure a specific neighbor or peer-group
timers values to bypass the timers configured for all BGP neighbors using the timers
bgp command.
Note: If, during the negotiated holdtime (which is the smallest of configured
hold time and the holdtime advertised by the neighbor), no messages arrive,
the peer will be brought down. If the negotiated holdtime is 0, then the peer
will never be brought down, because it hasnt received any messages. If the
value of the keepalive timer is 0, then no keepalive messages will be sent.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} timers {<0-21845>} [<0-65535>]
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} timers
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address
WORD
0-21845
frequency of keepalive messages to peers in seconds
0-65535
amount of time passed when no keepalive message is

sent, in seconds
Command Default
keepalive, 60 seconds
hold time, 180 seconds
16-45
neighbor update-source loopback

The neighbor update-source loopback command allows an internal BGP session to
use any loopback interface for the TCP session. The no neighbor update-source
loopback command blocks a BGP session from using a loopback interface for the
TCP session.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} update-source loopback <1-16>
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} update-source loopback <1-16>
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address
WORD
loopback
loopback interface
1-16
loopback interface number
Command Default
best local address
16-46
BGP Commands
neighbor weight
The neighbor weight command establishes a weight to a neighbor connection. The
no neighbor weight command removes a weight to a neighbor connection.
Note: Initially, all routes learned from this neighbor will have the assigned
weight. The route with the highest weight is chosen as the choice route when
multiple routes are available on the network.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} weight <0-65535>
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} weight <0-65535>
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address
WORD
0-65535
weight assignment
Command Default
learned routes, 0
routes sourced by local router, 32768
16-47
network
The network command specifies the list of networks for the BGP routing process.
The no network command deletes the entry.
Use the network command to control what networks are originated. be included in
the BGP updates. Network types are learned from connected routes, dynamic routing,
and static route sources. Because BGP can handle subnetting and supernetting, the
mask is used. The maximum number of network commands is based on the
configured nvram or ram.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
network <A.B.C.D> [mask <A.B.C.D>]
no network <A.B.C.D> [mask <A.B.C.D>]
Command Syntax
16-48
A.B.C.D
network that BGP will advertise
A.B.C.D
network or subnetwork mask address
BGP Commands
router bgp
The router bgp command configures the BGP routing process. Use the no router
bgp command clears BGP routing process configuration.
Use the router bgp command to establish a distributed routing core that automatically
guarantees the loop-free exchange of routing information between ASs.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
router bgp <1-65535>
no router bgp <1-65535>
Command Syntax
1-65535
number of the autonomous system identifying

the router to other BGP routers
16-49
route-map
The route-map command creates or modifies route-maps and their sequences. The no
route-map command removes the corresponding sequence from the route-map.If
there are no sequences left in the route-map, the route-map will be deleted too.
Use the route-map command, and the match and set commands to configure the
rules for redistributing routes from one routing protocol to another. Each route-map
command has a list of match and set commands associated with it. The match
commands specify the match criteria, which are the conditions under which
redistribution is allowed for the current route-map command. The set commands
specify the set actions, the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria
enforced by the match commands are met. The no route-map command
deletes the route map.
Note: If the optional sequence number [<num:0-65535>] is omitted, the
default sequence number 10 is used. If the optional access value [permit |
deny] is omitted, the default value permit is used.
These two commands create a route-map with the <route-map-name> name,
if it does not exist, and the sequence specified by the sequence number and
access value, there is no such sequence. Otherwise, the access value of the
existing sequence is set to the new access value.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
route-map <WORD> [deny | permit] [<0-65535>]
route-map <WORD> [deny | permit] [<0-65535>]
16-50
BGP Commands
Command Syntax
WORD
route-map name
0-65535
route-map sequence number
deny
denies access for matching conditions
permit
permits access for matching conditions
16-51
set as-path prepend

The set as-path prepend command modifies AS system path attributes for the
matched BGP routes. The no set as-path prepend command ends modification of a
system path for BGP routes.
Use the set as-path prepend command to guide the path information to control the
BGP decision process.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
set as-path prepend [<1-65535>]
no set as-path prepend [<1-65535>]
Command Syntax
1-65535
prepend string - you can specify a single
number or multiple numbers separated

by a space
16-52
BGP Commands
set comm-list
The set comm-list command deletes communities from the community attribute of an
inbound or outbound update. The no set comm-list command deletes the entry.
Use the set comm-list command to delete communities from the community attribute
of inbound or outbound updates using a route map to filter and determine the
communities to be deleted.
If the standard list is referred in the set comm-list delete command, only the elements
with the single community number or no community number in them will be used. All
others will be quietly ignored. Any element specified with the internet keyword is
equivalent to element without community number.
If the set community comm and set comm-list list-num delete commands are
configured in the same sequence of a route-map attribute, the deletion operation (set
comm-list list-num delete) is performed before the set operation (set community
comm).
Note: If the set community comm and set comm-list list-num delete
commands are configured in the same sequence of a route-map attribute, the
deletion operation (set comm-list list-num delete) is performed before the
set operation (set community comm).
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
set comm-list {<1-99> | <100-199>} delete
no set comm-list {<1-99> | <100-199>} delete
16-53
Command Syntax
16-54
1-99
standard community list number
100-199
extended community list number
delete
delete inbound or outbound communities from the

community attribute
BGP Commands
set community
The set community command add or replace communities from the community
attribute of an inbound or outbound update. Use the no set community command
removes the specified communities from the set.
Use the route-map command, and the match and set commands to configure the rules
for redistributing routes from one routing protocol to another. Each route-map
command has a list of match and set commands associated with it. The match
commands specify the match criteria, which are the conditions under which
redistribution is allowed for the current route-map command. The set commands
specify the set actions, the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria
enforced by the match commands are met. The no route-map command deletes the
route map.
Note: The communities could be specified as numbers; the result will be the
same; none removes community attribute from the update unless additive is
specified for the set entry. In this case it doesnt modify update community
attributes.
In other words, the no set community command, if the entry had some
community numbers in it before removal, and as the result of the removal no
numbers are left, then the entry itself is deleted.
The command set community none removes all community numbers from
set entry, if any, but leaves the value of the additive attribute intact.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
16-55
Command Line Usage

set community {<1-4294967295> | local-AS | no-advertise | no-export
| additive | none}
no set community {<1-4294967295> | local-AS | no-advertise | no-export
| additive | none}
Command Syntax
1-4294967295
community number
additive
add to the existing community
local-AS

no-advertise
no-export

none
16-56
no community attribute
BGP Commands
set local-preference
The set-local preference command establishes a preference value for the AS system
path. Use the no set-local preference form of this command to delete the entry.
Use the set local-preference command to send the local-preference to all routers in
the local autonomous system.
Note: In the no set-local preference command, the optional

<num:0-4294967295> argument has no effect.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
set local-preference <0-4294967295>
no set local-preference <0-4294967295>
Command Syntax
0-4294967295
local preference value
16-57
set metric-type
The set metric-type command sets the destination routing protocol. The no set
metric-type command returns the default.
Use the set metric-type command, and the match and set commands to configure the
rules for redistributing routes from one routing protocol to another. Each set
metric-type command has a list of match and set commands associated with it. The
match commands specify the match criteria, which are the conditions under which
redistribution is allowed for the current set metric-type command. The set
commands specify the set actions, the particular redistribution actions to perform if
the criteria enforced by the match commands are met. The no set metric-type
command deletes the route map.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Route-map configuration
Command Line Usage
set metric-type {internal | external | type-1 | type-2}
Command Default
internal
internal metric
external
external metric
type-1
type-2
Command Default
disabled
16-58
BGP Commands
set origin
The set origin command configures the conditions for redistributing routes from any
protocol to any protocol. The no set origin command deletes the BGP origin code.
When the set origin command configures redistributing routes from any protocol to
any protocol, any match clause is necessary which includes pointing to a permit
everything to set tags.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
set origin {egp | igp | incomplete}
no set origin {egp | igp | incomplete}
Command Syntax
egp
EGP
igp
remote IGP
incomplete
unknown history
16-59
set tag
The set tag command sets the value of the destination routing protocol.
The route-map global configuration command and the match and set route-map
configuration commands are used together to define the conditions for redistributing
routes from one routing protocol into another. Each route-map command has a list of
match and set commands associated with it. The match commands specify the
conditions for redistribution for the current route-map command. The set commands
specify the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the
match commands are met. The no route-map command deletes the route map.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
set tag <0-4294967295>
Command Syntax
0-4294967295
tag value
Command Default
if not specified, tag is forwarded to the new destination protocol
16-60
BGP Commands
set ip next-hop
The set ip next-hop command establishes a next-hop value for the AS path. The no ip
next-hop command to deletes the entry.
Use the ip policy route-map interface configuration command, the route-map global
configuration command, and the match and set route-map configuration commands,
to define the conditions for policy routing packets. The ip policy route-map
command identifies a route map by name. Each route-map command has a list of
match and set commands associated with it. The match commands specify the match
criteria---the conditions under which policy routing occurs. The set commands
specify the set actions---the particular routing actions to perform if the criteria
enforced by the match commands are met.
If the interface associated with the first next hop specified with the set ip next-hop
command is down, the optionally specified IP addresses are tried in turn.
The set clauses can be used in conjunction with one another. They are evaluated in the
following order:
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
set ip next-hop <A.B.C.D>
no set ip next-hop
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
IP address of the next hop to which packets

are output; address of the adjacent router
Command Default
disabled
16-61
set weight
The set-weight command to set the route weight on the network. The first
autonomous system match determines the weight to be set.
Use the set weight command to set the route weight on the network. The first AS
match determines the weight to be set. The route with the highest weight is chosen as
the choice route when multiple routes are available on the network. Weights spoken
when an as path is matched, override any weight set by the neighbor command. Any
match clause is necessary which includes pointing to a permit everything to set tags
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
set weight <0-65535>
no set weight
Command Syntax
0-65535
16-62
weight value
BGP Commands
show ip bgp
The show ip bgp command displays entries in the routing table. Use the show ip bgp
command to determine whether the session is active or not.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show ip bgp [<A.B.C.D>] [<A.B.C.D>] [longer-prefixes] [ | ] [begin | exclude |
include] [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
network address in the BGP routing table to

display
A.B.C.D
displays all BGP routes matching the network

address/network mask pair
longer-prefixes
displays route and more specific routes
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
16-63
show ip bgp cidr-only

The show ip bgp cidr-only command displays routes without natural network masks,
or Classless Inter-domain Routing (CIDR) routes.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show ip bgp cidr-only [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
16-64
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
BGP Commands
show ip bgp community

The show ip bgp community command display routes that belong to specified BGP
communities.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show ip bgp community [ <1-4294967295> | <LINE> | exact-match <LINE> |
extended | local-AS | no-advertise | no-export ] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include]
[<WORD>]
Command Syntax
1-4294967295
the community number
LINE
an ordered list as a regular expression
exact-match
display routes that have an exact match
extended
extended access list format
local-AS

no-advertise
no-export

|
16-65
16-66
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
BGP Commands
show ip bgp community-list

The show ip bgp community-list command display routes that are permitted by the
BGP community list.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show ip bgp community-list {<1-199>} [exact-match] [ | ] [begin | exclude |
include] [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
1-199
the community list number
exact-match
display routes that have an exact match
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
16-67
show ip bgp dampened-paths

The show ip bgp dampened-paths command displays BGP dampened routes.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show ip bgp dampened-paths [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
16-68
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
BGP Commands
show ip bgp flap-statistics

The show ip bgp flap-statistics command displays BGP flap statistics.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show ip bgp flap-statistics [<A.B.C.D>] [<A.B.C.D>] [longer-prefixes ] [filter-list
<1-199> ] [ regexp <LINE> ] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
network address in the BGP routing table to

display
A.B.C.D
displays all BGP routes matching the network

address/network mask pair
longer-prefixes
displays route and more specific routes
filter-list <1-199>
number of an autonomous system path

access list
regexp <LINE
a regular-expression to match the BGP
autonomous system paths

|
begin

string
exclude

string
16-69
16-70
include

string
WORD
BGP Commands
show ip bgp memory

The show ip bgp memory command displays BGP memory usage information.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show ip bgp memory [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
16-71
show ip bgp neighbors

The show ip bgp neighbors command displays information about TCP and BGP
connections to neighbors.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show ip bgp neighbors [A.B.C.D] [received-routes | routes] [ | ] [begin | exclude |
include] [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
16-72
A.B.C.D
the IP address of a neighbor; if not specified,

all neighbors are displayed
received-routes
displays all received routes (both accepted

and filtered) from a specific neighbor
routes
displays all routes that were received and

accepted for the specified neighbor
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
BGP Commands
show ip bgp paths

The show ip bgp paths command displays all BGP paths in the database.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show ip bgp paths [<LINE>] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
LINE
regular expression to match BGP autonomous

systems paths
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
16-73
show ip bgp peer-group

The show ip bgp peer-group command displays information about BGP peer groups.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show ip bgp peer-group [<WORD>] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
16-74
WORD
display information about a specific

peer-group; number of peers and groups
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
BGP Commands
show ip bgp regexp

The show ip bgp regexp command displays routes matching the regular expression.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show ip bgp regexp {<LINE>} [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
LINE
regular expression to match the BGP

autonomous system paths
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
16-75
show ip bgp summary

The show ip bgp summary command displays the status of all BGP connections.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show ip bgp summary [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
16-76
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
BGP Commands
show ip as-path-access-list
The show ip as-path-access-list command displays configured AS path access lists
and their elements.
Use the show ip as-path-access-list command to display configured as-path access
lists and their elements.
With the optional access list number argument, it displays the
specified as-path access list, if such list exists. Without it, it displays all configured
as-path access lists.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show ip as-path-access-list [<1-199>]
Command Syntax
1-199
access list number
16-77
show ip community-list
The show ip community-list command displays a configured community access list
and the associated elements.
Use the show ip community access list command to display configured community
access lists and their elements.
With the optional access list number argument, it displays the
specified community access list, if such list exists. Without it, it displays, all
configured community access lists.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show ip community-list [<1-199>]
Command Syntax
1-199
16-78
access list number
17
PIM Commands
PIM Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes the Protocol-Independent Multicast (PIM) commands that are
supported on the BSR 64000. The BSR supports PIM in sparse mode.
17-1
PIM Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the PIM commands
17-2
PIM Commands
ip pim border
Use the ip pim border command to configure a PIM domain boundry on the interface
of a border router peering with one or more neighbors outside the PIM domain.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip pim border
no ip pim border
17-3
ip pim bsr-candidate
Use the ip pim bsr-candidate command to configure the BSR to be a candidate
bootstrap router.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip pim bsr-candidate <0-32>
no ip pim bsr-candidate <0-32>
Command Syntax
0-32
Command Default
30 bits
17-4
specifies the hash mask length from 0 to 32 bits.
PIM Commands
ip pim bsr-candidate ip-address

Use the ip pim bsr-candidate ip-address command to use the IP address of a specific
interface on the candidate BSR.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip pim bsr-candidate ip-address <A.B.C.D> <0-32>
no ip pim bsr-candidate ip-address <A.B.C.D> <0-32>
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
the interface IP address
0-32
the hash mask length
Command Default
hash mask length: 30 bits
17-5
ip pim dr-priority
Use the ip pim dr-priority command to specifiy a sesignated routers election
priority.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip pim dr-priority <1-255>
no ip pim dr-priority <1-255>
Command Syntax
1-255
Command Default
1
17-6
designated router priority value
PIM Commands
ip pim message-interval
Use the ip pim message-interval command to specify the PIM router join/prune
messages interval.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip pim message-interval <1-65535>
no ip pim message-interval
Command Syntax
1-65535
join/prune interval in seconds
Command Default
60 seconds
17-7
ip pim query-interval
Use the ip pim query-interval command to specify the PIM router hello interval.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip pim query-interval <0-65535>
no ip pim query-interval
Command Syntax
0-65535
Command Default
30 seconds
17-8
hello interval in seconds
PIM Commands
ip pim rp-candidate
Use the ip pim rp-candidate command to configure a single rendezvous pointer (RP)
candidate on the PIM domain.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip pim rp-candidate
no ip pim rp-candidate
17-9
ip pim rp-candidate group-list

Use the ip pim rp-candidate group-list command to configure one or more groups
that can become rendezvous pointer (RP) candidates on the PIM domain.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip pim rp-candidate group-list <1-99>
no ip pim rp-candidate group-list <1-99>
Command Syntax
1-99
17-10
the access list reference number for group prefixes
PIM Commands
ip pim rp-candidate interval

Use the ip pim rp-candidate interval command to change the interval with which a
candidate rendezvous pointer (RP) is selected.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip pim rp-candidate interval <1-200>
no ip pim rp-candidate interval <1-200>
Command Syntax
1-200
the candidate rendezvous pointer interval in seconds
Command Default
60 seconds
17-11
ip pim rp-candidate ip-address

Use the ip pim rp-candidate ip-address command to use the IP address of a specific
interface for the candidate RP (rendezvous pointer) that is associated with the BSR.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip pim rp-candidate ip-address <A.B.C.D>
no ip pim rp-candidate ip-address <A.B.C.D>
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
17-12
the IP address of the candidate rendezvous pointer
PIM Commands
ip pim rp-candidate priority

Use the ip pim rp-candidate priority command to specify the candidate rendezvous
pointer priority for the BSR on the PIM domain.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip pim rp-candidate priority <0-255>
no ip pim rp-candidate priority <0-255>
Command Syntax
0-255
the assigned priority of the candidate rendezvous pointer
Command Default
0
17-13
ip pim spt-threshold lasthop

Use the ip pim spt-threshold lasthop command to specify the the multicast traffic
threshold that must be reached on the last-hop router before multicast traffic is
switched over to the Shortest Path Tree (SPT).
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip pim spt-threshold lasthop {<0-4294967294> | infinity }
no ip pim spt-threshold lasthop
Command Syntax
0-4294967294 the multicast traffic rate in kilobits per second (kbps)
infinity
Command Default
1024 kbps
17-14
indicates that the rendezvous point (RP) is always used
PIM Commands
ip pim spt-threshold rp
Use the ip pim spt-threshold rp command to specify the multicast traffic threshold
that must be reached on the rendezvous pointer (RP) router before the multicast
traffic is switched over to the Shortest Path Tree (SPT).
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip pim spt-threshold rp {<0-4294967294> | infinity }
no ip pim spt-threshold rp
Command Syntax
0-4294967294 the multicast traffic rate in kilobits per second (kbps)
infinity
indicates that the RP is always used
Command Default
0
17-15
pim register-checksum
Use the pim register-checksum command to register a packet checksum type.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
pim register-checksum [ new | old ]
Command Syntax
new
use only IP and PIM Control Headers
old
use complete IP packet length
Command Default
complete IP packet length
17-16
PIM Commands
The pim unicast-route-lookup command retrieves routes from the BSRs unicast
routing table.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
no pim unicast-route-lookup
17-17
router pim
Use the router pim command to enter Router Configuration mode from Global
Configuration mode and enable PIM routing.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
router pim
17-18
18
IS-IS Commands
IS-IS Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes the integrated Intermediate System to Intermediate System
(IS-IS) commands used with the BSR 64000. The Intermediate System to
Intermediate System (IS-IS) is a link state based intra-domain routing protocol used to
build a complete and consistent picture of a networks topology by sharing link state
information across all network Intermediate System (IS) devices. IS-IS is based on an
SPF routing algorithm and shares all the advantages common to other link-state
protocols. It also routes both IP packets and pure OSI packets with no extra
encapsulation by design. IS-IS supports type of service (TOS) identifiers, IP
subnetting, variable subnet masks, external routing, and authentication.
18-1
IS-IS Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the IS-IS commands
18-2
IS-IS Commands
area-password
The area-password command is used to configure an IS-IS area authentication
password for an area.The area authentication password is inserted in Level 1 (station
router level) LSPs, CSNPs, and Partial Sequence Number PDUs (PSNPs).
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
area-password <WORD>
Command Syntax
WORD
The unencrypted text password that is 1-8

18-3
When routes are redistributed to an IS-IS routing domain, the BSR must be
configured to force a default route or route map into the IS-IS routing domain. The
default-information originate command is used to force a default route into the
IS-IS routing domain.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
default-information originate [route-map <WORD>]
Command Syntax
route-map WORD
18-4
route map name
IS-IS Commands
distance
An administrative distance is a rating of the trustworthiness of a routing information
source, such as an individual router or a group of routers. Numerically, an
administrative distance is an integer between 1 and 255. The higher the value, the
lower the trust rating. For example, an administrative distance of 255 means the
routing information source cannot be trusted and should be ignored. The default
administrative distance for IS-IS is 115.
The distance command is used to set the administrative distance for the IS-IS router.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
distance <1-255>
Command Syntax
1-255
The IS-IS routing administrative distance

from 1 to 255.
18-5
domain-password
The routing domain authentication password is inserted in Level 2 (the area router
level) LSP, CSNP, and PSNPs. The domain-password command is used to configure
authentication password for an IS-IS routing domain.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
domain-password <WORD>
Command Syntax
WORD
18-6
The unencrypted text password that is 1-8

IS-IS Commands
ip router isis
The ip router isis command is used to enable IS-IS routing on the interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
ip router isis
no ip router isis
18-7

The ip router isis passive command is used to allow the IS-IS interface to receive
IS-IS network information, but not send IS-IS network information.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
18-8
IS-IS Commands
isis circuit-type
The default IS-IS interface circuit type is for Level 1 and Level 2. The isis
circuit-type command is used to select the IS-IS interface circuit type of adjacency
desired for neighbors on the BSR interface (IS-IS interface circuit type).
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
isis circuit-type {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only}
no isis circuit-type {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only}
Command Syntax
level-1
indicates that a Level 1 adjacency may be

established if there is at least one area address
in common between this system and its
neighbors.
level-1-2
indicates that a Level 1 and 2 adjacency is

established if the neighbor is also configured
as level-1-2 and there is at least one area in
common. If there is no area in common, a
Level 2 adjacency is established.
level-2-only
indicates that a Level 2 adjacency is

established only if the neighbor is configured
exclusively to be a Level 2 router.
18-9
isis csnp-interval
Complete Sequence Number PDUs (CSNPs) hold a complete list of all LSPs in the
IS-IS routing database. CSNPs are sent periodically on all links, and the receiving
systems use the information in the CSNP to update and synchronize their LSP
databases. The designated router multicasts CSNPs on broadcast links in place of
sending explicit acknowledgments for each LSP.
By default, IS-IS sends CSN packets periodically. If the BSR is the designated router
on a LAN, IS-IS sends CSN packets every 10 seconds. If the BSR is on a
point-to-point interface, it sends CSN packets every 3600 seconds (once an hour).
Depending on your network topology you may want to modify the default interval to
protect against LSP flooding.
The isis csnp-interval command is used to adjust the IS-IS CSNP interval for intranet
connections if the intranet is a part of a multiaccess meshed network on the interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
isis csnp-interval {<1-65535>} {level-1 | level-2}
no isis csnp-interval {<1-65535>} {level-1 | level-2}
Command Syntax
18-10
1-65535
The IS-IS CSNP interval in seconds.
level-1
Indicates that the interface is a Level 1 IS-IS

interface.
level-2
Indicates that the interface is a Level 2 IS-IS

interface.
IS-IS Commands
isis hello-interval
IS-IS hello packets are broadcast to discover the identity of neighboring IS-IS systems
and to determine whether the neighbors are Level 1 or Level 2 intermediate systems.
The hello-interval multiplier is the amount of time that the IS-IS routing interface can
tolerate not receiving hello packets from its neighboring IS-IS interface before
declaring the neighbor as being down.
The hello interval can be configured independently for Level 1 and Level 2, except on
serial point-to-point interfaces. (Because there is only a single type of hello packet
sent on serial links, it is independent of Level 1 or Level 2.) Specify an optional level
for X.25, and Frame Relay multi-access networks.
Group Access
The isis hello-interval command is used to specify the length of time between hello
packets that the BSR sends on either the Level 1 or Level 2 IS-IS router interface.
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
isis hello-interval {<1-65535>} {level-1 | level-2}
no isis hello-interval {<1-65535>} {level-1 | level-2}
Command Syntax
1-65535
the ISIS hello interval in seconds
level-1
Level 1 IS-IS routing
level-2
18-11
isis hello-multiplier
The isis hello-multiplier command is used to specify the number of Intermediate
System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS) hello packets a neighbor can miss before the
BSR determines the adjacency between the BSR interface and the neighbor is down.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
isis hello-multiplier {<1-65535>} {level-1 | level-2}
no isis hello-multiplier {<1-65535>} {level-1 | level-2}
Command Syntax
18-12
1-65535
the number of missing hello packets
level-1
level-2
IS-IS Commands
isis metric
You can configure a cost for a specified interface. A cost is an arbitrary routing metric
value assigned for crossing or intersecting networks. This metric can be applied to
both Level 1 and/or Level 2 routing.
The isis metric command is used to configure the metric cost for the specified IS-IS
interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
isis metric {<0-63>} {level-1 | level-2}
no isis metric {<0-63>} {level-1 | level-2}
Command Syntax
0-63
the assigned routing metric value for the

interface.
level-1
Level 1 IS-IS routing.
level-2
Level 2 IS-IS routing.
18-13
isis password
You can assign different passwords for the different IS-IS routing levels. Specifying
Level 1 or Level 2 configures the password for only Level 1 or Level 2 routing,
respectively. By default, authentication is disabled.
The isis password command is used to configure the authentication password for the
specified interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
isis password {<WORD>} {level-1 | level-2}
no isis password {<WORD>} {level-1 | level-2}
Command Syntax
18-14
WORD
the unencrypted text password that is 1-8

level-1
Indicates a Level 1 IS-IS router.
level-2
Indicates a Level 2 IS-IS router.
IS-IS Commands
isis priority
A BSR uses hello packets to advertise its priority to become a designated router. IS-IS
uses the advertised priorities on all multiaccess networks to elect a designated router
for the network. This router is responsible for sending network LSP advertisements,
which describe all the routers attached to the network. These advertisements are
flooded throughout a single area. The priority value is meaningful only on a
multiaccess network. It has no meaning on a point-to-point interface.
A routers priority for becoming the designated router is indicated by an arbitrary
number. Routers with a higher value are more likely to become the designated router.
By default, routers have a priority value of 64.
The isis priority command is used to select the designated router priority.
Note: Priorities can be configured for Level 1 and Level 2 individually.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
isis priority {<0-127>} {level-1 | level-2}
no isis priority {<0-127>} {level-1 | level-2}
18-15
Command Syntax
18-16
0-127
a number that assigns a priority value to the

designated router.
level-1
indicates a Level 1 IS-IS router.
level-2
IS-IS Commands
isis lsp-interval
IS-IS Link-state PDUs (LSPs) hold information about the state of adjacencies to
neighboring IS-IS systems. LSPs are flooded periodically throughout an area.
The isis lsp-interval command is used to configure the time delay between successive
link state packet (LSP) transmissions.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
isis lsp-interval {<1-65535>}
no isis lsp-interval {<1-65535>}
Command Syntax
1-65535
The time delay between successive LSPs in

milliseconds.
18-17
isis retransmit-interval
When LSPs are dropped, LSPs are retransmitted. The isis retransmit-interval
command is used to set the number of seconds between retransmission of each LSP
for point-to-point links.
Note: The number of seconds should be greater than the expected round-trip
delay between any two routers on the attached network. Set this parameter
conservatively to avoid unnecessary retransmission. Increase the number of
seconds for networks that have serial lines and virtual links.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
isis retransmit-interval {<1-65535>}
no isis retransmit-interval {<1-65535>}
Command Syntax
1-65535
18-18
the number of seconds between LSP

retransmissions.
IS-IS Commands
isis retransmit-throttle-interval
The isis retransmit-throttle-interval command to configure the amount of time
between any LSP retransmissions on a point-to-point interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
isis retransmit-throttle-interval {<1-65535>}
no isis retransmit-throttle-interval {<1-65535>}
Command Syntax
1-65535
the minimum delay in milliseconds between

LSP retransmissions on the interface.
18-19
is-type
The is-type command is used to specify that the BSR acts as a Level 1 (intra-area)
router, as both a Level 1 router and a Level 2 (inter-area) router, or as a Level-2 router
only.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
is-type {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only}
Command Syntax
18-20
level-1
indicates a Level 1 IS-IS router
level-1-2
indicates a Level 1 and 2 IS-IS routers
level-2-only
indicates a Level 2 IS-IS router
IS-IS Commands
net
The net command is used to define a Network Entity Title (NET) for the area address
and the system ID of an IS-IS router. Most end systems and intermediate systems have
one NET. Intermediate systems that participate in multiple areas can have multiple
NETs.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
net <title>
Command Syntax
title
is the IS-IS area ID and system ID for an

IS-IS router.
Command Use
The following example configures IS-IS for IP routing, with an area ID of 01.0001
and a system ID of 0000.0000.0002.00:
RDN(config-isis)#net 01.0001.0000.0000.0002.00
The following criteria is used to interpret the IS-IS NET address format:
The first portion of the NET address is the area number, which is a variable
number from 1 through 13 bytes. The first byte of the area number (01) is the
authority and format indicator (AFI). The next bytes are the assigned domain
(area) identifier, which can be from 0 through 12 bytes. In the example above, the
area identifier is 0001.
The next six bytes form the system identifier (SYSID). The SYSID can be any six
bytes that are unique throughout the entire domain. The system identifier
18-21
commonly is either the Media Access Control (MAC) address or the IP address
expressed in binary-coded decimal (BCD).
18-22
The last byte (00) is the n-selector.
IS-IS Commands
redistribute
You can advertise networks by redistributing routes learned from one routing protocol
into another. The redistribute command is used to redistribute a BGP, OSPF, RIP, or
static route into the IS-IS routing process.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
redistribute {bgp | connected | ospf | rip | static}
no redistribute {bgp | connected | ospf | rip | static}
Command Syntax
bgp
iIndicates a BGP route
connected
indicates a connected route
ospf
indicates an OSPF route
rip
indicates a RIP route
static
indicates a static route
18-23
router isis
The router isis command is used to enable IS-IS routing and specify an IS-IS process
for IP communication, which places you in router configuration mode.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
router isis [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
WORD
18-24
The name for the routing process. If the tag is

not specified, a null tag is assumed.
IS-IS Commands
set-overload-bit
The LSP overload bit is enabled for the IS-IS routing process to ensure that no paths
through the BSR are seen by other routers in the IS-IS area when the Link State
routing table on the BSR is incomplete or inaccurate. However, IP and CLNS prefixes
directly connected to the BSR continue to be reachable.
Use the set-overload-bit command in Router Configuration mode to allow other
routers on the network to ignore IS-IS routing problems on the BSR in their SPF
calculations until the IS-IS routing process on the BSR has recovered from its
problems, as shown below:
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
set-overload-bit
no set-overload-bit
18-25
show clns es-neighbors

The show clns es-neighbors [detail] command displays Connectionless Network
Service (CLNS) End System neighbor adjacencies that the BSR knows.
The show clns es-neighbors command output is as follows:
System ID
System ID of the IS-IS router.
Interface
Interface on which the router was discovered.
State
Adjacency state. Up and Init are the states of the ES or IS

neighbor.
Type
Interface type of the neighboring ES router.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
show clns es-neighbors [cable <X/Y> | ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> |
loopback <1-16> | pos <X/Y> ] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
18-26
cable
Cable interface
X/Y
ethernet
Ethernet interface
gigaether
loopback
Loopback interface
1-16
Loopback interface number
IS-IS Commands
pos
POS interface
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
18-27
show clns interface

The show clns interface command displays the CLNS interface status and
configuration.
The show clns interface command output is as follows:
interface
The specific interface is described in the output and is

described as being up (functional) and the line protocol as
being up (functional) or administratively down.
CLNS protocol
processing
Describes whether or not the CLNS protocol is enabled or

disabled.
Checksums
enabled
The checksums can be enabled or disabled.
MTU
The maximum transmission unit size for a packet on this

interface.
Next Esh/Ish
Shows when the next ES hello or IS hello packet is sent on this

interface.
Routing Protocol
Describes the routing protocol on this interface. Below this

field, information for Level 1 and/or Level 2 is displayed.
Circuit Type
Indicates whether the interface has been configured for local

routing (Level 1), area routing, (Level 2), or local and area
routing (Level 1 and 2).
Metric
Indicates the routing metric assigned to the Level 1 or Level 2

router.
Priority
Indicates the priority of the IS on this interface.
Circuit ID
Indicates the ISIS circuit ID.
Number of active Indicates the number of active Level 1 adjacencies.

level-1 adjacencies
Number of active Indicates the number of active Level 2 adjacencies.
level-2 adjacencies
18-28
IS-IS Commands
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
show clns interface [cable <X/Y> | ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> | loopback
<1-16> | pos <X/Y> ] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
cable
Cable interface
X/Y
ethernet
Ethernet interface
gigaether
loopback
Loopback interface
1-16
pos
POS interface
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
18-29
show clns is-neighbors

The show clns is-neighbors command displays IS-IS related information for IS-IS
router adjacencies.
The show clns is-neighbors command output is as follows:
Output Field
Description
System ID
Interface
Interface on which the router was discovered.
State

neighbor.
Init
System is an IS and is waiting for an IS-IS hello message. IS-IS

regards the neighbor as not adjacent.
Up
Believes the ES or IS is Reachable
Type
Displays whether the IS-IS router type is Level 1 or Level 2.
Priority
Indicates the routing priority.
Circuit ID
Indicates the ISIS circuit ID.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
show clns is-neighbors [cable <X/Y> | ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> | loopback
18-30
IS-IS Commands
Command Syntax
cable
Cable interface
X/Y
ethernet
Ethernet interface
gigaether
loopback
Loopback interface
1-16
pos
POS interface
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
18-31
show clns neighbors

The show clns neighbors command displays both ES and IS neighbors.
The show clns neighbors command output is all follows:
System ID
SNPA
Subnetwork Point of Attachment, which is the data-link layer

address.
Interface
Interface in which the system was learned from.
State

neighbor.
Init
System is an IS and is waiting for an IS-IS hello message. IS-IS

regards the neighbor as not adjacent.
Up
Regards the ES or IS as reachable.
Holdtime
The number of seconds before this adjacency entry times out.
Type
The level of the IS-IS router.
Protocol
The protocol through which the adjacency was learned. Valid

protocol sources are IS-IS, IGRP, or through a static route.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
show clns neighbors [cable <X/Y> | ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> | loopback
18-32
IS-IS Commands
Command Syntax
cable
Cable interface
X/Y
ethernet
Ethernet interface
gigaether
loopback
Loopback interface
1-16
pos
POS interface
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
18-33
show clns protocol

The show clns protocol command displays the protocol-specific information for each
IGRP routing process in the router.
The show clns protocol command output is as follows:
IS-IS Router
Indicates that the IS-IS protocol is enabled on the BSR.
System Id
Identification value of the system.
IS-Type:
Indicates the IS-IS routing level (Level 1, Level 2 or both) is

enabled on the router.
Manual area
address(es):
Area addresses that have been configured.
Routing for
area
address(es):
List of manually configured and learned area addresses.
Interfaces
supported by
IS-IS:
List of interfaces on the BSR that support IS-IS.
Distance:
Configured IS-IS administrative routing distance.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
show clns protocol [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>]
18-34
IS-IS Commands
Command Syntax
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
18-35
show clns traffic

The show clns traffic command lists the CLNS packets the BSR has processed.
The show clns traffic command output is as follows:
Corrupted LSPs The number of corrupted LSPs recorded on BSR.
L1 LSP
Database
Overloads
The number of times that the Level 1 LSP database has

overloaded.
L2 LSP
Database
Overloads
The number of times that the Level 2 LSP database has

overloaded.
Area Addresses The number of area addresses dropped by the BSR.

Dropped
Attempts to
Exceed Max
Sequence
The maximum sequence number is 232 -1 the number of times the

BSR reaches that number when the generating new LSPs.
Own LSPs
Purges
The number of LSPs received, which have the same system ID as

the BSR has.
System ID
Length
Mismatches
The number of IS-IS packets received, which have an ID length

other than 6.
Maximum Area The number of IS-IS packets received, which have a maximum
Mismatches
area number other than 3.
18-36
Level-1 Hellos
(sent/rcvd)
Lists the number of Level 1 IS-IS hello packets sent and received.
Level-2 Hellos
(sent/rcvd)
Lists the number of Level 2 IS-IS hello packets sent and received.
PTP Hellos
(sent/rcvd)
Lists the number of point-to-point IS-IS hello packets sent and

received.
Level-1 LSPs
(sent/rcvd)
Lists the number of Level 1 link-state PDUs sent and received.
IS-IS Commands
Level-2 LSPs
(sent/rcvd)
Lists the number of Level 2 link-state PDUs sent and received.
Level-1 CSNP
(sent/rcvd)
Lists the number of Level 1 CSNPs sent and received.
Level-2 CSNP
(sent/rcvd)
Lists the number of Level 2 CSNPs sent and received.
Level-1 PSNPs Lists the number of Level 1 PSNPs sent and received.
(sent/rcvd)
Level-2 PSNPs Lists the number of Level 2 PSNPs sent and received.
(sent/rcvd)
Level-1 SPF
Calculations
Lists the number of times a Level 1 shortest -path-first (SPF) tree

was computed.
Level-2 SPF
Calculations
List the number of times a Level 2 SPF tree was computed.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
show clns traffic [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>]
18-37
Command Syntax
18-38
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
IS-IS Commands
show isis database

The show isis database command is used to display all or specific IS-IS database
information. The show isis database command output fields is as follows:
LSPID
LSP identifier.
LSP Seq Num Sequence number for the LSP. Allows other systems to determine
if they have received the latest information from source.
LSP
Checksum
Checksum of the LSP packet.
LSP Holdtime Number of seconds the LSP remains valid.

ATT
Attach bit. Indicates that router is a Level 2 router and can reach
other areas.
P bit. Detects if Intermediate System is capable of area partition

repair.
OL
Overload bit. Determines if Intermediate System is congested.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
show isis database [detail <xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.yy-zz> | l1 | l2 | level-1 | level-2 |
<xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.yy-zz>] [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>]
18-39
Command Syntax
18-40
detail
display detailed link state database

information.
xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.yy-zz
display the contents of a single LSP

by its ID number
l1
abbreviation for the option level-1
l2
abbreviation for the option level-2
level-1
display the Level 1 IS-IS routing link

state database
level-2
display the Level 2 IS-IS routing link

state database
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
IS-IS Commands
show isis spf-log

The show isis spf-log command is used to display how often and why the router has
run a full SPF calculation for the Level 1 and Level 2 IS-IS router.
The show isis spf-log command output fieldsis as follows:
When
The amount of time since a full SPF calculation took place given
in hours:minutes:seconds. The previous 20 calculations are
logged.
Duration
Number of milliseconds to complete this SPF run. The elapsed

time is in actual clock time, not CPU time.
Nodes
Number of routers and pseudonodes (LANs) that make up the

topology calculated in this SPF run.
Count
Number of events that triggered this SPF run. When there is a

topology change, often multiple LSPs are received in a short time
period. A router waits 5 seconds before running a full SPF run, so
it can include all new information. This count denotes the number
of events (such as receiving new LSPs) that occurred while the
router was waiting its 5 seconds before running full SPF.
Last trigger
LSP
Whenever a full SPF calculation is triggered by a new LSP, the

LSP ID is stored in the router.
Triggers
Refer to the next table for a list of reasons that triggered a full SPF
calculation.
18-41
The following table describes a list of possible SPF triggers
18-42
Trigger
Reason
PERIODIC
Typically, every 15 minutes a router runs a periodic full SPF

calculation.
NEWSYSID
A new system ID through the NET was configured on this router.
NEWAREA
A new area (via NET) was configured on this router.
NEWLEVEL
A new level (via is-type) was configured on this router.
NEWMETRIC
A new metric was configured on an interface of this router.
IPBACKUP
An IP route disappeared, which was not learned via IS-IS, but via
another protocol with better administrative distance. IS-IS will run
a full SPF to install an IS-IS route for the disappeared IP prefix.
IPQUERY
A clear ip route command was issued on this router.
ATTACHFLAG
This router is now attached to the Level 2 backbone or it has just

lost contact to the Level 2 backbone.
ADMINDIST
Another administrative distance was configured for the IS-IS

process on this router.
AREASET
Set of learned area-addresses in this area changed.
NEWADJ
This router has created a new adjacency to another router.
DBCHANGED
A clear isis * command was issued on this router.
BACKUPOVFL
An IP prefix disappeared. The router knows there is another way

to reach that prefix, but has not stored that backup route. The only
way to find the alternative route is to run a full SPF run.
NEWLSP
A new router or pseudonode appeared in the topology.
LSPEXPIRED
Some LSP in the LSDB has expired.
LSPHEADER
ATT/P/OL bits or is-type in an LSP header changed.
IS-IS Commands
Trigger
Reason
TLVCODE
TLV code mismatch, indicating that different TLVs are included in

the newest version of an LSP.
TLVCONTENT
TLV contents changed. This normally indicates that an adjacency

somewhere in the area has come up or gone down. Look at the
"Last trigger LSP" to get an indication of where the instability may
have occurred.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
show isis spf-log [ | ] [begin | exclude | include] [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
18-43
summary-address
A range of IP addresses listed in a routing table can be represented by a summary
address. Routes learned from other routing protocols also can be summarized. The
metric used to advertise the summary is the smallest metric of all the more specific
routes.
The summary-address command is used to create a summary address for a range of
IP addresses.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
summary-address {<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D>}{level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2}
Command Syntax
18-44
A.B.C.D
the summary IP address.
A.B.C.D
the subnetwork mask for the summary IP

address.
level-1
level-1-2
indicates a Level 1 and 2 IS-IS router.
level-2
Index
A
access-list, 5-3
access-list (extended), 5-4
Address Resolution Protocol (ARP), 2-3
aggregate-address, 16-3
alias, 1-3
area authentication, 8-3
area default_cost, 8-4
area nssa, 8-5
area range, 8-6
area stub, 8-8
area virtual-link, 8-10
area-password, 18-3
ARP
see host authorization, 2-12
bgp cluster-id, 16-8

bgp confederation as-confed-sequence, 16-9
bgp confederation identifier, 16-10
bgp confederation peers, 16-11
bgp dampening, 16-12
bgp default local-preference, 16-14
boot system, 1-5
boot system nvram, 1-5
boot-update, 1-6
broadcast, 1-6
C
cable bundle, 13-5
cable bundle master, 13-6
arp, 2-3, 2-35
cable downstream annex, 13-7
arp (global), 2-4
cable downstream carrier-only, 13-9
arp authorize, 2-5, 13-3
cable downstream frequency, 13-10
arp timeout, 2-5, 13-3
cable downstream interleave-depth, 13-11
auto-cost reference-bandwidth, 8-12
cable downstream modulation, 13-13
auto-summary, 7-3, 16-5
cable downstream power-level, 13-14
auto-virtual link, 8-13
cable downstream reserve-bandwidth, 13-15

cable downstream shutdown, 13-17
cable downstream sync-interval, 13-27
band, 13-4
cable downstream unreserve-bandwidth, 13-16
banner motd, 1-4
cable flap-list aging, 13-18
bgp always-compare-med, 16-6
cable flap-list insertion-time, 13-19
bgp client-to-client reflection, 16-7
cable flap-list miss-threshold, 13-20
Index-1
cable flap-list power-adjust threshold, 13-21
cable upstream physical-delay automatic, 13-68
cable flap-list size, 13-22
cable upstream power-level, 13-70
cable helper-address, 2-6, 13-23
cable upstream power-level default, 13-72
cable insertion-interval, 13-24, 13-32
cable upstream pre-equalization, 13-74
cable modem deny, 13-33
cable upstream range-backoff, 13-75
cable modem max-hosts, 13-39
cable upstream range-power-override, 13-76
cable modem qos dsa, 13-34
cable upstream rate-limit, 13-77
cable modem qos dsc, 13-36
cable upstream shutdown, 13-79
cable modem qos dsc service-flow, 13-37
cable upstream spectrum-group, 13-78
cable modem qos dsd, 13-38
clear arp-cache, 2-7, 2-35
cable modem-aging-timer, 13-23, 13-40
clear cable flap-list, 13-26, 13-81
cable modulation-profile, 13-41
clear cable modem reset, 13-82
cable privacy auth grace-time, 13-43
clear counters, 2-8
cable privacy auth life-time, 13-44
clear counters cable, 13-83
cable privacy cm-auth life-time, 13-45
clear host, 2-9, 2-28
cable privacy cm-auth reset, 13-46
clear ip bgp, 16-15
cable privacy cm-tek grace-time, 13-47
clear ip bgp dampening, 16-16
cable privacy cm-tek life-time, 13-48
clear ip bgp flap-statistics, 16-17
cable privacy cm-tek reset, 13-49
clear ip igmp counters, 9-3
cable privacy mcast access, 13-50
clear ip multicast fwd-cache, 11-9
cable privacy mcast del, 13-51
clear ip multicast proto-cache, 11-10
cable privacy mcast new, 13-52
clear ip route, 2-10
cable privacy provision-cert-add, 13-53
clear ip traffic, 2-11
cable privacy tek life-time, 13-54
clear ip vrrp, 10-3
cable shared-secret, 13-55
clear log, 1-7
cable spectrum, 13-25
clear logging, 1-34
cable sync-interval, 13-56
clock set, 1-8, 1-9
cable ucd-interval, 13-57
clock timezone, 1-9
cable upstream channel-width, 13-58, 13-80
collect interval, 13-84
cable upstream data-backoff, 13-59
collect resolution, 13-86
cable upstream force-fragmentation, 13-60
collect spectrum-data cable upstream, 13-85
cable upstream frequency, 13-61
cable downstream interleave-depth, 13-11
cable upstream invited-range-interval, 13-63
configure, 1-10
cable upstream map-interval, 13-64
console authentication radius, 1-11
cable upstream max-calls, 13-65
copy, 1-12, 1-27
cable upstream minislot-size, 13-66
copy url, 1-27
cable upstream modulation-profile, 13-67
crc, 15-3
Index-2
Index
D
debug arp, 4-3
debug cable err, 4-4
debug cable keyman, 4-5
debug cable mac, 4-6
debug cable map, 4-7
debug cable modem-select, 4-8
debug cable privacy, 4-9
debug cable qos, 4-10
debug cable range, 4-11
debug cable reg, 4-12
debug cable ucc, 4-13, 13-88
debug ip bgp, 4-14
debug ip dvmrp, 4-16
debug ip icmp, 4-17
debug ip igmp, 4-18
debug ip mfm, 4-19
debug ip mrtm, 4-20
debug ip ospf, 4-21
debug ip packet, 4-23
debug ip policy, 4-24
debug ip redistribute, 4-27
debug ip rip, 4-29
debug ip rip database, 4-30
default-information originate, 7-4, 8-14, 18-4

default-information originate (OSPF), 6-3
default-metric, 6-5, 7-5, 8-16
dhcpLeaseQuery authorization on, 13-87
disable, 1-14
distance, 7-6, 18-5
distance bgp, 16-18
distance ospf, 8-17
distribute-list, 8-19
distribute-list in, 7-7
distribute-list out, 7-8
domain-password, 18-6
download runtime nvram, 1-15, 1-16
download slot, 1-16
duplex auto, 1-18
duplex half, 1-18
E
enable, 1-18
enable authentication radius, 1-19
enable password, 1-20
enable secret, 1-21
exit, 1-22
debug ip rip events, 4-31

debug ip rip trigger, 4-32
debug ip tcp transaction, 4-33
forced-download, 1-23
debug ip udp, 4-34

debug ip vrrp, 4-36
debug ppp fsm, 4-25
guard-band, 13-88
debug ppp packet, 4-26, 4-37

debug radius, 4-35
help, 1-24
debug snmp, 4-37
history, 1-25
debug sntp, 4-38
hop action band, 13-89
debug specmgr, 4-39
hop action channel-width, 13-90
debug tunnel, 4-40
hop action frequency, 13-91
Index-3
hop action modulation-profile, 13-92
ip ftp username, 1-28
hop action power-level, 13-93
ip helper-address, 2-26, 2-27
hop action rollback, 13-94
ip host, 2-28
hop period, 13-95
ip igmp access-group, 9-4
hop threshold flap, 13-96
ip igmp querier-timeout, 9-7
host authorization
dynamic, 2-12
static, 2-12
ip igmp query-interval, 9-5
host authorization cpe, 2-13

host authorization on, 2-12
hostname, 1-26
ip igmp query-max-response-time, 9-6

ip igmp version, 9-9
ip irdp, 2-29
ip mask-reply, 2-31
ip mroute, 11-3
ip mroute distance, 11-4
ip mroute unicast distance, 11-5
interface, 2-14
interface ethernet, 1-27, 13-97
interface pos, 15-4
ip access-group, 2-16, 5-10
ip access-list, 5-11
ip address, 2-17
ip as-path access-list, 16-20
ip broadcast-address, 2-19
ip community-list, 16-21
ip dhcp relay information option, 2-20
ip directed-broadcast, 2-22
ip domain-list, 2-23, 2-28
ip domain-lookup, 2-24
ip domain-name, 2-25, 2-28
ip dvmrp accept-filter, 12-3
ip dvmrp default-information originate, 12-4
ip dvmrp metric-offset, 12-5
ip dvmrp output-report-delay, 12-6
ip dvmrp out-report-filter, 12-7
ip dvmrp probe-interval, 12-8
ip dvmrp reject-non-pruners, 12-9
ip dvmrp summary-address, 12-10
ip forward-protocol, 2-26
ip ftp password, 1-27
Index-4
ip mtu, 2-32
ip multicast-routing, 11-6
ip name-server, 2-33
ip netmask-format, 1-29
ip ospf authentication-key, 8-20
ip ospf cost, 8-21
ip ospf database-filter all, 8-22
ip ospf dead-interval, 8-23
ip ospf message-digest-key, 8-25
ip ospf priority, 8-26
ip ospf retransmit-interval, 8-27
ip ospf transmit-delay, 8-28
ip pim border, 17-3
ip pim bsr-candidate, 17-4
ip pim bsr-candidate ip-address, 17-5
ip pim dr-priority, 17-6
ip pim message-interval, 17-7
ip pim query-interval, 17-8
ip pim rp-candidate, 17-9
ip pim rp-candidate group-list, 17-10
ip pim rp-candidate interval, 17-11
ip pim rp-candidate ip-address, 17-12
ip pim rp-candidate priority, 17-13
ip pim spt-threshold lasthop, 17-14
Index
ip pim spt-threshold rp, 17-15

ip policy route-map, 6-6
ip proxy-arp, 2-34, 2-35
ip qos-group, 14-5
ip redirects, 2-36
ip rip authentication key password, 7-9
ip rip receive version, 7-10
ip rip send version, 7-11
ip route, 2-37
ip router isis, 18-7
ip router isis passive, 18-8
ip routing, 2-38
ip split-horizon, 7-12
ip unreachables, 2-36, 2-39
ip vrrp, 10-4
ip vrrp (vrid), 10-5
ip vrrp address, 10-6
ip vrrp authentication key, 10-7
ip vrrp authentication type, 10-8
ip vrrp enable, 10-9
ip vrrp interval, 10-13
ip vrrp preempt, 10-10
ip vrrp primary-ip, 10-12
ip vrrp priority, 10-11
ip vrrp verify-availability, 10-14
ip-address (pos), 15-5
isis circuit-type, 18-9
isis csnp-interval, 18-10
isis hello-interval, 18-11
isis hello-multiplier, 18-12
isis lsp-interval, 18-17
isis metric, 18-13
isis password, 18-14
isis priority, 18-15
isis retransmit-interval, 18-18
isis retransmit-throttle-interval, 18-19
is-type, 18-20
L
ldap client, 1-30
ldap search-base, 1-31, 1-32
ldap server, 1-33
ldap server primary, 1-31
logging, 1-34
logging buffered, 1-35
logging console, 1-37
logging facility, 1-38
logging on, 1-39
logging rate-limit, 1-40
logging reporting, 1-41
logging reporting default, 1-43
logging session, 1-44
logging trap, 1-45
login, 1-46, 1-83
logout, 1-47
M
match as-path, 16-23
match community, 16-24
match ip address, 6-7
match ip next-hop, 6-8
match ip route-source, 6-9
match metric, 6-10
match route-type external, 6-11
match route-type internal, 6-12
more, 1-48
mtrace, 11-11
N
neighbor advertisement-interval, 16-25
neighbor default-originate, 16-26
neighbor description, 16-27
neighbor distribute-list, 16-28
neighbor ebgp-multihop, 16-29
Index-5
neighbor filter-list, 16-30
pos framing, 15-12
neighbor maximum-prefix, 16-32
pos internal-clock, 15-13
neighbor next-hop-self, 16-34
pos loop, 15-14
neighbor password, 16-35
pos report, 15-14
neighbor peer-group (assigning members), 16-36
pos scramble, 15-16
neighbor peer-group (creating), 16-37
pos signal mode, 15-17
neighbor remote-as, 16-38
pos threshold, 15-18
neighbor route-map, 16-40
ppp magic-number, 15-20
neighbor route-reflector client, 16-41
ppp mtu, 15-21
neighbor send-community, 16-42
ppp negotiation-count, 15-22
neighbor shutdown, 16-43
ppp timeout, 15-23
neighbor soft-reconfiguration, 16-44

neighbor timers, 16-45
neighbor update-source, 16-46
qos bw default, 14-6
neighbor weight, 16-47
qos queue bandwidth, 14-7
net, 18-21
qos-list queue udp, 14-3
network, 7-13, 12-11, 16-48

network area, 8-29
network-clock-select revertive, 15-8
radius-server, 1-51
redistribute, 7-20, 18-23

reload, 1-53
offset-list, 7-14
reset, 1-54
output-delay, 7-16
RF output upstream frequency, 13-61

setting, 13-61
rfc1583_compatible, 8-30
page, 1-49
route-map, 6-13, 7-18
passive-interface, 7-17
router bgp, 16-49
passive-interface ethernet, 2-40
router dvmrp, 12-12
password, 1-50
router isis, 18-24
pim register-checksum, 17-16
router ospf, 8-31
pim unicast-route-llokup, 17-17
router pim, 17-18
ping, 2-41
router rip, 7-20
ping docsis, 13-99

ping docsis size, 13-100
pos ais-shut, 15-9
service password-encryption, 1-55
pos flag, 15-10
session, 1-56
set as-path prepend, 16-52
Index-6
Index
set comm-list, 16-53
show cable modulation-profile, 13-135
set community, 16-55
show cable privacy auth, 13-137, 13-151
set ip next-hop, 16-61
show cable privacy cm-auth, 13-138
set local-preference, 16-57
show cable privacy cmts, 13-139
set metric, 6-15
show cable privacy tek, 13-152
set metric-type, 6-16
show cable qos svc-flow classifier, 13-140
set origin, 16-59
show cable qos svc-flow dynamic-stat, 13-142
set weight, 16-62
show cable qos svc-flow log, 13-143
set-overload-bit, 18-25
show cable qos svc-flow phs, 13-144
setting
RF output upstream frequency, 13-61
show cable qos svc-flow statistics, 13-145
show, 2-47
show cable qos svc-flow upstream-stat, 13-147
show access-lists, 5-12
show cable spectrum-group, 13-148
show aliases, 1-57
show cable sync-interval, 13-149
show arp authorize, 13-100
show cable ucd-interval, 13-150
show bindings, 13-28
show cable upstream, 13-153
show boot, 1-59
show chassis alias, 1-61
show buffers, 1-68
show chassis assetid, 1-63, 1-68
show cable device address-auth, 13-101
show chassis serial-num, 1-65, 1-68
show cable downstream, 13-102
show chassis status, 1-66, 1-68
show cable flap-list, 13-29, 13-103
show clns es-neighbors, 18-26
show cable insert-interval, 13-104
show clns interface, 18-28
show cable modem, 13-98, 13-105
show clns is-neighbors, 18-30
show cable modem cpe, 13-107
show clns neighbors, 18-32
show cable modem detail, 13-109
show clns protocol, 18-34
show cable modem hosts, 13-110
show clns traffic, 18-36
show cable modem mac, 13-111
show clock, 1-68
show cable modem maintenance, 13-113
show controllers, 2-43
show cable modem offline, 13-115
show controllers pos, 15-24
show cable modem phy, 13-117
show debugging, 4-41
show cable modem registered, 13-118
show history, 1-69
show cable modem stats, 13-121
show host authorization, 2-45
show cable modem summary, 13-124
show host authorization cpe, 2-46
show cable modem summary total, 13-126
show host unauthorized, 2-47, 13-155
show cable modem svc-flow-id, 13-128
show host unauthorized cpe, 2-47, 13-155
show cable modem time-registered, 13-129
show hosts, 2-48, 2-64
show cable modem unregistered, 13-132
show interface cable sid, 13-31
show cable qos svc-flow summary, 13-146
Index-7
show interface cable upstream spectrum, 13-162
show ip multicast fwd-cache, 11-13
show interface pos, 15-26
show ip multicast interface, 11-14
show interfaces, 2-16, 2-49
show ip multicast no-oi-fwd-cache, 11-16
show interfaces cable, 13-155
show ip multicast oi-fwd-cache, 11-15
show interfaces cable downstream, 13-158
show ip multicast proto-cache, 11-17
show interfaces cable upstream, 13-160
show ip ospf, 8-32
show ip access-lists, 5-13
show ip ospf border-routers, 8-33
show ip arp, 2-50
show ip ospf database, 8-34
show ip as-path-access-list, 16-77
show ip ospf interface, 8-36
show ip bgp, 16-63
show ip ospf memory, 8-37
show ip bgp cidr-only, 16-64
show ip ospf neighbor, 8-38
show ip bgp community, 16-65
show ip ospf virtual-links, 8-40
show ip bgp community-list, 16-67
show ip protocols, 2-54
show ip bgp dampened-paths, 16-68
show ip redistribute, 6-17
show ip bgp flap-statistics, 16-69
show ip rip database, 7-21
show ip bgp memory, 16-71
show ip route, 2-55
show ip bgp neighbors, 16-72
show ip rpf, 11-7
show ip bgp paths, 16-73
show ip traffic, 2-57
show ip bgp peer group, 16-74
show ip vrrp, 10-15
show ip bgp regexp, 16-75, 16-77
show isis database, 18-39
show ip bgp summary, 16-76
show isis spf-log, 18-41
show ip community-list, 16-78
show log, 1-70
show ip dhcp stats, 2-51
show memory, 1-71
show ip dvmrp information, 12-13
show network-clocks, 15-29
show ip dvmrp interface, 12-14
show ppp info, 15-30
show ip dvmrp neighbor, 12-15
show process, 1-73
show ip dvmrp network, 12-16
show process cpu, 1-74
show ip dvmrp route, 12-17
show process msg-q-info, 1-75
show ip dvmrp route hold-down, 12-18
show process semaphores, 1-76
show ip dvmrp summary-route, 12-19
show process stack, 1-77
show ip dvmrp tunnels, 12-20
show qos queue config, 14-8
show ip igmp groups, 9-12
show qos-lists, 14-9
show ip igmp interface, 9-11
show route-map, 6-19
show ip igmp statistics, 9-13
show running-config, 1-78
show ip interface, 2-52
show snmp, 3-3
show ip irdp, 2-53
show snmp access, 3-5
show ip multicast cache-summary, 11-12
show snmp context, 3-8
Index-8
Index
show snmp engineID, 3-9
sntp disable, 2-68
show snmp group, 3-10, 3-12
sntp server, 2-69
show snmp host, 3-11
sntp trusted-key, 2-70
show snmp sysname, 3-15
summary-address, 8-41, 18-44
show sntp, 2-58

show srm alias, 1-60
show srm assetid, 1-62
tcp brief, 2-59
show srm serial-num, 1-64, 1-68
telnet authentication radius, 1-86
show startup-config, 1-79
time band, 13-165
show stats cmts, 13-163
time delete, 13-166
show tcp statistics, 2-60
timers basic, 7-22
show users, 1-80, 1-83
timers spf, 8-42
show version, 1-81
traceroute, 2-64, 2-71
shutdown, 2-63
tunnel checksum, 2-72
snmp community, 3-6
tunnel destination, 2-73
snmp-server chassis-id, 3-20
tunnel key, 2-74
snmp-server community, 3-21
tunnel mode, 2-75
snmp-server contact, 3-22
tunnel source, 2-76
snmp-server context, 3-23

snmp-server enable coexistence, 3-21
snmp-server enable informs, 3-30
undebug all, 4-42
snmp-server enable traps, 3-24, 3-26
update bootrom slot, 1-82
snmp-server engineID, 3-26
update chassis, 1-83
snmp-server group, 3-27
username password, 1-83
snmp-server host, 3-28
username privilege, 1-84
snmp-server location, 3-31
username user-group, 1-85
snmp-server packetsize, 3-32

snmp-server port number, 3-33
snmp-server shutdown, 3-34
version, 7-25
snmp-server sysname, 3-35

snmp-server trap rate-limit, 3-36
snmp-server user, 3-37
snmp-server view, 3-39
sntp authenticate, 2-64
sntp authentication-key, 2-65
sntp broadcast client, 2-67
sntp broadcastdelay, 2-66
Index-9

TPD-0035-01 Rev A PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

TPD-0035-01 Rev A PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

BSR 64000 Command

Notes, Cautions, Warnings

System Administration Commands

console authentication radius

download runtime nvram:

enable authentication radius

BSR 64000 Command Reference Guide

ldap server primary

logging reporting default

show chassis alias

show srm assetid

show chassis assetid

show srm serial-num

show chassis serial-num

show process cpu

show process msg-q-info

show process semaphores

show process stack

telnet authentication radius

BSR 64000 Command Reference Guide

host authorization cpe

ip dhcp relay information

show host authorization

show host authorization cpe

show host unauthorized cpe

show ip dhcp stats

show tcp brief

show tcp statistics

sntp broadcast client

show snmp access

show snmp community

show snmp contact

show snmp context

BSR 64000 Command Reference Guide

show snmp engineID

show snmp group

show snmp host

show snmp location

show snmp packetsize

show snmp port number

show snmp sysname

show snmp users

show snmp view

snmp-server enable traps

snmp-server enable informs

snmp-server port number

snmp-server trap rate-limit

debug cable err

debug cable keyman

debug cable mac

debug cable map

debug cable modem-select

debug cable range

debug cable reg

debug cable ucc

debug ppp fsm

debug ppp packet

debug ip rip database

debug ip rip events

debug ip rip trigger

debug ip tcp transactions

BSR 64000 Command Reference Guide

Access List Commands